<PAGE>
FORM 10-K
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
(Mark One)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993
------------------------------------------------------
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
---------------------- ------------------------
Commission file number 1-2116
---------------------------------------------------------
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Pennsylvania 23-0366390
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Identification No.)
P. O. Box 3001, Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17604
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code (717) 397-0611
-----------------------------
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of each exchange on
Title of each class which registered
------------------- ------------------------
<S> <C>
Common Stock ($1 par value) New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights Pacific Stock Exchange, Inc. (a)
9-3/4% Debentures Due 2008 Philadelphia Stock Exchange, Inc. (a)
(a) Common Stock and Preferred
Stock Purchase Rights only
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements
for the past 90 days.
Yes X No
------- -------
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [X]
The aggregate market value of the Common Stock of registrant held by non-
affiliates of the registrant based on the closing price ($56.625 per share) on
the New York Stock Exchange on January 28, 1994, was approximately $1.8 billion.
For the purposes of determining this amount only, registrant has defined
affiliates as including (a) the executive officers named in Item 10 of this 10-K
Report, (b) all directors of registrant, and (c) each shareholder that has
informed registrant by February 14, 1994, as having sole or shared voting power
over 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock of registrant as of December 31,
1993.
This amount does not include the 5,527,692 shares of Series A ESOP Convertible
Preferred Stock as of December 31, 1993, which vote with the Common Stock as if
converted and have an aggregate liquidation preference of $263,947,293, held by
Mellon Bank, N.A., as Trustee of the Company's Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
As of January 28, 1994, the number of shares outstanding of registrant's Common
Stock was 37,252,580.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the Proxy Statement dated March 14, 1994, relative to the April 25,
1994, annual meeting of the shareholders of registrant (the "Company's 1994
Proxy Statement") have been incorporated by reference into Part III of this
Form 10-K Report.
- 2 -
<PAGE>
PART I
------
Item 1. Business
- -----------------
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. is a Pennsylvania corporation incorporated in
1891. The Company is a manufacturer of interior furnishings, including floor
coverings, building products and furniture, which are sold primarily for use in
the furnishing, refurbishing, repair, modernization and construction of
residential, commercial and institutional buildings. It also manufactures
various industrial and other products. In late 1989, most of the assets
(primarily inventory and plant, property and equipment) of the Company's carpet
operations and the Company's subsidiary, Applied Color Systems, Inc., were
divested. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the term "Company" means
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Industry Segments
The company operates worldwide in four reportable segments: floor coverings,
building products, furniture, and industry products. Floor coverings sales
include resilient floors, ceramic tile, and accessories.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Industry segments
at December 31 (millions) 1993 1992 1991
=========================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net trade sales:
=========================================================================
Floor coverings $1,191.3 $1,134.9 $1,058.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Building products 586.7 656.7 676.3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Furniture 449.7 438.4 417.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry products 297.7 319.8 287.1
=========================================================================
Total net sales $2,525.4 $2,549.8 $2,439.3
=========================================================================
Operating profit (Note 2):
=========================================================================
Floor coverings $ 129.8 $ 30.2 $ 84.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Building products 30.5 (7.3) 46.7
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Furniture 26.6 10.3 18.2
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry products 32.8 35.4 43.1
=========================================================================
Total operating profit $ 219.7 $ 68.6 $ 192.6
=========================================================================
Depreciation and
amortization:
=========================================================================
Floor coverings $ 61.0 $ 65.5 $ 67.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Building products 33.1 37.1 35.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Furniture 12.9 13.5 13.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry products 13.1 11.6 11.4
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate $ 9.9 9.2 8.2
=========================================================================
Total depreciation
and amortization $ 130.0 $ 136.9 $ 135.3
=========================================================================
</TABLE>
- 3 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Capital additions (See Note 1 on
page 8):
=========================================================================
Floor coverings $ 59.1 $ 48.7 $ 61.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Building products 23.8 25.4 39.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Furniture 10.0 8.3 6.7
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry products 20.7 29.3 21.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate 4.0 4.1 5.3
=========================================================================
Total capital additions $ 117.6 $ 115.8 $ 133.7
=========================================================================
Identifiable assets (See Note 1 on
page 8):
=========================================================================
Floor coverings $ 808.0 $ 835.6 $ 915.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Building products 475.2 491.6 556.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Furniture 234.6 238.7 239.7
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry products 203.8 192.9 188.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate 207.7 251.0 250.5
=========================================================================
Total assets $1,929.3 $2,009.8 $2,149.9
</TABLE>
Note 2:
<TABLE>
Restructuring charges
in operating profit (millions) 1993 1992 1991
=========================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Floor coverings $27.7 $ 80.8 $ 3.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Building products 13.7 35.0 4.3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Furniture .6 4.8 .3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry products 12.9 12.5 2.2
=========================================================================
Total restructuring charges
in operating profit $54.9 $133.1 $ 9.8
=========================================================================
</TABLE>
Narrative Description of Business
The Company manufactures and sells interior furnishings, including floor
coverings (resilient flooring and all ceramic tile), building products, and
furniture, and makes and markets a variety of specialty products for the
building, automotive, textile, and other industries. The Company's activities
extend worldwide.
Floor Coverings
The Company is a prominent manufacturer of floor coverings for the interiors of
homes and commercial and institutional buildings, with a broad range of
resilient flooring, ceramic tile for floors, walls and countertops, together
with adhesives, installation and maintenance materials and accessories.
Resilient flooring, in both sheet and tile form, is made in a wide variety of
types, designs, and colors. Included are types of flooring that offer such
features as ease of installation, reduced maintenance (no-wax), and cushioning
for greater underfoot comfort. Ceramic products include glazed wall and floor
tile and marble (a portion of which is imported) and glazed and unglazed ceramic
mosaic tile, all featuring a range of designs and colors, as well as quarry
tile, natural stone and related installation products. Floor covering products
are sold to the commercial and residential market segments through wholesalers,
retailers, and contractors, and to the hotel/motel and manufactured homes
industries. Ceramic products also are sold through sales service centers
operated by American Olean Tile Company, Inc. ("American Olean"), a wholly-owned
subsidiary which manufactures and markets ceramic tile.
Building Products
A major producer of ceiling materials in the United States and abroad, the
Company markets both residential and architectural ceiling systems. Ceiling
materials for the home are offered in a variety of types and designs; most
provide noise reduction and incorporate Company-designed features intended to
permit ease of installation. These residential ceiling products are sold
through wholesalers and retailers. Architectural ceiling systems, designed for
use in shopping centers, offices, schools, hospitals, and other commercial and
institutional structures, are available in numerous colors, performance
characteristics and designs and offer characteristics such as acoustical
control, rated fire protection, and aesthetic appeal. Architectural ceiling
- 4 -
<PAGE>
materials and accessories, along with acoustical wall panels, are sold by the
Company to ceiling systems contractors and to resale distributors.
Furniture
A wholly-owned subsidiary, Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc., and its
subsidiaries manufacture and market traditional and contemporary wood and
upholstered furniture for use in dining rooms, bedrooms, living rooms,
hotels/motels and other residential and commercial interior areas. Thomasville
furniture is sold to retailers, contract accounts and government agencies.
Thomasville also manufactures both assembled and ready-to-assemble furniture
which is sold to retailers, wholesalers and contract accounts under the
Armstrong name. In addition, it sells a line of imported furniture made by other
producers.
Industry Products
The Company, including a number of its subsidiaries, makes and sells a variety
of specialty products for the building, automotive, textile and other
industries. These products include flexible pipe insulation sold for use in
construction and in original equipment manufacture; gasket materials for new
equipment and replacement use in the automotive, farm equipment, appliance, and
other industries; textile mill supplies including cots and aprons sold to
equipment manufacturers and textile mills; adhesives; and certain cork products.
Industry products are sold, depending on type and ultimate use, to original
equipment manufacturers, contractors, wholesalers, fabricators and end users.
-----------------------------------
The principal raw materials used in the manufacture of the Company's products
are synthetic resins, lumber, plasticizers, latex, mineral fibers and fillers,
clays, starches, perlite, and pigments and inks. In addition, the Company uses
a wide variety of other raw materials. Most raw materials are purchased from
sources outside of the Company. The Company also purchases significant amounts
of packaging materials for the containment and shipment of its various products.
During 1993, adequate supplies of raw materials were available to all of the
Company's industry segments.
Customers' orders for the Company's products are mostly for immediate shipment.
Thus, in each industry segment, the Company has implemented inventory systems,
including its "just in time" inventory system, pursuant to which orders are
promptly filled out of inventory on hand or the product is manufactured to meet
the delivery date specified in the order. As a result, there historically has
been no material backlog in any industry segment.
The competitive position of the Company has been enhanced by patents on
products and processes developed or perfected within the Company or obtained
through acquisition. Although the Company considers that, in the aggregate, its
patents constitute a valuable asset, it does not regard any industry segment as
being materially dependent upon any single patent or any group of related
patents.
There is significant competition in all the industry segments in which the
Company does business. Competition in each industry segment includes numerous
active companies (domestic and foreign), with emphasis on price, product
performance and service. In addition, with the exception of industrial and
other products and services, product styling is a significant method of
competition in the Company's industry segments. Increasing domestic competition
from foreign producers is apparent in certain industry segments and actions
continue to be taken to meet this competition.
- 5 -
<PAGE>
The Company invested $117.6 million in 1993, $115.8 million in 1992, and $133.8
million in 1991 for additions to its property, plant and equipment.
Research and development activities are important and necessary in assisting the
Company to carry on and improve its business. Principal research and
development functions include the development of new products and processes and
the improvement of existing products and processes. Research and development
activities are conducted principally at the Company's Innovation Center in
Lancaster, Pennsylvania.
The Company spent $59.5 million in 1993, $60.3 million in 1992, and $55.6
million in 1991 on research and development activities worldwide for the
continuing businesses.
The Company will incur capital expenditures in order to meet the new
requirements of the Clean Air Act of 1990 and is awaiting the final promulgation
of implementing regulations by various state agencies to determine the magnitude
of additional costs and the time period over which they will be incurred. In
1993, the Company incurred capital expenditures of approximately $2.6 million
for environmental compliance and control facilities and anticipates comparable
annual expenditures for those purposes for the years 1994 and 1995.
As with many industrial companies, the Company is involved in proceedings under
the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
("Superfund"), and similar state laws at approximately 21 sites. In most cases,
the Company is one of many potentially responsible parties ("PRPs") who have
voluntarily agreed to jointly fund the required investigation and remediation of
each site. With regard to some sites, however, the Company disputes either
liability or the proposed cost allocation. Sites where the Company is alleged
to have contributed a significant volume of waste material include a former
municipal landfill site in Volney, New York; and a former county landfill site
in Buckingham County, Virginia, which is alleged to have received material from
Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc. Armstrong may also have rights of
contribution or reimbursement from other parties or coverage under applicable
insurance policies. The Company is also remediating environmental contamination
resulting from past industrial activity at certain of its current plant sites.
Estimates of future liability are based on an evaluation of currently available
facts regarding each individual site and consider factors including existing
technology, presently enacted laws and regulations, and prior Company experience
in remediation of contaminated sites. Although current law imposes joint and
several liability on all parties at any Superfund site, the Company's
contribution to the remediation of these sites is expected to be limited by the
number of other companies which have also been identified as potentially liable
for site costs. As a result, the Company's estimated liability reflects only
the Company's expected share. In determining the probability of contribution,
the Company considers the solvency of the parties, whether responsibility is
being disputed, the terms of any existing agreements, and experience regarding
similar matters. The estimated liabilities do not take into account any claims
for recoveries from insurance or third parties, unless a coverage commitment has
been provided by the insurer.
Because of uncertainties associated with remediation activities and
technologies, regulatory interpretations, and the allocation of those costs
among various other parties, the Company has accrued $4.9 million to reflect its
estimated liability for environmental remediation. As assessments and
remediation activities progress at each individual site, these liabilities are
reviewed to reflect additional information as it becomes available.
- 6 -
<PAGE>
Actual costs to be incurred at identified sites in the future may vary from the
estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating environmental
liabilities. Subject to the imprecision in estimating environmental remediation
costs, the Company believes that any sum it may have to pay in connection with
environmental matters in excess of the amounts noted above would not have a
materially adverse effect on its financial condition liquidity or results of
operations.
As of December 31, 1993, the Company had approximately 21,000 active employees,
of whom approximately 4,150 are located outside the United States. Year-end
employment in 1993 was below the level at the end of 1992. About 38% of the
Company's approximately 11,950 hourly-paid employees in the United States are
represented by labor unions.
Geographic Areas
United States net trade sales include export sales to non-affiliated customers
of $27.0 million in 1993, $24.4 million in 1992, and $29.3 million in 1991.
"Europe" includes operations located primarily in England, France, Germany,
Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and Switzerland. Operations in Australia,
Canada, China, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Japan, Korea, Singapore, and Thailand are
in "Other foreign."
Transfers between geographic areas and commissions paid to affiliates
marketing exported products are accounted for by methods that approximate
arm's-length transactions, after considering the costs incurred by the selling
company and the return on assets employed of both the selling unit and the
purchasing unit. Operating profits of a geographic area include profits
accruing from sales to affiliates.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Geographic areas
at December 31 (millions) 1993 1992 1991
=========================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net trade sales:
=========================================================================
United States $1,910.7 $1,841.5 $1,761.7
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Europe 456.6 544.5 508.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other foreign 158.1 163.8 169.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total foreign 614.7 708.3 677.6
=========================================================================
Inter-area transfers:
=========================================================================
United States 76.1 69.9 65.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Europe 6.0 4.0 3.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other foreign 21.9 18.5 9.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eliminations (104.0) (92.4) (79.3)
=========================================================================
Total net sales $2,525.4 $2,549.8 $2,439.3
=========================================================================
Operating profit:
=========================================================================
United States $ 178.0 $ 50.7 $ 131.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Europe 31.7 22.5 51.8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other foreign 10.0 (4.6) 9.3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total foreign 41.7 17.9 61.1
=========================================================================
Total operating profit $ 219.7 $ 68.6 $ 192.6
=========================================================================
Identifiable assets (Note 1):
=========================================================================
United States $1,311.7 $1,338.0 $1,435.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Europe 347.0 362.5 398.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other foreign 63.2 64.9 74.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate 207.7 251.0 250.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eliminations (.3) (6.6) (9.5)
=========================================================================
Total assets $1,929.3 $2,009.8 $2,149.9
</TABLE>
- 7 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Reconciliation (millions) 1993 1992 1991
=========================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operating profit $219.7 $ 68.6 $ 192.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate expense, net (91.0) (87.4) (46.5)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense (38.0) (41.6) (45.8)
=========================================================================
Earnings (loss) from
continuing businesses
before income taxes $ 90.7 $(60.4) $ 100.3
</TABLE>
Note 1: Identifiable assets for geographic areas and industry segments
exclude cash, marketable securities, and assets of a corporate nature.
Capital additions for industry segments include property, plant, and equipment
from acquisitions.
The Company's foreign operations are subject to foreign government legislation
involving restrictions on investments (including transfers thereof), tariff
restrictions, personnel administration, and other actions by foreign
governments. In addition, consolidated earnings are subject to both U.S. and
foreign tax laws with respect to earnings of foreign subsidiaries, and to the
effects of currency fluctuations.
Item 2. Properties
- -------------------
The Company produces and markets its products and services throughout the world,
operating 73 manufacturing plants in 11 countries, 56 of which are located
throughout the United States. Additionally, affiliates operate eight plants in
four countries.
Floor covering products are produced at 23 plants with principal manufacturing
facilities located in Lancaster and Lansdale, Pennsylvania. American Olean owns
or leases various quarries throughout the United States for the supply of clays
and shale. Under a long-term lease, a quarry in Newfoundland, Canada, also
supplies a raw material important to American Olean's manufacture of glazed tile
at a proven reserve level of approximately 50 years at current production
levels. Building products are produced at 13 plants with principal facilities
in Macon, Georgia, the Florida-Alabama Gulf Coast area and Marietta,
Pennsylvania. Furniture is manufactured at 27 plants, 14 of which are located
at Thomasville, North Carolina. Insulating materials, textile mill supplies,
fiber gasket materials, adhesives and other products for industry are
manufactured at 14 plants with principal manufacturing facilities at Munster,
Germany, Braintree, Massachusetts and Fulton, New York.
Numerous sales offices are leased worldwide, and leased facilities are utilized
for American Olean's distribution centers and to supplement the Company's owned
warehousing facilities.
Productive capacity and extent of utilization of the Company's facilities are
difficult to quantify with certainty because in any one facility maximum
capacity and utilization varies periodically depending upon the product that is
being manufactured and individual facilities manufacture more than one type of
product. In this context, the Company estimates that the production facilities
in each of its industry segments were effectively utilized during 1993 at 80% to
90% of overall productive capacity in meeting market conditions. Remaining
productive capacity is sufficient to meet expected customer demands.
- 8 -
<PAGE>
The Company believes its various facilities are adequate and suitable.
Additional incremental investments in plant facilities are being made as
appropriate to balance capacity with anticipated demand, improve quality and
service, and reduce costs.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
- --------------------------
The Company is named as one of many defendants in pending lawsuits and claims
involving, as of February 28, 1994, approximately 72,125 individuals alleging
personal injury from exposure to asbestos or asbestos-containing products. (In
late 1993, the Company revised its claims handling procedures to provide for
individual claim information to be supplied by the Center for Claims Resolution
referred to below. The claim numbers have been received from the Center. A
reconciliation is underway to match the Company claims with the Center's and the
reconciliation will continue until completion. Since the reported data will be
more current under the revised claims handling procedure, the data reflects a
decrease from the past year in the number of outstanding claims.) A total of
about 24,036 lawsuits and claims were received by the Company in 1993, compared
with 28,997 in 1992. Nearly all the personal injury suits and claims allege
general and punitive damages arising from alleged exposures, during a period of
years, commencing during World War II onward into the 1970s, to asbestos-
containing insulation products used, manufactured or sold by the companies
involved in the asbestos-related litigation. Claims against the Company
generally involve allegations of negligence, strict liability, breach of
warranty and conspiracy with other defendants in connection with alleged
exposure generally to asbestos-containing insulation products; the Company
discontinued the sale of all such products in 1969. The first asbestos-related
lawsuit was filed against the Company in 1970, and such lawsuits and claims
continue to be filed against the Company. The claims generally allege that
injury may be determined many years (up to 40 years) after alleged exposure to
asbestos or asbestos-containing products. Nearly all suits include a number of
defendants (including both members of the Center and other companies), and well
over 100 different companies are reportedly involved as defendants in the
litigation. A significant number of suits in which the Company does not believe
it should be involved have been filed by persons engaged in vehicle tire
production, aspects of the construction industry, and the steel industry. The
Company believes that a large number of the plaintiffs filing suit are
unimpaired individuals. Although a large number of suits and claims have either
been put on inactive lists, settled, dismissed or otherwise resolved, and the
Company is generally involved in all stages of claims resolution and litigation,
including trials and appeals, and while the number of pending cases reflects a
decrease during the past year, neither the rate of future dispositions nor the
number of future potential unasserted claims can be reasonably predicted at this
time.
Attention has been given by various judges both individually and collectively to
finding a comprehensive solution to the large number of pending as well as
potential future asbestos-related personal injury claims. Discussions have been
undertaken by attorneys for plaintiffs and defendants to devise methods or
procedures for the comprehensive treatment of asbestos-related personal injury
suits and claims. The Judicial Panel for Multi-district Litigation ordered the
transfer of all federal cases not in trial to a single court, the Eastern
District Court of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia, for pretrial purposes. The
Company has supported such action. The Court to which the cases have been
assigned has been instrumental in having the parties settle large numbers of
cases in various jurisdictions and has been receptive to different approaches to
the resolution of asbestos-related personal injury claims. A national class
action was filed in the Eastern District of Texas; it was not certified and the
cases involved were also transferred to the Eastern District Court of
Pennsylvania for pretrial purposes. Periodically, this Court returns certain
cases for trial to the courts from which the cases were originally transferred,
although the issue of punitive damages is retained by the Eastern District
Court.
A settlement class action which includes essentially all future asbestos-related
personal injury claims against members of the Center for Claims Resolution was
filed in Philadelphia, in the Federal
- 9 -
<PAGE>
District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania on January 15, 1993.
The proposed settlement class action was negotiated by the Center and two
leading plaintiffs' law firms. The settlement class action is designed to
establish a non-litigation system for the resolution of essentially all future
asbestos-related personal injury claims against the Center members including
this Company. Other defendant companies which are not Center members may be
able to join the class action later. The class action proposes a voluntary
settlement that offers a method for prompt compensation to claimants who were
occupationally exposed to asbestos if they are impaired by such exposure.
Claimants must meet certain exposure and medical criteria to receive
compensation which is derived from historical settlement data. Under limited
circumstances and in limited numbers, qualifying claimants may choose to
litigate certain claims in court or through alternative dispute resolution,
rather than accept an offered settlement amount, after their claims are
processed within the system. No punitive damages will be paid under the
proposed settlement. The settlement is designed to minimize transactional
costs, including attorneys fees, and to relieve the courts of the burden of
handling future asbestos-related personal injury claims. Each member of the
Center has an obligation for its own fixed share in this proposed settlement.
The settlement class action does not include asbestos-related personal injury
claims which were filed before January 15, 1993, or asbestos-related property
damage claims. Agreed upon annual case flow caps and agreed upon compensation
ranges for each compensable medical category including amounts paid even more
promptly under the simplified payment procedures,have been established for an
initial period of ten years. Case flow caps may be increased during the second
five-year period depending upon case flow during the first five-year period.
The case flow figures and annual compensation levels are subject to
renegotiation after the initial 10-year period. The Court has preliminarily
approved the settlement, and notification has been provided to potential class
members who were offered the opportunity to opt out by January 24, 1994. The
Center had reserved the right to withdraw from the program if an excessive
number of individuals opted out. The Center has determined that there is not
an excessive number of opt outs and will proceed with the settlement class
action. The opt outs are not asbestos-related claims as such but reservations
of rights to possibly bring court actions in the future. The opt outs are
currently the subject of a motion before the Court which questions the
validity of most of the opt outs and seeks a further notice process to
determine whether or not they wish to remain in the class action. Therefore,
the total number of effective opt outs cannot be determined at this time. The
Court is holding a final fairness hearing which began on February 22, 1994.
The settlement will become final only after it has been approved by the
Federal District Court and the federal appellate courts. The Center members
have stated their intention to resolve over a five-year period the asbestos-
related personal injury claims pending prior to the date the settlement class
action was filed. A significant number of these pending claims have been
settled with a number of plaintiffs' counsel and a number of these claims are
currently the subject of settlement negotiations, in both instances, based
upon historical averages.
The Company is seeking agreement from its carriers or a ruling from the Court
that the settlement class action will not jeopardize existing insurance
coverage. Certain unresolved insurance coverage issues involving certain Center
members' insurance carriers acceptance of the proposed settlement will be
resolved either by alternative dispute resolution procedures in the case of the
insurance carriers which subscribed to the Wellington Agreement referred to
below, or by litigation against those carriers which did not subscribe to the
Wellington Agreement.
The Company believes that the future claimants settlement class action will be
approved. However, the potential exists that either the Federal District Court
or an appellate court will reject the settlement class action and that the
above-referenced companion insurance action will not be successful.
A few state judges and federal judges have undertaken to consolidate numbers of
asbestos-related personal injury cases for trial. The Company has generally
opposed as unfair the consolidation of numerous cases for trial. In 1992 in
Baltimore, Maryland, the Center for Claims Resolution referred to herein settled
during trial on behalf of the Company and other Center members certain asbestos-
related personal injury claims. In most of the approximately 8,500 cases
consolidated for trial, Armstrong was a named defendant. The multiphase
Baltimore trial dealt with various issues including the individual claims of six
plaintiffs, as well as product defect and negligence, and whether and on what
basis punitive damages should be awarded. The Center for Claims Resolution is
periodically drawing upon the Company's insurance assets to pay the settled
individual claims.
In 1983, three of the Company's four primary insurers entered into an Interim
Agreement with the Company to provide defense and indemnity coverage on an
interim basis for asbestos-related personal injury claims and for the defense of
asbestos-related property damage claims which are described below. One
- 10 -
<PAGE>
primary insurer did not enter into the Interim Agreement, but did subscribe to
the Wellington Agreement as noted below. The Interim Agreement was superseded
by the Wellington Agreement with respect to the coverage issues for asbestos-
related personal injury claims. The one primary insurer of the four primary
carriers that did not subscribe to the Wellington Agreement subsequently entered
into a separate agreement with the Company resolving coverage issues for
asbestos-related property damage claims and for asbestos-related personal injury
claims which complements the Wellington Agreement. All of the Company's primary
insurers are paying for the defense of asbestos-related property damage claims
in accordance with the provisions of the Interim Agreement pending the final
resolution on appeal of the coverage issues for asbestos-related property damage
claims in the California insurance litigation referenced later in this note.
The Company's insurance carriers providing coverage for asbestos-related claims
are as follows: Reliance Insurance, Aetna Insurance and Liberty Mutual
Insurance Companies are primary insurers that have subscribed to the Wellington
Agreement. Travelers Insurance Company is a primary insurer that entered into
a settlement agreement which complements Wellington. The excess insurers which
subscribed to Wellington are Aetna Insurance Company, Fireman's Fund Insurance
Company, Insurance Company of North America, Lloyds of London, Fidelity and
Casualty Insurance Company, First State Insurance Company and U.S. Fire
Insurance Company. Home Insurance Company and Travelers Insurance Company are
excess insurers which entered into settlement agreements for coverage of
personal injury claims which complement Wellington, and Great American is an
excess insurer which also entered into a settlement agreement with the Company.
The Company also entered into a settlement agreement with American Home
Assurance Company and National Union Fire Insurance Company (known as the AIG
Companies) which complements the Wellington Agreement. Other excess insurers
against whom the Company has received a favorable trial and appellate court
decision in the California insurance litigation described below are: Central
National Insurance Company, Interstate Insurance Company, Puritan Insurance
Company, CNA Insurance Company and Commercial Union Insurance Company. Midland
Insurance Company, an excess carrier, which insured the Company with $25 million
of coverage, became insolvent during the trial. The Company is pursuing claims
with the state guaranty associations on account of the Midland insolvency and is
currently exploring how the Midland Insurance Company insolvency gaps can be
otherwise addressed by payments from the Company's other insurance carriers.
Certain companies in the London block of coverage and certain carriers providing
coverage at the excess level for property damage claims only have also become
insolvent. In addition to the aforementioned insurance carriers, certain
insurance carriers which were not included in the Company's California insurance
litigation described later herein also provide insurance for asbestos-related
property damage claims.
The Company along with 52 other companies (defendants in the asbestos-related
litigation and certain of their insurers) signed the 1985 Agreement Concerning
Asbestos-Related Claims (the "Wellington Agreement"). This Agreement provided
for a final settlement of nearly all disputes concerning insurance for asbestos-
related personal injury claims between the Company and three of its primary
insurers and seven of its excess insurers which also subscribed to the
Wellington Agreement. The one primary insurer that did not sign the Wellington
Agreement had earlier entered into the Interim Agreement with the Company and
had paid into the Wellington Asbestos Claims Facility (the "Facility"). The
Wellington Agreement provides for those insurers to indemnify the Company up to
the policy limits for claims that trigger policies in the insurance coverage
period, and nearly all claims against the Company fall within the coverage
period; both defense and indemnity are paid under the policies and there are no
deductibles under the applicable Company policies. The Wellington Agreement
addresses both products and non-products coverage. One of the Company's larger
excess insurance carriers entered into a settlement agreement in 1986 with the
Company under which payments also were made through the Facility and are now
being paid through the Center for Claims
- 11 -
<PAGE>
Resolution referenced below in this note. Coverage for asbestos-related
property damage claims was not included in the settlement, and the agreement
provides that either party may reinstitute a lawsuit in the event the coverage
issues for property damage claims are not amicably resolved. In 1987, an excess
insurer also made, under reservation of rights, certain payments which were
processed through the Facility. These payments were made under reservation
because no settlement of the outstanding coverage issues has been effected with
that carrier.
The Wellington Agreement also provided for the establishment of the Facility to
evaluate, settle, pay and defend all pending and future asbestos-related
personal injury claims against those companies which subscribed to the
Agreement. The insurance coverage designated by the Company for coverage in the
Facility consists of all relevant insurance policies issued to the Company from
1942 through 1976. Liability payments and allocated expenses with respect to
each claim filed against Wellington Agreement subscribers who were defendants in
the underlying asbestos-related personal injury litigation were allocated on a
formula percentage basis to each such defendant, including the Company. The
Facility, which has dissolved, over time was negatively impacted by concerns
raised by certain subscribers relating to their share of liability payments and
allocated expenses and by certain insurer concerns with respect to defense costs
and Facility operating expenses. As a result of seven subscribing companies
giving notice that they wished to withdraw their cases from the Facility, a
majority of the insurers and the company subscribing members agreed to dissolve
the ongoing operation of the Facility as of October 3, 1988 and the Facility has
now been fully dissolved. Except for eliminating the future availability of an
insurer-paid special defense fund benefit linked to the existence of the
Facility, a benefit not deemed material to the Company, the dissolution of the
Facility essentially did not affect the Company's overall Wellington Agreement
insurance settlement, which stood on its own separate from the Facility. The
relinquishment of the insurer-paid special defense fund benefit was a condition
of insurer support for the creation of the Center and its expected benefits.
A new asbestos-related personal injury claims handling organization known as the
Center for Claims Resolution (the "Center") was created in October 1988 by
Armstrong and 20 other companies, all of which were former members of the
Facility. Insurance carriers are not members of the Center, although certain of
the insurance carriers for those members that joined the Center signed an
agreement to provide approximately 70% of the financial support for the Center's
operational costs during its first year of existence; they also are represented
ex officio on the Center's governing board. The Center adopted many of the
conceptual features of the Facility, and the members' insurers generally provide
coverage under the Wellington Agreement terms. The Center has operated under a
revised concept of allocated shares of liability payments and defense costs
for its members based primarily on historical experience and has defended the
members' interests and addressed the claims in a manner consistent with the
prompt, fair resolution of meritorious claims. In late 1991, the Center
sharing formula was revised to provide that members will pay only on claims in
which the member is a named defendant. This change has caused a slight
increase in the Company's share, but has enhanced the Company's case
management focus. Future claim payments by the Center pursuant to the proposed
settlement class action will require each member to pay its own fixed share.
A large share member earlier withdrew from the Center. Accordingly, the
allocated shares of liability payments and defense costs of the Center were
recalculated with the remaining members' shares being increased. Under the class
action settlement resolution, if a member withdraws from the Center or the
settlement, the shares of those remaining members would not be increased. It is
expected that the Center members will reach an agreement with the insurers
relating to the continuing operation of the Center and that the insurers' will
fund the Center's operating expenses for its sixth year of operation. With the
filing of the settlement class action, the Center will continue to process
pending claims and will handle the program for processing future claims if the
settlement class action is approved by the courts.
- 12 -
<PAGE>
Consistent with the Center's objective of prompt resolution of meritorious
claims, and to establish the Center's credibility after the cessation of the
Facility and for other strategic reasons, a planned increase in claims
resolution by the Center was implemented during the first two years. This
increased the rate of utilization of Company insurance for claims resolution,
offset in part by savings in defense costs. During the first three years, the
rate of claims resolution had about trebled from the prior two years of
experience. An increase in the utilization of the Company's insurance also will
occur as a result of the class action settlement due to the commitment to
attempt to resolve pending claims within five years. Aside from the commitments
under the class action settlement, no forecast can be made for future years
regarding either the rate of claims or the rate of pending and future claims
resolution by the Center or the rate of utilization of Company insurance. If
the settlement class action is finally approved, projections of the rate of
disposition of future cases may be made and the rate of insurance usage will
be accelerated as an effort is made to resolve both outstanding cases and
address future claims.
The Company is also one of many defendants in a total of 73 pending lawsuits and
claims, including class actions, as of February 28, 1994, brought by public and
private entities, including public school districts and public and private
building owners. These lawsuits and claims include allegations of damage to
buildings caused by asbestos-containing products and generally claim
compensatory and punitive damages and equitable relief, including reimbursement
of expenditures, for removal and replacement of such products. They appear to
be aimed at friable (easily crumbled) asbestos-containing products, although
allegations in some suits encompass all asbestos-containing products, including
allegations with respect to asbestos-containing resilient floor covering
materials. Class actions have been certified involving four distinct classes of
building owners: public and private schools; Michigan state public and private
schools; colleges and universities, and private property owners who leased
facilities to the federal government. Subject to fairness hearings, resolution
has been reached with the class representatives for the national public and
private schools class action as well as with the class representatives for the
private property owners who leased facilities to the federal government. The
Company vigorously denies the validity of the allegations against it contained
in these suits and claims. Increasing defense costs, paid by the Company's
insurance carriers either under reservation or settlement arrangement, will be
incurred. As a consequence of the California insurance litigation discussed
elsewhere in this note, the Company believes that it is probable that costs of
the property damage litigation that are being paid by the Company's insurance
carriers under reservation of rights will not be subject to recoupment. These
suits and claims were not handled by the former Facility nor are they being
handled by the Center.
Certain co-defendant companies in the asbestos-related litigation have filed for
reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code. As a
consequence, this litigation with respect to these co-defendants (with several
exceptions) has been stayed or otherwise impacted by the restrictions placed on
proceeding against these co-defendants. Due to the uncertainties involved, the
long-term effect of these Chapter 11 proceedings on the litigation cannot be
predicted.
The Company concluded in early 1989 the trial phase of a coordinated lawsuit in
a California state court to resolve a dispute concerning certain of its
insurance carriers' obligations with respect to insurance coverage for alleged
- 13 -
<PAGE>
personal injury and property damage asbestos-related lawsuits and claims. The
trial court issued favorable final decisions in important phases of the trial
relating to coverage for personal injury and property damage lawsuits and
claims. The Company earlier dismissed from the asbestos-related personal injury
coverage portion of the litigation those insurance carriers which had subscribed
to the Wellington Agreement, and the excess carriers which entered into a
settlement agreement with the Company which complements Wellington also have
been dismissed.
As indicated above, the California trial court issued final decisions in various
phases in the insurance lawsuit. One decision concluded that the trigger of
insurance coverage for asbestos-related personal injury claims was continuous
from exposure through death or filing of a claim. The court also found that a
triggered insurance policy should respond with full indemnification up to
exhaustion of the policy limits. The court concluded that any defense
obligation ceases upon exhaustion of policy limits. Although not as
comprehensive, another important decision in the trial established a favorable
defense and indemnity coverage result for asbestos-related property damage
claims; the final decision holds that, in the event the Company is held liable
for an underlying property damage claim, the Company would have coverage under
policies in effect during the period of installation and during any subsequent
period in which a release of fibers occurred. Appeals were filed from the trial
court's final decision by those carriers still in the litigation and the
California Court of Appeal has substantially upheld the trial court's final
decisions. The insurance carriers have petitioned the California Supreme Court
to hear the various asbestos-related personal injury and property damage
coverage issues. The California Supreme Court recently accepted review pending
its review of related issues in another California case. Based upon the trial
court's favorable final decisions in important phases of the trial relating to
coverage for asbestos-related personal injury and property damage lawsuits and
claims, including the favorable decision by the California Court of Appeal, and
a review of the coverage issues by its trial counsel, the Company believes that
it has a substantial legal basis for sustaining its right to defense and
indemnification. After concluding the last phase of the trial against one of
its primary carriers, which is also an excess carrier, the Company and the
carrier reached a settlement agreement on March 31, 1989. Under the terms of
the settlement agreement, coverage is provided for asbestos-related bodily
injury and property damage claims generally consistent with the interim rulings
of the California trial court and complements the coverage framework established
by the Wellington Agreement. The parties also agreed that a certain minimum and
maximum percentage of indemnity and allocated expenses incurred with respect to
asbestos-related personal injury claims would be deemed allocable to non-
products claims coverage and that the percentage amount would be negotiated
between the Company and the insurance carrier. These negotiations continue.
The Company also settled both asbestos-related personal injury and property
damage coverage issues with a small excess carrier and in 1991 settled those
same issues with a larger excess carrier. In these settlements, the Company and
the insurers agreed to abide by the final judgment of the trial court in the
California insurance litigation with respect to coverage for asbestos-related
claims.
Non-products claims coverage insurance is available under the Wellington
Agreement (and the previously-referenced settlement agreement with one primary
carrier) for such claims. Certain excess policies also provide non-products
coverage. Non-products claims include claims that may have arisen out of
exposure during installation of asbestos materials or before control of such
materials has been relinquished. Negotiations have been undertaken with the
Company's primary insurance carriers and are currently underway with several of
them to categorize the percentage of previously resolved and to be resolved
asbestos-related personal injury claims as non-products claims and to establish
the entitlement to such
- 14 -
<PAGE>
coverage. The additional coverage potentially available to pay claims
categorized as non-products, at both the primary and excess levels, is
substantial, and at the primary level, includes defense costs in addition to
limits. No agreement has been reached with the primary carriers on the amount
of non-products coverage attributable to claims that have been disposed of or
the type of claims that should be covered by non-products insurance. One of
the primary carriers alleges that it is no longer bound by the Wellington
Agreement and one primary carrier seemingly takes the view that the Company
verbally waived certain rights regarding non-products coverage against that
carrier at the time the Wellington Agreement was signed. All the carriers
presumably raise other reasons why they should not pay their coverage
obligations. The Company is entitled to pursue alternative dispute resolution
proceedings against the primary and certain excess carriers to resolve the non-
products coverage issues.
ACandS, Inc., a former subsidiary of the Company, which for certain insurance
periods has coverage rights under some insurance policies, and has accessed such
coverage on the same basis as the Company, was a subscriber to the Wellington
Agreement, but was not a subscriber to the Center. ACandS, Inc. had filed a
lawsuit against the Company to partition certain insurance policies and for an
accounting. It sought to have a certain amount of insurance from the joint
policies reserved solely for its use in the payment of defense and indemnity
costs for asbestos-related claims. The two companies have negotiated a
settlement of their dispute and have signed a settlement agreement.
Based upon the Company's experience with this litigation and its disputes with
insurance carriers, a reserve was recorded in June 1983 to cover estimated
potential liability and settlement costs and legal and administrative costs not
covered under the Interim Agreement, cost of litigation against the Company's
insurance carriers, and other factors involved in the litigation which are
referred to herein about which uncertainties exist. As a result of the
Wellington Agreement, the reserve was earlier reduced for that portion
associated with pending personal injury suits and claims. As a result of the
March 31, 1989, settlement referenced above, the Company received $11.0
million, of which approximately $4.4 million was credited to income with nearly
all of the balance being recorded as an increase to its reserve for potential
liabilities and other costs and uncertainties associated with the asbestos-
related litigation. Future costs of litigation against the Company's insurance
carriers and other legal costs indirectly related to the litigation will be
expensed outside the reserve. The Company does not know how many claims will be
filed against it in the future, nor the details thereof or of pending suits not
fully reviewed, nor the expense and any liability that may ultimately result
therefrom, nor does the Company know whether the settlement class action will
ultimately succeed, nor the annual claims flow caps to be negotiated after the
initial 10-year period for the settlement class action or the then compensation
levels to be negotiated for such claims or the success the Company may have in
addressing the Midland Insurance Company insolvency with its other insurers.
Subject to the foregoing and based upon its experience and other factors
referred to elsewhere in this note, the Company believes that it is probable
that substantially all of the expenses and any liability payments associated
therewith within the framework of the class action settlement and the initial
ten-year period thereof will be paid--in the case of the personal injury claims,
by agreed-to coverage under the Wellington Agreement and by payments by
nonsubscribing insurers that entered into settlement agreements with the Company
and additional insurance coverage reasonably anticipated from the outcome of the
insurance litigation and from the Company's claims for non-products coverage
both under certain insurance policies covered by the Wellington Agreement and
under certain insurance policies not covered by the Wellington Agreement which
claims have yet to be accepted by the carriers--and in the case of the asbestos-
related property damage claims, under an existing interim agreement, by
insurance coverage settlement agreements and through additional coverage
reasonably anticipated from the outcome of the insurance litigation.
Accordingly, the Company believes that it is probable that charges to expense
associated with such suits and claims should not be significant.
Even though uncertainties still remain as to the potential number of unasserted
claims, liability resulting therefrom, and the ultimate scope of its insurance
coverage, after consideration of the factors involved, including the Wellington
Agreement, the referenced settlements with other insurance carriers, the results
of the trial phase and the first level appellate stage
- 15 -
<PAGE>
of the California insurance coverage litigation, the remaining reserve, the
establishment of the Center, the proposed settlement class action, and its
experience, the Company believes the asbestos-related lawsuits and claims
against the Company will not have a material adverse effect on its earnings or
financial position.
-------------------------------
In 1984, suit was filed against the Company in the U. S. District Court for the
District of New Jersey (the "Court") by The Industry Network System (TINS), a
producer of video magazines in cassette form, and Elliot Fineman, a consultant
(Fineman and The Industry Network System, Inc. v. Armstrong World Industries,
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inc., C.A. No. 84-3837 JWB). At trial, TINS claimed, among other things, that
- --------------------------
the Company had improperly interfered with a tentative contract which TINS had
with an independent distributor of the Company's flooring products and further
claimed that the Company used its alleged monopoly power in resilient floor
coverings to obtain a monopoly in the video magazine market for floor covering
retailers in violation of federal antitrust laws. The Company denied all
allegations and continues to do so. On April 19, 1991, after a three-month
trial, the jury rendered a verdict in the case, which as entered by the court in
its order of judgment, awarded the plaintiffs the alternative, after all post-
trial motions and appeals were completed, of either their total tort claim
damages (including punitive damages), certain pre-judgment interest, and post-
judgment interest or their trebled antitrust claim damages, post-judgment
interest and attorneys fees. The higher amount awarded to the plaintiffs as a
result of these actions totaled $224 million in tort claim damages and pre-
judgment interest, including $200 million in punitive damages.
On June 20, 1991, the Court granted judgment for the Company notwithstanding the
jury's verdict, thereby overturning the jury's award of damages and dismissing
the plaintiffs' claims with prejudice. Furthermore, on June 25, 1991, the Court
ruled that, in the event of a successful appeal restoring the jury's verdict in
the case, the Company would be entitled to a new trial on the matter.
On October 28, 1992, the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit
issued an opinion in Fineman v. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (No. 91-5613).
-------------------------------------------
The appeal was taken to the Court of Appeals from the two June 1991 orders of
the United States District Court in the case. In its decision on the
plaintiff's appeal of these rulings, the Court of Appeals sustained the U. S.
District Court's decision granting the Company a new trial, but overturned in
certain respects the District Court's grant of judgment for the Company
notwithstanding the jury's verdict.
The Court of Appeals affirmed the trial judge's order granting Armstrong a new
trial on all claims of plaintiffs remaining after the appeal; affirmed the trial
judge's order granting judgment in favor of Armstrong on the alleged actual
monopolization claim; affirmed the trial judge's order granting judgment in
favor of Armstrong on the alleged attempt to monopolize claim; did not disturb
the District Court's order dismissing the alleged conspiracy to monopolize
claim; affirmed the trial judge's order dismissing all of Fineman's personal
claims, both tort and antitrust; and affirmed the trial judge's ruling that
plaintiffs could not recover the aggregate amount of all damages awarded by the
jury and instead must elect damages awarded on one legal theory. However, the
Third Circuit, contrary to Armstrong's arguments: reversed the trial judge's
judgment for Armstrong on TINS's claim for an alleged violation of Section 1 of
the Sherman Act; reversed the trial judge's judgment in favor of Armstrong on
TINS's claim for tortious interference; reversed the trial judge's judgment in
favor of Armstrong on TINS's claim for punitive damages; and reversed the trial
judge's ruling that had dismissed TINS's alleged breach of contract claim.
- 16 -
<PAGE>
The Court of Appeals, in affirming the trial court's new trial order, agreed
that the trial court did not abuse its discretion in determining that the jury's
verdict was "clearly against the weight of the evidence" and that a new trial
was required due to the misconduct of plaintiffs' counsel.
The foregoing summary of the Third Circuit's opinion is qualified in its
entirety by reference thereto.
The Court of Appeals granted the Company's motion to stay return of the case to
the District Court pending the Company's Petition for Certiorari to the Supreme
Court appealing certain antitrust rulings of the Court of Appeals. The Company
was informed on February 22 that the Supreme Court denied its Petition. The
case has been remanded by the Third Circuit Court of Appeals in Philadelphia to
the U. S. District Court in Newark, New Jersey, and a new trial has been set for
late April 1994. It is unknown what damage claims TINS will be permitted upon
retrial of the case. But during the first trial, claims for actual damages of
at least $17.5 million were asserted by plaintiffs' expert and even greater
amounts were asserted by Mr. Fineman. Under the antitrust laws, proven damages
are trebled. In addition, plaintiff would likely ask for punitive damages,
companion to its request for tort damages. Other damages which would likely be
sought include reimbursement of attorneys' fees and interest, including
prejudgment interest.
The Company denies all of TINS's claims and accordingly is vigorously defending
the matter. In the event that a jury finds against the Company, such jury
verdict could entail unknown amounts which, if sustained, could have a material
adverse effect on its earnings and financial position.
--------------------
As previously discussed on pages 6 and 7, with regard to a former county
landfill in Buckingham County, Virginia, Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc.,
and seven other parties have been identified by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency ("USEPA") as potentially responsible parties ("PRPs") to fund
the cost of remediating environmental conditions at this federal Superfund site.
After review of investigative studies to determine the nature and extent of
contamination and identify various remediation alternatives, USEPA issued its
Proposed Remedial Action Plan in May 1993 proposing a $21 million clean-up cost.
In November 1993, however, USEPA issued a revised plan which recommended a
reduced $3.5 million alternative, subject to additional costs depending on test
results. The PRPs believe that other alternatives are appropriate and
discussions with USEPA and Virginia State officials continue.
Spent finishing materials from Thomasville's Virginia furniture plants at
Appomattox and Brookneal allegedly comprise a significant portion of the waste
presently believed to have been taken to the site by a now defunct disposal firm
in the late 1970s. Accordingly, Thomasville could be called upon to fund a
significant portion of the eventual remedial costs.
- 17 -
<PAGE>
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Not applicable.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
- -------------------------------------
The information appearing in Item 10 hereof under the caption "Executive
Officers of the Registrant" is incorporated by reference herein.
PART II
-------
Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related Security Holder
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matters
-------
The Company's Common Stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the
Philadelphia Stock Exchange, Inc., and the Pacific Stock Exchange, Inc. As of
January 28, 1994, there were approximately 7,876 holders of record of the
Company's Common Stock.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total
First Second Third Fourth Year
===========================================================================================================
1993
===========================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Dividends per share of common stock .30 .30 .30 .30 1.20
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Price range of common stock -- low 28 7/8 29 3/8 30 1/4 40 1/4 28 7/8
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Price range of common stock -- high 33 1/8 34 3/4 42 1/2 55 1/4 55 1/4
===========================================================================================================
<CAPTION>
1992
===========================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Dividends per share of common stock .30 .30 .30 .30 1.20
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Price range of common stock -- low 26 29 5/8 27 1/2 24 1/2 24 1/2
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Price range of common stock -- high 33 7/8 37 1/2 32 3/8 32 3/4 37 1/2
===========================================================================================================
</TABLE>
- 18 -
<PAGE>
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
- ---------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EIGHT - YEAR SUMMARY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
For Year ($ millions except for per-share data) 1993 1992 1991 1990 1989 1988 1987 1986
==================================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales 2,525.4 2,549.8 2,439.3 2,518.8 2,488.7 2,261.2 1,969.6 1,602.3
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cost of goods sold 1,802.3 1,888.7 1,801.1 1,816.6 1,764.0 1,611.0 1,383.6 1,117.5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selling and administrative expense 505.0 511.6 468.3 462.6 436.6 392.0 339.0 286.2
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense 38.0 41.6 45.8 37.5 40.5 25.8 11.5 5.4
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Restructuring charges (89.9) (165.5) (12.8) (6.8) (5.9) -- -- --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gain from sales of woodlands -- -- -- 60.4 9.5 1.9 -- --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Miscellaneous income (expense) 0.5 (2.8) (11.0) (32.6) (7.6) 11.7 3.0 1.6
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses
before tax 90.7 (60.4) 100.3 223.1 243.6 246.0 238.5 194.8
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income taxes 27.2 (0.5) 39.7 76.7 85.9 92.4 97.4 82.6
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses 63.5 (59.9) 60.6 146.4 157.7 153.6 141.1 112.2
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As a percentage of sales 2.5% (2.3)% 2.5% 5.8% 6.3% 6.8% 7.2% 7.0%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As a percentage of average monthly
assets 3.2% (2.8)% 2.9% 7.1% 8.3% 10.2% 11.6% 11.3%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses
applicable to common stock (a) 49.6 (73.7) 41.2 126.9 148.0 153.2 140.7 111.8
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per common share--primary 1.32 (1.98) 1.11 3.26 3.26 3.31 2.98 2.33
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per common share--fully diluted (b) 1.26 (1.98) 1.11 2.99 3.11 3.31 2.98 2.33
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) 63.5 (227.7) 48.2 141.0 187.6 162.7 150.4 122.4
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As a percentage of sales 2.5% (8.9)% 2.0% 5.6% 7.5% 7.2% 7.6% 7.6%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) applicable to common
stock (a) 49.6 (241.5) 28.8 121.5 177.9 162.3 150.0 122.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As a percentage of average
shareholders' equity 9.0% (33.9)% 3.3% 13.0% 17.9% 17.0% 17.6% 16.0%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per common share--primary 1.32 (6.49) .77 3.12 3.92 3.51 3.18 2.54
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per common share--fully diluted (b) 1.26 (6.49) .77 2.86 3.72 3.51 3.18 2.54
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dividends declared per share
of common stock 1.20 1.20 1.19 1.135 1.045 .975 .885 .7325
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Purchases of property, plant,
and equipment 117.6 115.8 133.8 195.1 231.0 198.7 183.0 139.8
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate cost of acquisitions -- 4.2 -- 16.1 -- 355.8 71.5 53.1
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total depreciation and amortization 130.0 136.9 135.7 130.1 134.0 109.2 91.4 74.3
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average number of employees--
continuing businesses 21,682 23,500 24,066 25,014 25,349 22,801 21,020 18,916
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average number of common
shares outstanding 37.2 37.1 37.1 38.8 45.4 46.2 47.2 48.1
==================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
- 19 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
YEAR-END POSITION
==================================================================================================================================
Working capital 204.1 167.1 238.9 181.8 323.5 139.0 255.3 327.7
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net property, plant, and equipment 1,039.1 1,072.0 1,152.9 1,147.4 1,059.2 1,040.2 760.7 603.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets 1,929.3 2,009.8 2,149.9 2,146.3 2,033.0 2,097.7 1,602.5 1,298.2
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt 256.8 266.6 301.4 233.2 181.3 185.9 67.7 58.8
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total debt as a percentage of
total capital (c) 52.2% 57.2% 46.9% 45.7% 36.1% 35.9% 22.8% 16.9%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders' equity 569.5 569.2 885.5 899.2 976.5 1,021.8 913.8 813.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Book value per share of
common stock 14.71 14.87 23.55 24.07 23.04 21.86 19.53 16.85
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of shareholders (d)(e) 7,962 8,611 8,896 9,110 9,322 10,355 9,418 9,621
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common shares outstanding 37.2 37.1 37.1 37.1 42.3 46.3 46.2 47.5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Market value per common share 53 1/4 31 7/8 29 1/4 25 37 1/4 35 32 1/4 29 7/8
==================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
Notes:
(a) After deducting preferred dividend requirements and adding the tax benefits
for unallocated shares.
(b) See definition of fully diluted earnings per share on page 38.
(c) Total debt includes short-term debt, current installments of long-term debt,
long-term debt, and ESOP loan guarantee. Total capital includes total debt
and total shareholders' equity.
(d) Includes one trustee who is the shareholder of record on behalf of
approximately 4,300 employees in 1993, 4,500 employees in 1992, 4,600
employees in 1991, 4,500 employees in 1990, 4,700 employees in 1989, and
4,400 employees in 1988 who have beneficial ownership through the company's
retirement savings plans.
(e) Includes, for 1987 and 1986, a trustee who was the shareholder of record on
behalf of approximately 11,000 employees who obtained beneficial ownership
through the Armstrong Stock Ownership Plan, which was terminated at the end
of 1987.
- 20 -
<PAGE>
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Results of Operations
---------------------
1993 compared with 1992
Financial condition
As shown on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, net cash provided by
operating activities in 1993 was $291.2 million which was more than sufficient
to cover investments in property, plant, and equipment and dividends. The excess
cash, plus cash proceeds from the sale of assets and the decrease in cash and
cash equivalents, was used to reduce debt by $124.1 million.
For 1993, the company recorded an $89.9 million charge before tax ($60.0
million after tax) for restructuring resulting from 1993 decisions associated
with major process improvements and significant organizational changes
recommended by the teams of project PATH (a company initiative announced in
August 1993 to strengthen its global competitiveness). Approximately 80% of the
before-tax losses were related to charges for severance and special retirement
incentives associated with the elimination of employee positions, and
approximately one-third of the before-tax loss represented future cash outlays.
Most of the cash outlays are expected to occur in 1994 and to be offset by
operating savings. The operating cash savings, resulting from restructuring
actions taken during 1993 and 1992, more than offset the 1993 cash outlays of
$39.3 million for restructuring.
During the fourth quarter of 1993, the company terminated, prior to maturity,
interest rate swaps totaling $100 million, and currency swaps totaling $37.2
million.
Working capital was $204.1 million as of December 31, 1993--$37.0 million
higher than the $167.1 million at year-end 1992. The primary reason for the
increase in working capital was the repayment of short-term debt. Accounts
receivable and inventories declined $19.1 million and $33.2 million,
respectively, both reflecting reductions in most business units with half of the
reductions attributed to the European building products business.
A financing arrangement of a foreign subsidiary's principal pension plan,
whereby the subsidiary became self-insured for its pension obligations, resulted
in recording a noncurrent asset and long-term liability of $37.7 million (see
page 42).
The company's 1993 year-end ratio of current assets to current liabilities
was 1.47 to 1, compared with 1.31 to 1 ratio reported in 1992. The 1993 and 1992
year-end ratio of total debt to total capital was 52.2% and 57.2%, respectively.
The company is involved in significant asbestos-related litigation which is
described more fully under "Litigation" on pages 60-64 and which should be read
in connection with this discussion and analysis. The company does not know how
many claims will be filed against it in the future, nor the details thereof or
of pending suits not fully reviewed, nor the expense and any liability that may
ultimately result therefrom, nor does the company know the annual claims flow
caps to be negotiated after the initial 10-year period for the settlement class
action or the then compensatory levels to be negotiated for such claims or the
success the company may have in addressing the Midland Insurance Company
insolvency with its other insurers. Subject to the foregoing and based upon its
experience and other factors, the company believes that it is probable that
substantially all of the expenses and any liability payments associated
therewith will be paid--in the case of the personal injury claims, by agreed-to
coverage under the Wellington Agreement and supplemented by payments by non-
subscribing insurers that entered into settlement agreements with the company
and additional insurance coverage reasonably anticipated from the outcome of the
insurance litigation and from the company's claims for non-products coverage
both under certain insurance policies covered by the Wellington Agreement and
under certain insurance policies not covered by the Wellington Agreement which
claims have yet to be accepted by the carriers--and in the case of the asbestos-
related property damage claims, under
- 21 -
<PAGE>
an existing interim agreement, by insurance coverage settlement agreements and
through additional coverage reasonably anticipated from the outcome of the
insurance litigation. To the extent that costs of the property damage litigation
are being paid by the company's insurance carriers under reservation of rights,
the company believes that it is probable that such payments will not be
subjected to recoupment. Thus, the company has not recorded any liability for
any defense costs or indemnity relating to these lawsuits other than a reserve
in "Other long-term liabilities" for the estimated potential liability
associated with claims pending and intended to cover potential liability and
settlement costs, legal and administrative costs not covered under the
agreements, and certain other factors which have been involved in the litigation
about which uncertainties exist. Even though uncertainties still remain as to
the potential number of unasserted claims, the liability resulting therefrom,
and the ultimate scope of its insurance coverage, after consideration of the
factors involved, including the Wellington Agreement, the settlements with other
insurance carriers, the results of the trial phase and the first level appellate
stage of the California insurance litigation, the remaining reserve, the
establishment of the Center for Claims Resolution, the proposed settlement class
action, and its experience, the company believes that this litigation will not
have a material adverse effect on its earnings, liquidity, or financial
position.
The accounting treatment for the Company's asbestos-related personal injury
litigation will be affected by changes in accounting practices required by the
Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation Number 39 (FIN 39) and the
Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 92 (SAB 92).
FIN 39, which is effective beginning in 1994, does not permit offsetting unless
a right of set off exists. Historically, the Company has been following the
practice of offsetting the liability for asserted claims with expected insurance
coverage. The Company intends to reflect the required changes in its first
quarter 1994 Form 10-Q and, therefore, will record a liability for
asbestos-related personal injury claims and an asset for insurance coverage
deemed probable.
Reference is made to the litigation involving The Industry Network System,
Inc. (TINS), discussed on pages 64-65. The company denies all of TINS' claims
and accordingly is vigorously defending the matter. In the event that a jury
finds against the company, such jury verdict could entail unknown amounts
which, if sustained, could have a material adverse effect on its earnings and
financial position.
Reference is also made to environmental issues as discussed on pages 51, 52,
and 61. The company believes any sum it may have to pay in connection with
environmental matters in excess of amounts accrued would not have a material
adverse effect on its financial condition, liquidity, or results of operations.
Long-term debt, excluding the company's guarantee of the ESOP loan, was
reduced by $9.8 million in 1993. At year-end 1993, long-term debt represented
45% of shareholders' equity compared with 47% at the end of 1992.
Should a need develop for additional financing, it is management's opinion
that the company has sufficient financial strength to warrant the required
support from lending institutions and financial markets.
- 22 -
<PAGE>
Consolidated results
Net sales in 1993 of $2.53 billion decreased 1.0% compared with 1992 sales of
$2.55 billion. The weaker European exchange rates were a key factor in the sales
decline. Translating foreign currency sales to U.S. dollars at 1992 exchange
rates would have resulted in a year-to-year sales increase of 1.9%. Armstrong's
residential markets were very positive in the U.S., but the weakness in the
European economies and the lackluster commercial markets worldwide reduced the
overall opportunity. While sales in the first two quarters of 1993 were lower
than the comparable 1992 quarters, third and fourth quarter sales did exceed
those of the prior year.
Net earnings were $63.5 million compared with a net loss in 1992 of $227.7
million. Net earnings per common share were $1.32 on a primary basis and $1.26
on a fully diluted basis. The net loss per share of common stock was $6.49 on
both a primary and fully diluted basis for 1992.
The return on common shareholders' equity in 1993 was 9.0% compared with a
negative 33.9% in 1992.
The 1992 loss reflects charges of $167.8 million after tax related to the
company's adoption, retroactive to January 1, 1992, of SFAS 106, "Employers'
Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions;" and SFAS 112,
"Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits." The computation of SFAS 112
was refined during 1993 with the net loss in 1992 being reduced and restated by
$6.5 million or 18 cents per share. The restated 1992 net loss from continuing
businesses totaled $59.9 million, or a $1.98 loss per share of common stock.
The effective tax rate for 1993 was 30.0%. This reflects the company's higher
use of foreign tax credits, reductions of deferred taxes because some foreign
countries reduced their statutory tax rates, and lower foreign tax rates, which
more than offset the 1% increase in the U.S. statutory tax rate. The net loss
from 1992 included an effective tax benefit rate of only 1.0%, primarily because
some of the restructuring charges did not provide tax benefits. The company also
adopted SFAS 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," resulting in tax benefits of
$5.5 million for 1992 being credited directly to retained earnings rather than
to income taxes on the consolidated statement of earnings.
Restructuring charges for 1993, totaling $89.9 million before tax, were
included in the earnings from continuing businesses and were associated with
Armstrong initiatives to enhance its global competitiveness. These costs are
primarily associated with the elimination of employee positions in the U.S. and
Europe. For the full year 1992, restructuring charges totaled $165.5 million
before tax and related to the closing of four major manufacturing plants; the
scaling back of operations in certain other plants in the U. S. and abroad;
accruals for costs associated with the elimination of positions throughout the
rest of the company; as well as write-downs of the value of land, buildings,
equipment, and intangible assets of the company. Cash outlays for the 1993
restructuring charges will occur primarily throughout 1994 and should be fully
recovered within two to three years.
- 23 -
<PAGE>
The cost of goods sold for 1993, when expressed as a percent of sales, was
71.4%--the lowest level for the last four years--and compares favorably with
1992's cost of goods sold of 74.1%. These lower costs reflect the positive
effects of the 1992 restructuring activities, productivity gains, some pricing
increases, and product mix enhancements.
Interest expense was favorably affected by lower debt levels and lower
interest accruals for tax obligations. Miscellaneous income and expense in 1993
included the positive effects of lower amortization of acquired intangibles as a
result of the 1992 restructuring, profits resulting from the closing out of some
interest rate swaps in anticipation of interest rate increases, and gain on sale
of assets. Partially offsetting these positive effects were some increased
environmental expenses and a small foreign exchange loss in 1993 compared with a
small foreign exchange gain in 1992.
Geographic area results (see pages 7 and 8)
United States--Sales increased by nearly 4% from 1992 levels. The 1992 net
sales included five months of the building products segment's grid sales that
were made prior to the formation of the Armstrong and Worthington Industries
joint venture (WAVE) effective June 1, 1992. Removing these sales from 1992
would result in an additional 1% increase in the year-to-year sales comparison.
Operating profits jumped 251% when comparing 1993 with those of 1992. The
continuing economic recovery provided increased opportunity in our end-use
markets. During 1993, single family housing starts increased 6% and the sale of
existing single family homes rose nearly 8%. Nonresidential new construction
appeared to be close to the bottom of its cycle.
A major source of higher sales in 1993 was the significant increase in
business channeled through national home centers and mass merchandisers. These
sales, coupled with the stronger resilient flooring business, were major factors
in generating significantly higher operating profits. The furniture and ceramic
tile businesses also generated higher sales, while sales in the building
products and textile products businesses were lower. The operating profit
improvements were also driven by the 1992 restructuring activities that resulted
in lower manufacturing costs in most domestic businesses, by some higher sales
levels, and by continuing productivity improvements.
Operating profits for both years included significant restructuring charges.
The 1993 and 1992 restructuring charges total about $37 million and $98 million,
respectively. The 1993 restructuring charges were primarily attributable to
position eliminations. The 1992 restructuring charges included closing two
plants, the write-down of fixed assets, and the elimination of employee
positions.
Export sales of Armstrong products from the U.S. to trade customers increased
nearly $3 million, or 11%, compared with 1992.
Europe--The 1993 European economic environment continued to be weak in both
the commercial and residential markets; however, the British market offered some
improvement for Armstrong products. Net sales decreased 16%, but two-thirds of
the decline reflected the weakening of European currencies. Excluding the impact
of the strong U.S. dollar, insulation products was the only business in Europe
that recorded a year-to-year sales increase. The European building products
business relies entirely on commercial construction and had the largest decline,
nearly 12%. Even with lower sales, operating profits for Europe improved 41%.
This improvement was primarily the result of lower costs caused by restructuring
actions taken in the latter part of 1992, including the closing of the Ghlin,
Belgium, ceilings manufacturing facility.
Other foreign--Sales in 1993 declined nearly 4% from those of 1992. Operating
profits were recorded for 1993 compared with an operating loss in 1992. The 1992
operating loss resulted from restructuring charges associated with the closing
of the Gatineau, Canada, ceilings manufacturing plant. The overall sales decline
was a result of lower sales of resilient flooring in Japan and Southeast Asia
that were partially offset by higher sales of flooring in Australia and Canada
and of building products in the Pacific Rim. Excluding the impact of the
restructuring charges in 1992, operating profit for 1993 increased in the year-
to-year comparison.
Industry segment results (see pages 3 and 4)
Floor coverings--Worldwide sales were 5% higher in 1993 than in 1992, with
operating profits increasing threefold from 1992 levels. The operating profit
included restructuring charges in 1993 of almost $28 million compared with
nearly $81 million in 1992. Almost three-fourths of the 1993 restructuring
charges were related to ceramic tile with the remainder recorded in resilient
flooring. Nearly all of the 1992 restructuring charges related to ceramic tile.
Sales in the resilient flooring portion increased in North America but were
lower in the European and Pacific areas. The North American increase was driven
by sales in the U.S. market with strong growth through national account home
centers and mass merchandisers as well as modest growth through wholesalers. The
U.S. resilient flooring business was also helped by higher sales of existing
homes and new housing construction. Ceramic tile recorded a modest sales
increase primarily because of its residential business. The commercial
institutional market for ceramic tile continued to be weak, providing little
sales growth in 1993 compared with 1992.
- 24 -
<PAGE>
Operating profits, excluding the effects of restructuring charges, increased
42%. Resilient flooring operating profits improved because of the higher sales
levels and because of significantly lower manufacturing costs that were achieved
by process improvement and productivity gains. Ceramic tile continued to record
a loss in 1993 as it did in 1992, but the losses were less in each of the 1993
quarters when compared with 1992. The ceramic tile business was adversely
affected by very competitive pricing and a shift in product mix to lower margin
products.
Capital investments for 1993 were higher than those of 1992 with continued
concentration of these expenditures in improving and maintaining the current
manufacturing processes and in generating additional capacity from existing
equipment.
Building products--On a worldwide basis, market conditions did not improve in
the commercial construction markets in 1993. The North American sales
comparison reflects a decline because the first five months of 1992 included
grid that was sold prior to the formation of the WAVE joint venture. The
European markets, with the exception of the United Kingdom, were weaker in 1993.
European sales declined by nearly 22%, of which half was caused by weaker
European currencies.
The 1993 operating profit included restructuring charges of nearly $14
million, while the 1992 operating loss included $35 million of restructuring
charges. This segment lowered its cost structure significantly as a result of
restructuring actions taken in 1992 that included the closing of two
manufacturing facilities and productivity improvements that were attained in
1993. Even with lower sales and competitive pricing early in 1993, the lower
cost structure that was put in place, coupled with some higher sales prices in
the second half of 1993, permitted this segment to increase operating profits.
Capital investments in 1993 were about the same as 1992, but both years'
expenditures were lower than depreciation levels.
Furniture--Operating results for this segment were positive--1993 sales
nearly 3% higher than those of 1992 and operating profits more than 150% higher
than last year. Both years contained restructuring charges that were less than
$1 million in 1993 and nearly $5 million in 1992. Exclusive of restructuring
charges, this segment recorded operating profits that were 80% higher than last
year.
With the U.S. consumer household durable goods spending increasing in 1993,
modest sales increases were recorded in the Thomasville wood and upholstery
business that more than offset declines in the Armstrong retail, ready-to-
assemble furniture, and the contract business.
The operating profit improvement was driven by higher sales volume, lower
costs resulting from the 1992 restructuring program, and improved productivity.
Higher lumber costs had a negative impact on 1992 operating results and
continued to increase throughout much of 1993 but were offset by increased sales
prices. Capital expenditures in 1993 increased modestly over those of 1992.
Industry products--Almost three-quarters of the sales of this segment
generally occur in European markets, which in 1993 remained in recession,
limiting growth opportunities. Worldwide sales declined nearly 7%, with the
stronger U.S. dollar accounting for 95% of the decline. Operating profits
declined by slightly more than 7%, with restructuring charges of almost $13
million in each year.
The insulation business remains the most significant portion of this segment.
Excluding the negative effect of currency translation, sales grew modestly while
operating profits recorded a small decline. The German market remained
relatively strong for this business while markets in the other European
countries were adversely affected by weak economies. Sales in North America and
the Pacific Rim recorded a small increase in 1993. While the insulation business
restructuring programs did lower costs, they were not able to offset the impact
of the lower sales and competitive pricing pressures.
The textile mill supplies business recorded significantly lower sales that
were driven by the worldwide recession in the textile industry. This business,
while lowering its cost structure, was unable to offset the impact of the
significantly lower sales worldwide. The gasket materials business recorded
slightly lower sales, with a small decline in operating profit from 1992 levels.
Capital expenditures were reduced by about one-third from 1992 levels, but
were almost 40% greater than annual depreciation levels. The capital investments
continue generally to support future growth of this segment.
- 25 -
<PAGE>
1992 compared with 1991
Financial condition
As shown on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, net cash provided by
operating activities in 1992 was $186.8 million, more than sufficient to cover
investments in property, plant, and equipment, and dividends, and an investment
in a new joint venture. The balance of cash, including cash proceeds from sale
of assets, was used to reduce debt and increase cash and cash equivalents.
During the first quarter of 1992, the company redeemed, for $8.8 million, all
outstanding 8% sinking-fund debentures due in 1996 at face value plus accrued
interest to the date of redemption.
For 1992, the company recorded a $165.5 million charge before tax ($123.8
million after tax) in connection with a restructuring plan designed to
increase the overall profitability of the company by closing four major
plants; scaling back of certain operations; elimination of positions
throughout the company; and write-downs of land, buildings, equipment and
intangible assets. Approximately two-thirds of the before-tax losses were
noncash charges related to the write-down of assets. Cash outlays for
restructuring charges in 1992 were approximately $9.4 million. Most of the
cash outlays are expected to occur in 1993 and to be offset by operating
savings resulting from the restructuring.
During the fourth quarter of 1992, the company adopted three new financial
accounting statements: SFAS 106, SFAS 109 and SFAS 112. Adoption of these
financial accounting statements had no current cash flow impact on the company.
Receivables declined $2.7 million and inventories declined $17.0 million.
Each reflects the translation of foreign currency receivables or inventories to
U.S. dollars at lower exchange rates. Higher sales volume late in the fourth
quarter increased receivables and helped lower inventories. Current income tax
benefits increased $8.1 million, principally because of deferred tax benefits
related to restructuring charges. Other noncurrent assets decreased $53.1
million because of a $30.0 million write-off of intangible assets and a $30.0
million reduction of prepaid pension costs, both attributable to restructuring
activities. Partially offsetting the decreases in noncurrent assets were
investments in the WAVE grid joint venture.
- 26 -
<PAGE>
The company's year-end ratio of current assets to current liabilities
declined to approximately 1.3 to 1 from the 1.5 to 1 ratio reported in 1991. The
major cause of the decline is the $47.9 million of accrued expenses associated
with restructuring activities.
The company is involved in significant litigation, which is described more
fully under "Litigation" on pages 60-65 and which should be read in connection
with this discussion and analysis.
Although the company does not know how many claims will be filed against it
in the future, nor the details thereof or of pending suits not fully reviewed,
nor the expense and any liability that may ultimately result therefrom, based
upon its experience and other factors, the company believes that it is probable
that nearly all of the expenses and any liability payments associated therewith
will be paid--in the case of the personal injury claims, by agreed-to coverage
under the Wellington Agreement and supplemented by payments by nonsubscribing
insurers that entered into settlement agreements with the company and additional
insurance coverage reasonably anticipated from the outcome of the insurance
litigation and from the company's claims for non-products coverage, both under
certain insurance policies covered by the Wellington Agreement and under certain
insurance policies not covered by the Wellington Agreement which claims have yet
to be accepted by the carriers--and in the case of the property damage claims,
under an existing interim agreement, by insurance coverage settlement agreements
and through additional coverage reasonably anticipated from the outcome of the
insurance litigation. To the extent that costs of the property damage litigation
are being paid by the company's insurance carriers under reservation of rights,
the company believes that it is probable that such payments will not be
subjected to recoupment. Thus, the company has not recorded any liability for
any defense costs or indemnity relating to these lawsuits other than a reserve
in "Other long-term liabilities" for the estimated potential liability
associated with claims pending intended to cover potential liability and
settlement costs, legal and administrative costs not covered under the
agreements, and certain other factors which have been involved in the litigation
about which uncertainties exist. Even though uncertainties still remain as to
the potential number of unasserted claims, the liability resulting therefrom,
and the ultimate scope of its insurance coverage, after consideration of the
factors involved, including the Wellington Agreement, the settlements with other
insurance carriers, the remaining reserve, the establishment of the Center for
Claims Resolution, the proposed settlement class action, and its experience, the
company believes that this litigation will not have a material adverse effect on
its earnings, liquidity, or financial position.
Reference is made to the litigation involving The Industry Network System,
Inc. (TINS), discussed on pages 64-65. The company denies all of TINS'
claims and accordingly is vigorously defending the matter. In the event that a
jury finds against the company, such jury verdict could entail unknown amounts
which, if sustained, could have a material adverse effect on its earnings and
financial position.
Long-term debt, excluding the company's guarantee of the ESOP loan, was
reduced by $34.8 million in 1992. At year-end 1992, long-term debt represented
47% of shareholders' equity compared with 34% at the end of 1991. The increase
is the result of shareholder equity reductions caused primarily by the
cumulative-effect charges from adoption of accounting statements and
restructuring charges previously discussed.
Should a need develop for additional financing, it is management's opinion
that the company has sufficient financial strength to warrant the required
support from lending institutions and financial markets. In June 1992, the
company's registration statement for $250 million of debt securities was
declared effective.
Consolidated results
Record net sales in 1992 of $2.55 billion increased 4.5% from $2.44 billion
in 1991. Increased sales opportunity was provided by the residential, do-it-
yourself, and industrial markets, while for the fifth consecutive year,
commercial markets remained depressed. European economies continued
- 27 -
<PAGE>
to reflect a recessionary environment, which resulted in reduced demands for the
company's products. Sales in each of the 1992 quarters were above those of 1991.
The rate of growth was highest in the first quarter, but was lower during the
last three quarters of the year.
Net losses in 1992 were $227.7 million, compared with net earnings of $48.2
million in 1991. Net losses per share of common stock for 1992 were $6.49 on
both a primary and fully diluted basis compared with 1991 net earnings of 77
cents per share.
The return on common shareholders' equity in 1992 was a negative 33.9%
compared with a positive return of 3.3% in 1991.
The 1992 losses reflect charges of $167.8 million after tax related to the
company's adoption, retroactive to January 1, 1992, of SFAS 106 and SFAS 112.
The 1991 net earnings included a $12.4 million after-tax provision related to
discontinued businesses.
Losses from continuing businesses in 1992 totaled $59.9 million, compared
with earnings from continuing businesses of $60.6 million in 1991. The loss per
share of common stock from continuing businesses was $1.98 on both a primary and
fully diluted basis compared with 1991 earnings per share of $1.11.
The net loss for 1992 included an effective tax benefit rate of 1.0% compared
with 1991's effective tax rate of 39.6%. The reduced 1992 tax benefit rate is
generally because some of the restructuring charges do not provide tax benefits.
In addition, a lower share of foreign countries' earnings resulted in lower tax
rates. The company also adopted SFAS 109 resulting in tax benefits of $5.5
million for 1992 being credited directly to retained earnings rather than to
income taxes on the consolidated statement of earnings. The 1991 effective tax
rate included an increased share of the company's earnings coming from foreign
countries with higher tax rates and a $3.7 million deferred income tax charge
reflecting increases in state income tax rates.
The loss from continuing businesses before income taxes was $60.4 million,
compared to earnings from continuing businesses before income taxes in 1991 of
$100.3 million.
Included in the loss from continuing businesses for the full year 1992 were
restructuring charges of $165.5 million before tax. These restructuring charges
related to the closing of four major manufacturing plants--two in the U.S., one
in Canada, one in Belgium--and to the scaling back of operations in certain
other plants in the U.S. and abroad. Also included were accruals for costs
associated with elimination of positions throughout the company, as well as
write-downs of the value of land, buildings, equipment, and intangible assets of
the company. The cash outlays for the restructuring charges will occur primarily
in 1993 and are expected to be recovered by the savings resulting from the
restructuring. Restructuring charges for 1991 amounted to $8.4 million after
tax.
Lower short-term interest rates favorably affected interest expense.
Miscellaneous income and expense in 1992 included the positive effects of an
insurance reimbursement for certain costs associated with the 1990 takeover
threat, foreign exchange gains, lower amortization of intangibles, and a gain
from the early retirement of certain debt; the 1991 results included foreign
exchange gains of $5.9 million.
The cost of goods sold for 1992, when expressed as a percent of sales, was
74.1% compared with 1991's 73.8%. This higher cost relationship is the result of
the previously mentioned expense accruals required by SFAS 106 and SFAS 112.
Operating results were affected by competitive pricing pressures and higher
fixed costs concurrent with slow sales growth.
- 28 -
<PAGE>
Geographic area results (see pages 7 and 8)
United States--Sales increased more than 4% while operating profits declined
61% when compared with 1991. Residential end-use markets improved significantly
in 1992 when compared with 1991. Single family housing starts increased at a
double digit rate while the sales of existing single family homes provided a
more modest increase. New construction put in place for private nonresidential
buildings was significantly lower in 1992 than in 1991.
The 1992 net sales included only five months of the building products
segment's grid sales compared with a full year's sales in 1991 as a result of
the grid joint venture with Worthington Industries effective June 1, 1992.
Results after that date have been recorded on an equity-accounting basis. The
major contributor to increased sales in 1992 was the resilient flooring business
which benefited from significant new product introductions and year-to-year
improvements in the previously mentioned single family housing starts and sales
of existing homes. Most domestic businesses were affected by competitive and
promotional pricing and less favorable product mix. Costs associated with the
expansion of the residential ceramic tile program adversely impacted profit
performance.
The largest decline in operating profit is attributable to the major
restructuring charges recorded during 1992, including the closing of the
Pleasant Garden, N.C., furniture plant, the closing of the Quakertown, Pa.,
quarry-tile ceramic plant, and related accruals for the write-downs of land,
buildings, and equipment, as well as elimination of employee positions.
Export sales of Armstrong products from the U.S. to trade customers declined
$5 million or 17% during 1992 when compared with 1991.
Europe--The 1992 economic environment in Europe continued to weaken in both
the commercial and residential markets. Net sales increased 7%, but more than
half of the increase was the result of translating foreign currency sales to
- 29 -
<PAGE>
U.S. dollars at higher exchange rates. Operating profits declined 56%. Nearly
60% of this decline was due to restructuring charges related to the closing of
the Ghlin, Belgium, plant and to accruals for the elimination of employee
positions. The European insulation business continued its sales and operating
profit improvement, primarily as a result of a strong German insulation market.
This business's operating profit was reduced by start-up costs related to new
facilities in Spain and Germany during 1992. The European ceilings business was
affected by the depressed commercial markets coupled with competitive pricing
and a less favorable product mix.
Other foreign--Sales in 1992 declined 3% from those of 1991 while an
operating loss was recorded for the year. The operating loss included
restructuring charges associated with the closing of the Gatineau, Canada,
ceilings manufacturing plant. Sales improvement was recorded in the Southeast
Asian area, but operating profits declined in this area as a result of increased
costs that are designed to obtain future growth.
Industry segment results (see pages 3 and 4)
Floor coverings--Sales were 7% higher in 1992 than in 1991, with operating
profits declining by 64%. Operating profits include restructuring charges in
1992 of nearly $81 million compared with $3 million in 1991. Nearly all of the
restructuring charges relate to ceramic tile.
Sales in the resilient flooring portion increased significantly, paced by
sales in North America, where a new annual sales record was set with the help of
the introduction of the largest-ever assortment of new flooring products during
the second quarter of 1992. Ceramic tile recorded a small increase in sales
primarily because of the developments in the residential ceramic tile markets
through American Olean and Armstrong distribution channels. The ceramic tile
portion continues to be adversely affected by the depressed commercial
institutional market and recorded losses in both 1992 and 1991.
Operating profits during 1992, while positively affected by the sales growth,
were adversely affected by competitive pricing, movement towards a lower margin
sales mix, small increases in raw material costs in the second half of the year,
and continuing costs related to the new residential ceramic tile businesses.
Capital investments for 1992 were lower than 1991 but continued to be
directed toward product development, cycle-time reduction, and manufacturing
process improvements.
Building products--On a worldwide basis, market conditions remained depressed
in the commercial construction markets, resulting in lower opportunity and
declining product prices. Sales declined nearly 3% year to year while recording
an operating loss that included restructuring charges of $35 million in 1992
compared with $4.3 million in 1991.
The year-to-year sales decline was caused by the transfer of grid sales for
the last seven months of 1992 to the WAVE joint venture.
The continued decline of nonresidential construction in the U.S. and abroad
significantly affected the operating results. Worldwide competitive pricing
pressures and lack of sales growth eroded operating profit faster than the
company's ability to lower costs.
- 30 -
<PAGE>
Capital investments in 1992 were reduced significantly from prior year levels
and were directed towards manufacturing process improvement and consolidations.
During 1992, the company closed its Gatineau, Canada, and Ghlin, Belgium,
ceilings plants and scaled back other operations. In 1991, Armstrong exited
certain wall businesses and its Forms + Surfaces architectural products
business.
Furniture--The 1992 sales increased 5%, while operating profits declined 43%,
including restructuring charges of $4.8 million.
The contract furniture, ready-to-assemble furniture, and upholstered
furniture businesses reflected sales increases that were partially offset by
lower sales in the Thomasville wood business. Operating results were adversely
affected by promotional pricing efforts, higher lumber costs, and increased
costs for employee medical benefits.
Actions were taken in 1992 to monitor customer satisfaction, increase square
footage of the Thomasville Home Furnishings Stores, reengineer upholstery
operations to improve service, and develop a computerized order service system
for expediting shipments. Investments in these areas increased capital
expenditures modestly for 1992 compared with 1991. Restructuring actions
included closing the Pleasant Garden manufacturing facility and elimination of
salaried employee positions.
Industry products--Worldwide sales increased 11% while operating profits
declined $7.7 million, or 18%. Restructuring charges were $12.5 million in 1992
and $2.2 million in 1991.
The insulation business remained strong in 1992 because of the European
markets, particularly in Germany. New product introductions and improved
technical values through new formulations aided the success of this business.
Profitability was slowed somewhat by start-up costs for new facilities in Spain
and Germany that increased capacity. The gasket materials business recorded
strong sales and operating profit increases when compared with 1991. The textile
mill supplies business recorded small sales increases, but operating results
declined because of cost and pricing pressures.
- 31 -
<PAGE>
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
- ----------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND REVIEW CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
The Financial Review, pages 38-65, is an integral part of these statements.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years ended December 31 (millions except for per-share data) 1993 1992 1991
===========================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current earnings
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales $2,525.4 $2,549.8 $2,439.3
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cost of goods sold 1,802.3 1,888.7 1,801.1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit 723.1 661.1 638.2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selling and administrative expense 505.0 511.6 468.3
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings from continuing businesses before other
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
income (expense) and income taxes 218.1 149.5 169.9
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other income (expense):
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense (38.0) (41.6) (45.8)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Restructuring charges (89.9) (165.5) (12.8)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Miscellaneous income (expense) 0.5 (2.8) (11.0)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(127.4) (209.9) (69.6)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses before income taxes 90.7 (60.4) 100.3
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income taxes 27.2 (0.5) 39.7
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses 63.5 (59.9) 60.6
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discontinued businesses:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loss, net of income tax benefit of $1.9 -- -- (3.8)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision for loss on disposition of discontinued businesses,
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
net of income tax benefit of $4.6 -- -- (8.6)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting for:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Postretirement benefits, net of income tax benefit of $84.9 -- (135.4) --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Postemployment benefits, net of income tax benefit of $20.9 -- (32.4) --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) $ 63.5 $ (227.7) $ 48.2
===========================================================================================================================
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dividends paid on Series A convertible preferred stock 19.2 19.3 19.4
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tax benefit on dividends paid on unallocated preferred shares 5.3 5.5 --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) applicable to common stock $ 49.6 $ (241.5) $ 28.8
===========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
- 32 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per share of common stock:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Primary:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses $ 1.32 $ (1.98) $ 1.11
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loss from discontinued businesses -- -- (.11)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision for loss on disposition of discontinued businesses -- -- (.23)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting for:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Postretirement benefits -- (3.64) --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Postemployment benefits -- (.87) --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) $ 1.32 $ (6.49) $ .77
===========================================================================================================================
Fully diluted:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses $ 1.26 $ (1.98) $ 1.11
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loss from discontinued businesses -- -- (.11)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision for loss on disposition of discontinued businesses -- -- (.23)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting for:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Postretirement benefits -- (3.64) --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Postemployment benefits -- (.87) --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) $ 1.26 $ (6.49) $ .77
===========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
- 33 -
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND REVIEW CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
The Financial Review, pages 38-65, is an integral part of these statements.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of December 31 (millions except for numbers of shares and per-share data) 1993 1992
===========================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Assets
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current assets:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents $ 9.1 $ 15.2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accounts and notes receivable
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(less allowance for discounts and losses: 1993--$37.5; 1992--$32.2) 283.5 302.6
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inventories 286.2 319.4
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income tax benefits 36.8 43.2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other current assets 24.8 32.3
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current assets 640.4 712.7
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Property, plant, and equipment
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(less accumulated depreciation and amortization: 1993--$1,006.7; 1992--$936.3) 1,039.1 1,072.0
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other noncurrent assets 249.8 225.1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets $1,929.3 $2,009.8
===========================================================================================================================
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Liabilities and shareholders' equity
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current liabilities:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Short-term debt $ 105.4 $ 223.7
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current installments of long-term debt 5.8 9.4
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 293.3 290.2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income taxes 31.8 22.3
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current liabilities 436.3 545.6
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt 256.8 266.6
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Employee Stock Ownership Plan loan guarantee 253.9 260.2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred income taxes 18.8 25.5
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Postretirement and postemployment benefit liability 283.7 279.5
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other long-term liabilities 99.6 52.9
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minority interest in subsidiaries 10.7 10.3
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total noncurrent liabilities 923.5 895.0
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- 34 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Shareholders' equity:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class A preferred stock. Authorized 20 million shares;
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
issued 5,654,450 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock;
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
outstanding: 1993--5,527,692 shares; 1992--5,578,265 shares;
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
retired: 1993--126,758 shares; 1992--76,185 shares 263.9 266.4
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common stock, $1 par value per share.
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Authorized 200 million shares; issued 51,878,910 shares 51.9 51.9
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital in excess of par value 29.7 26.1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reduction for ESOP loan guarantee (241.8) (249.2)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Retained earnings 927.7 922.7
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Foreign currency translation (3.4) 8.6
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1,028.0 1,026.5
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less common stock in treasury, at cost: 1993--14,656,488 shares;
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1992--14,750,597 shares 458.5 457.3
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total shareholders' equity 569.5 569.2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $1,929.3 $2,009.8
===========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
- 35 -
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND REVIEW CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
The Financial Review, pages 38-65, is an integral part of these statements.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years ended December 31 (millions) 1993 1992 1991
===========================================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) $ 63.5 $ (227.7) $ 48.2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
provided by operating activities:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Depreciation and amortization 130.0 136.9 135.7
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred income taxes (1.3) (36.6) (1.6)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loss from restructuring activities, net of paid costs 50.6 156.1 --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loss from cumulative effect of changes in accounting -- 167.8 --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loss on sale of discontinued businesses -- -- 8.6
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Changes in operating assets and liabilities net of
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
effect of accounting changes, restructuring, and dispositions:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Increase) decrease in receivables 18.3 (11.9) (3.9)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Increase) decrease in inventories 28.4 (1.3) 7.9
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Increase) decrease in other current assets 10.8 10.2 (17.1)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Increase) in other noncurrent assets (45.3) (27.0) (23.2)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses 18.0 7.9 (25.8)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable 11.3 1.4 (4.4)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase in other long-term liabilities 15.5 16.5 15.1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other, net (8.6) (5.5) 10.9
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities 291.2 186.8 150.4
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- 36 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Purchases of property, plant, and equipment (117.6) (115.8) (133.4)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proceeds from sale of land and facilities 10.3 5.5 3.0
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment in joint ventures -- (4.2) --
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used for investing activities (107.3) (114.5) (130.4)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in short-term debt (114.9) 25.5 (47.6)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Issuance of long-term debt -- -- 83.2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reduction of long-term debt (9.2) (30.6) (5.2)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash dividends paid (63.8) (63.8) (63.6)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other, net (2.8) 6.5 (3.7)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used for financing activities (190.7) (62.4) (36.9)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents .7 (2.9) .5
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents $ (6.1) $ 7.0 $ (16.4)
===========================================================================================================================
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year $ 15.2 $ 8.2 $ 24.6
===========================================================================================================================
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $ 9.1 $ 15.2 $ 8.2
===========================================================================================================================
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental cash flow information
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest paid $ 33.8 $ 39.9 $ 45.0
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income taxes paid $ 15.8 $ 31.0 $ 53.5
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===========================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
- 37 -
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL REVIEW
The consolidated financial statements and the accompanying data in this report
include the accounts of the parent Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and its
domestic and foreign subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions
have been eliminated from the consolidated statements.
OPERATING STATEMENT ITEMS
Net sales in 1993 total $2,525.4 million, 1.0% below the 1992 total of
$2,549.8 million. 1992 sales were 4.5% above the 1991 total of $2,439.3 million.
The amounts reported as net sales are the total sales billed during the year
less the sales value of goods returned, trade discounts and customers'
allowances, and freight costs incurred in delivering products to customers.
Net earnings of $63.5 million for 1993 compared with a net loss for 1992 of
$227.7 million and earnings of $48.2 million for 1991. Included in the earnings
for 1993 were restructuring charges of $60.0 million after tax. For years 1992
and 1991, after-tax restructuring charges were $123.8 million and $8.4 million,
respectively. The 1992 loss also included a $167.8 million after-tax charge for
the cumulative effect of changes in accounting related to the adoption of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 106, "Employers' Accounting
for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions," and SFAS 112, "Employers'
Accounting for Postemployment Benefits."
Earnings (loss) per common share are presented on the Consolidated Statements
of Earnings on page 32.
Primary earnings (loss) per share, for "Earnings (loss) from continuing
businesses" and "Net earnings (loss)," are determined by dividing the earnings
(loss), after deducting preferred dividends (net of tax benefits on unallocated
shares), by the average number of common shares outstanding and shares issuable
under stock options, if dilutive.
Fully diluted earnings (loss) per share include the shares of common stock
outstanding and the adjustments to common shares and earnings (loss) required to
portray the convertible preferred shares on an "if converted" basis unless the
effect is antidilutive.
Research and development costs were $59.5 million in 1993, $60.3 million in
1992, and $55.6 million in 1991.
Advertising costs were $37.8 million in 1993, $42.4 million in 1992, and $42.9
million in 1991.
Maintenance and repair costs were $126.1 million in 1993, $137.2 million in
1992, and $138.1 million in 1991.
Depreciation and amortization amounted to $130.0 million in 1993, $136.9
million in 1992, and $135.3 million in 1991. These amounts include amortization
of intangible assets of $10.0 million in 1993, $16.2 million in 1992, and $18.0
million in 1991.
- 38 -
<PAGE>
Depreciation charges for financial reporting purposes are determined generally
on the straight-line basis at rates calculated to provide for the retirement of
assets at the end of their useful lives. Accelerated depreciation is generally
used for tax purposes. When assets are disposed of or retired, their costs and
related depreciation are removed from the books, and any resulting gains or
losses are reflected in "Miscellaneous income (expense)." Intangibles are
amortized over periods ranging from three to 40 years.
Restructuring charges amounted to $89.9 million in 1993 compared with similar
charges of $165.5 million in 1992 and $12.8 million in 1991.
The 1993 charges were primarily the result of accruals for severance and
special retirement incentives associated with the elimination of employee
positions.
The 1992 charges relate to the company's closing of four major manufacturing
facilities--two in the U.S., one in Canada, one in Belgium--and to the scaling
back of operations in certain other plants in the U.S. and abroad. The provision
also includes accruals for costs associated with the elimination of positions
throughout the company, as well as write-downs of the value of land, buildings,
equipment and intangible assets of the company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Details of miscellaneous
income (expense) (millions) 1993 1992 1991
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest and dividend income $ 7.5 $ 4.5 $ 5.3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Foreign exchange, net gain (loss) (.7) 1.4 5.9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Amortization of intangibles and
other, net (loss) (4.2) (6.8) (20.1)
====================================================================
Subtotal 2.6 (.9) (8.9)
====================================================================
Less minority interest 2.1 1.9 2.1
====================================================================
Total $ .5 $(2.8) $(11.0)
</TABLE>
Employee compensation is presented in the table below and excludes
restructuring charges for severance costs and early retirement incentives.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Employee compensation
cost summary (millions) 1993 1992 1991
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Wages and salaries $709.8 $741.5 $699.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Payroll taxes 68.2 74.3 69.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Pension credits (3.5) (.7) (.9)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Insurance and other benefit costs 78.0 87.2 62.7
====================================================================
Total $852.5 $902.3 $830.8
</TABLE>
Average total employment of 21,682 in 1993 compares with 23,500 in 1992 and
24,066 in 1991.
- 39 -
<PAGE>
Pension costs
The company and a number of its subsidiaries have pension plans covering
substantially all employees. Benefits from the principal plan are based on the
employee's compensation and years of service.
Generally, the company's practice is to fund the actuarially determined
current service costs and the amounts necessary to amortize prior service
obligations over periods ranging up to 30 years, but not in excess of the full
funding limitation.
Funding requirements are determined independently of expense, using an
expected long-term rate of return on assets of 8.67%. The company's principal
plan is subject to the full funding limitation in 1993, 1992, and 1991, and
the company made no contribution to that plan in any of these years.
Contributions of $.8 million in 1993, $.6 million in 1992, and $.3 million in
1991 were made to defined-benefit plans of company subsidiaries.
The total pension cost from all plans are presented in the table below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total pension cost (millions) 1993 1992 1991
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. defined-benefit plans:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Net pension credit $(17.4) $(16.2) $(13.0)
====================================================================
Early retirement incentives 38.0 30.0 4.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Defined contribution plans 6.0 5.9 5.3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-U.S. defined-benefit plans:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Net pension cost 6.1 6.1 4.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Early retirement incentives -- 1.3 --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Other funded and unfunded
pension costs 1.8 2.2 2.8
====================================================================
Total pension cost $ 34.5 $ 29.3 $ 3.6
</TABLE>
The net credit for U.S. defined-benefit pension plans is presented in the
table below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Net credit for U.S. defined-benefit
pension plans (millions) 1993 1992 1991
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Actual return on assets $(236.9) $(94.8) $(210.6)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Less amount deferred 155.9 17.8 140.2
====================================================================
Expected return on assets (81.0) (77.0) (70.4)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Net amortization and other (6.9) (6.3) (4.5)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Service cost--benefits earned
during the year 19.1 18.7 16.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest on the projected benefit
obligation 51.4 48.4 45.7
====================================================================
Net pension credit $ (17.4) $(16.2) $ (13.0)
</TABLE>
- 40 -
<PAGE>
Accruals for the cost of early retirement incentives were $38.0 million in
1993 compared with $30.0 million in 1992. The cost of these incentives is
included as a part of the restructuring charges discussed on page 39.
The company has defined-contribution pension plans for eligible employees at
certain of its U.S. subsidiaries, such as the Employee Stock Ownership Plan
(ESOP) described on page 44. Company contributions and accrued compensation
expense related to the ESOP are included with other plans' contributions and
costs, based on the compensation of each eligible employee. The costs of such
plans totaled $6.0 million in 1993, $5.9 million in 1992, and $5.3 million in
1991.
The funded status of the company's U.S. defined-benefit pension plans is
presented in the following table.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Funded status of U.S. defined-benefit
pension plans (millions) 1993 1992
=====================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Vested benefit obligation $ (704.0) $ (585.4)
=====================================================================
Accumulated benefit obligation $ (743.1) $ (620.5)
=====================================================================
Projected benefit obligation for
services rendered to date $ (797.2) $ (712.1)
=====================================================================
Plan assets at fair value 1,248.2 1,059.4
=====================================================================
Plan assets in excess of projected
benefit obligation 451.0 347.3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Unrecognized transition asset (53.0) (59.3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Unrecognized prior service cost 114.2 84.9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Unrecognized net gain--experience
different from assumptions (428.3) (285.7)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision for restructuring charges (27.1) (10.6)
=====================================================================
Prepaid pension cost $ 56.8 $ 76.6
</TABLE>
The plan assets at each December 31 are based on measurements from October
31 to December 31. Stated at fair value, they are primarily listed stocks,
bonds, and investments with a major insurance company.
Note: Rates used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected
benefit obligation at the end of 1993 and 1992 are: (1) the discount rate or the
assumed rate at which the pension benefits could be effectively settled, 7.00%
in 1993 and 7.25% in 1992; and (2) the compensation rate or the long-term rate
at which compensation is expected to increase as a result of inflation,
promotions, seniority, and other factors, 4.75% in both 1993 and 1992. The
expected long-term rate of return on assets was 8.25% in both 1993 and 1992.
The company has pension plans covering employees in a number of foreign
countries which utilize assumptions that are consistent, but not identical, with
those of the U.S. plans.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Net cost for non-U.S. defined-benefit
pension plans (millions) 1993 1992 1991
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Actual return on assets $(14.3) $(9.1) $(8.7)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Less amount deferred 8.0 2.6 2.4
====================================================================
Expected return on assets (6.3) (6.5) (6.3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Net amortization and other .5 .5 .1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Service cost--benefits earned
during the year 5.2 5.3 4.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest on the projected benefit
obligation 6.7 6.8 5.8
====================================================================
Net pension cost $ 6.1 $ 6.1 $ 4.0
</TABLE>
The following table presents the funded status of the non-U.S. defined-
benefit pension plans at December 31.
- 41 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Funded status of non-U.S. defined-benefit
pension plans (millions) 1993 1992
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Vested benefit obligation $(83.1) $(69.6)
====================================================================
Accumulated benefit obligation $(88.7) $(73.8)
====================================================================
Projected benefit obligation for
services rendered to date $(95.9) $(84.8)
====================================================================
Plan assets at fair value 58.3 78.5
====================================================================
Projected benefit obligation greater
than plan assets (37.6) (6.3)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Unrecognized transition obligation 2.9 3.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Unrecognized prior service cost 2.8 3.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Unrecognized net gain--experience
different from assumptions (4.9) (5.4)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjustment required to recognize
minimum liability (5.3) (.8)
====================================================================
Accrued pension cost $(42.1) $ (5.9)
</TABLE>
In 1993, a foreign subsidiary reorganized the financing arrangement of its
principal pension plan and became self-insured. As a result, the subsidiary
recorded, as of December 31, 1993, plan-related liabilities of $37.7 million and
assets of equal value. Prior to 1993, the asset value had been reported as an
asset of the pension plan.
Postretirement benefits other than pensions
and postemployment benefits
The company has plans that provide for medical and life insurance benefits to
certain eligible employees, worldwide, when they retire from active service. The
company funds these benefit costs primarily on a pay-as-you-go basis, with the
retiree paying a portion of the cost for health-care benefits through
deductibles and contributions.
In 1992, the company adopted SFAS 106, which recognizes the estimated future
cost of providing health-care and other postretirement benefits on an accrual
basis over the active service life of the employee. Prior to 1992,
postretirement benefit expenses were recognized as claims were incurred.
Armstrong elected to immediately recognize the cumulative effect of the
change in accounting for postretirement benefits of $220.3 million ($135.4
million after taxes) which represented the unfunded accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation (APBO) as of January 1, 1992. Under the new standard, total
retiree health-care and life insurance expense was $21.2 million in 1993 and
$22.3 million in 1992. These costs were $12.7 million in 1991.
The company announced in 1989-90 a 15-year phaseout of its cost of health-care
benefits for certain future retirees. These future retirees include parent
company nonunion employees and some union employees. Shares of ESOP convertible
preferred stock (see page 44) are scheduled to be allocated to these employees,
based on employee age and years to expected retirement. In addition, they may
enroll in a voluntary portion of the ESOP to purchase additional shares.
- 42 -
<PAGE>
The following tables set forth the funded status of the company's
postretirement benefit plans at December 31 and the periodic postretirement
benefit costs.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Funded status of postretirement
benefit plans (millions) 1993 1992
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Retirees $143.3 $116.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Fully eligible active plan participants 39.9 39.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Other active plan participants 64.7 71.4
====================================================================
Total accumulated postretirement benefit
obligation $247.9 $226.9
====================================================================
Unrecognized prior service credit 8.8 --
====================================================================
Unrecognized net gain (loss) (24.1) 1.0
====================================================================
Accrued postretirement benefit cost $232.6 $227.9
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Periodic postretirement
benefit costs (millions) 1993 1992
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Service cost of benefits earned during the year $ 3.9 $ 4.7
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement
benefit obligation 18.1 17.6
====================================================================
Amortization of prior service credit (.8) --
====================================================================
Periodic postretirement benefit cost $ 21.2 $ 22.3
</TABLE>
The assumed health-care cost trend rate used to measure the APBO was 14% in
1992, decreasing 1% per year to an ultimate rate of 6% by the year 2000. The
health-care cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the amounts
reported. To illustrate, if the health-care cost trend rate assumptions were
increased by 1%, the APBO as of December 31, 1993, would be increased by $22.5
million. The effect of this change on the total of service and interest costs
for 1993 would be an increase of $2.3 million. The APBO at December 31, 1993,
was determined utilizing a discount rate of 7.75% and a compensation rate of
4.75%. The discount and compensation rates used in determining the APBO at
December 31, 1992, were 8.25% and 4.75%, respectively.
The company provides certain postemployment benefits to eligible parent
company and subsidiary employees. These benefits are provided to former or
inactive employees and their dependents during the time period following
employment but before retirement.
Prior to 1992, postemployment benefit expenses were recognized on a pay-as-
you-go basis. In 1992, the company adopted SFAS 112, which recognizes the
estimated future cost of providing postemployment benefits on an accrual basis
over the active service life of the employee. Armstrong elected to immediately
recognize the cumulative effect of the change in accounting for postemployment
benefits of $53.3 million ($32.4 million after tax), which represented the
unfunded accumulated postemployment benefit obligation (APBO) as of January 1,
1992. A refinement of the computation in 1993 resulted in restatements of the
1992 financial statements. The effect of the restatements was to reduce the
previously reported loss from continuing businesses by $1.7 million or 5 cents
per share and to
- 43 -
<PAGE>
reduce the previously reported net loss by $6.5 million or 18 cents per share.
Total postemployment benefit expense was $4.6 million in 1993 and $6.3 million
in 1992.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP)
In 1989, Armstrong established an ESOP that borrowed $270 million from banks
and insurance companies, repayable over 15 years and guaranteed by the
company. The ESOP used the proceeds to purchase 5,654,450 shares of a new
series of convertible preferred stock issued by the company. Through December
31, 1993, the ESOP allocated to participants 1,276,350 shares and retired
126,758 shares. The preferred stock has a minimum conversion value of $47.75
per share with an annual dividend of $3.462.
The ESOP currently covers parent company nonunion employees, some union
employees, and those employees of major domestic subsidiaries who wish to
participate in the voluntary contribution portion of the plan.
Armstrong used the proceeds from the 1989 sale of preferred stock to
repurchase common stock in 1989 and 1990 for the company treasury. The
company's guarantee of the ESOP loan has been recorded as a long-term
obligation and as a reduction of shareholders' equity on its consolidated
balance sheet.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Details of ESOP debt service
payments (millions) 1993 1992 1991
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Preferred dividends paid $19.2 $19.3 $19.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Employee contributions 5.9 5.9 6.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Company contributions 3.5 2.2 .7
====================================================================
Debt service payments made
by ESOP trustee $28.6 $27.4 $26.1
</TABLE>
The company recorded costs for the ESOP, utilizing the 80% of the shares
allocated method, of $4.5 million in 1993, $4.4 million in 1992, and $3.6
million in 1991, consisting primarily of accrued compensation expenses plus
company contributions. Costs for all years continue to be offset by savings
from changes to company-sponsored health-care benefits and elimination of a
contribution-matching feature in the company-sponsored voluntary retirement
savings plan.
- 44 -
<PAGE>
Taxes totaled $113.6 million in 1993, $92.4 million in 1992, and $126.4
million in 1991.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Details of taxes (millions) 1993 1992 1991
=========================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Earnings (loss) from continuing
businesses before income taxes:
Domestic $ 85.7 $(59.2) $100.5
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Foreign 29.3 8.0 58.7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eliminations (24.3) (9.2) (58.9)
=========================================================================
Total $ 90.7 $(60.4) $100.3
=========================================================================
Income taxes:
Payable:
Federal $ 28.4 $ 20.4 $ 13.0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Foreign 10.6 16.2 27.8
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
State 3.7 3.2 .1
=========================================================================
42.7 39.8 40.9
=========================================================================
Deferred:
Federal (14.3) (37.9) (5.7)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Foreign (1.2) (2.4) .9
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
State -- -- 3.6
=========================================================================
(15.5) (40.3) (1.2)
=========================================================================
Total income taxes 27.2 (.5) 39.7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Payroll taxes 68.2 74.3 69.6
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Property, franchise, and capital
stock taxes 18.2 18.6 17.1
=========================================================================
Total taxes $113.6 $ 92.4 $126.4
=========================================================================
Components of deferred tax (benefit) expense:
Restructuring benefit $(25.4) $(39.7) $ (.7)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Difference between book and tax
depreciation (3.0) 3.7 12.5
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Purchased tax benefits (2.4) (2.2) (2.5)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pension plan 5.0 3.2 5.4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alternative minimum tax 5.0 (5.2) (10.6)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other items 5.3 (.1) (5.3)
=========================================================================
Total deferred tax (benefit) expense $(15.5) $(40.3) $ (1.2)
</TABLE>
In 1992, the company adopted SFAS 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," which
supersedes SFAS 96. Under SFAS 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized using enacted tax rates for the expected future tax consequences of
events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns.
Generally, SFAS 96 prohibited consideration of any future events in calculating
deferred taxes.
SFAS 109 also requires recognition in shareholders' equity of the tax benefit
for dividends paid on unallocated shares of stock held by the ESOP which
amounted to $5.3 million in 1993 and $5.5 million in 1992. Under SFAS 96, this
benefit was recognized in the statement of earnings and amounted to $6.0 million
in 1991. The tax benefit for dividends paid on allocated shares held by an ESOP
are recognized in the statements of earnings under the provisions of both SFAS
109 and SFAS 96.
- 45 -
<PAGE>
At December 31, 1993, unremitted earnings of subsidiaries outside the United
States were $93.1 million (at current balance sheet exchange rates) on which no
U.S. taxes have been provided. If such earnings were to be remitted without
offsetting tax credits in the United States, withholding taxes would be $11.5
million. The company's intention, however, is to permanently reinvest those
earnings or to repatriate them only when it is tax effective to do so.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Reconciliation to
U.S. statutory tax rate 1993 1992 1991
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Statutory tax (benefit) rate 35.0% (34.0)% 34.0%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
State income taxes 2.6 3.5 2.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
(Benefit) on ESOP dividend (1.5) (1.7) (6.6)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
(Benefit) taxes on foreign and
foreign-source income (8.8) 3.7 7.3
====================================================================
Other items .9 3.5 2.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Restructuring charges 1.8 24.0 --
====================================================================
Effective tax (benefit) rates 30.0% (1.0)% 39.6%
</TABLE>
BALANCE SHEET ITEMS
Cash and cash equivalents decreased to $9.1 million at the end of 1993 from
$15.2 million at the end of 1992. Operating and other factors associated with
the decrease in cash and cash equivalents are detailed in the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows on page 36.
Short-term investments, substantially all of which have maturities of three
months or less when purchased, are considered to be cash equivalents and are
carried at cost or less, generally approximating market value.
Receivables declined $19.1 million in 1993, with most of the decrease
related to the collection of customer notes and miscellaneous receivables, and
a $5.3 million reserve increase for discounts and losses. Customers'
receivables declined $2.0 million even though sales increased by 4% in the
fourth quarter.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accounts and notes receivable (millions) 1993 1992
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Customers' receivables $287.0 $289.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Customers' notes 22.3 29.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Miscellaneous receivables 11.7 16.2
====================================================================
321.0 334.8
====================================================================
Less allowance for discounts and losses 37.5 32.2
====================================================================
Net $283.5 $302.6
</TABLE>
- 46 -
<PAGE>
Generally, the company sells its products to select, preapproved groups of
customers that include: flooring and building material distributors, ceiling
systems contractors, regional and national mass merchandisers and home centers,
original equipment manufacturers, and large furniture retailers. The businesses
of these customers are directly affected by changes in economic and market
conditions. The company considers these factors and the financial condition of
each customer when establishing its allowance for losses from doubtful accounts.
The carrying amount of the receivables approximates fair value because of the
short maturity of these items.
Trade receivables are recorded in gross billed amounts as of date of shipment.
Provision is made for estimated applicable discounts and losses.
Inventories were $33.2 million lower at the end of 1993, a 10 percent decline
from the 1992 year-end position. The decrease was primarily a result of the
successful ongoing process changes that reduced cycle time and improved
inventory turnover from 8.0 to 8.8 turns on sales. Approximately half of the
inventory reduction occurred in Europe with about $4.0 million of the reduction
related to the translation of foreign currency inventories to U.S. dollars at
lower exchange rates.
Approximately 51% in 1993 and 48% in 1992 of the company's total inventory is
valued on a LIFO (last-in, first-out) basis. Such inventory values were lower
than would have been reported on a total FIFO (first-in, first-out) basis, by
$109.7 million at the end of 1993 and $108.3 million at year-end 1992.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Inventories (millions) 1993 1992
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Finished goods $176.8 $203.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Goods in process 34.5 34.3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Raw materials and supplies 74.9 81.7
====================================================================
Total $286.2 $319.4
</TABLE>
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Approximately two-
thirds of 1993's domestic inventories are valued using the LIFO method. Other
inventories are generally determined on a FIFO method.
Income tax benefits were $36.8 million in 1993 and $43.2 million in 1992. Of
these amounts, deferred tax benefits were $34.1 million in 1993 and $39.9
million in 1992.
Other current assets were $24.8 million in 1993, a decrease of $7.5 million
from the $32.3 million in 1992. The decrease primarily reflects a reduction in
prepaid costs.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Property, plant, and equipment (millions) 1993 1992
=====================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Land $ 32.2 $ 36.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Buildings 505.1 490.8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Machinery and equipment 1,446.5 1,420.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Construction in progress 62.0 60.8
=====================================================================
Gross book value 2,045.8 2,008.3
=====================================================================
Less accumulated depreciation
and amortization 1,006.7 936.3
=====================================================================
Net book value $1,039.1 $1,072.0
</TABLE>
The $37.5 million increase in gross book value to $2,045.8 million at the
end of 1993 includes $117.6 million for capital additions; a $12.5 million
write-down for restructuring; and a $42.6 million reduction from sales,
retirements, dispositions and other changes. Also, because of translating
foreign currency property, plant, and equipment into U.S. dollars at lower
exchange rates, 1993 gross book value was reduced by $25.0 million and net
book value decreased by $11.8 million.
The unexpended cost of approved capital appropriations amounted to $69.8
million at December 31, 1993, substantially all of which is scheduled to be
expended during 1994.
Property, plant, and equipment values are stated at acquisition cost, with
accumulated depreciation and amortization deducted to arrive at net book
value.
- 47 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Other noncurrent assets (millions) 1993 1992
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Goodwill and other intangibles $ 68.1 $ 82.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Pension-related assets 76.0 98.1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Other 105.7 44.4
====================================================================
Total $249.8 $225.1
</TABLE>
Significant items included in the $24.7 million increase were a $37.7 million
addition of paid up insurance policy assets that were previously part of a
foreign subsidiary pension plan's assets (see page 42) and a deferred income tax
benefit of $13.5 million. Partially offsetting these increases were a net charge
of $19.8 million to the prepaid pension asset and a $6.4 million write-off of
certain intangible assets.
Noncurrent assets are carried at cost or less or under the equity method of
accounting.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Accounts payable and
accrued expenses (millions) 1993 1992
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Trade payables $ 90.8 $ 94.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Other payables 54.5 51.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Payroll and related taxes 37.3 42.6
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Restructuring costs 41.7 47.9
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Other 69.0 54.5
====================================================================
Total $293.3 $290.2
</TABLE>
The carrying amount of accounts payable and accrued expenses approximates fair
value because of the short maturity of these items.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Income taxes (millions) 1993 1992
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Payable--current $ 31.7 $ 20.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred--current 0.1 2.1
====================================================================
Total $ 31.8 $ 22.3
</TABLE>
- 48 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Deferred income taxes (millions) 1993 1992
============================================================================
<S> <C> <C>
Postretirement and postemployment
benefits $ (99.6) $ (95.4)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Restructuring benefits (31.0) (39.7)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alternative minimum tax credit (20.3) (25.4)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Excess foreign tax credit carryforward (6.9) --
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other (69.6) (55.4)
============================================================================
Total gross deferred tax assets $(227.4) $(215.9)
============================================================================
Less valuation allowance 6.9 --
============================================================================
Net deferred assets $(220.5) $(215.9)
============================================================================
Accumulated depreciation $ 96.2 $ 115.3
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pension costs 29.4 35.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other 66.1 53.3
============================================================================
Total deferred income tax liabilities $ 191.7 $ 203.6
============================================================================
Net deferred income tax liabilities (assets) $ (28.8) $ (12.3)
============================================================================
Less net income tax (benefits)--current (34.1) (37.8)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less net income tax (benefits)--noncurrent (13.5) --
============================================================================
Deferred income taxes--long term $ 18.8 $ 25.5
</TABLE>
The tax effects of principal temporary differences between the carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases are summarized in the
preceding table.
Under current law, the alternative minimum tax credits have an unlimited
carryforward life for U.S. tax purposes. A valuation allowance was not
established for these benefits because management believes the company will
earn sufficient taxable income to utilize the benefits.
The tax audit reviews have been completed for years 1988 through 1990, and the
company believes that there will be no adverse effect on the company's financial
condition.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Average Average
year-end year-end
interest interest
Debt (millions) 1993 rate 1992 rate
======================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Short-term debt:
Foreign banks $ 29.9 6.81% $ 60.4 9.53%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Commercial paper 75.5 3.36% 163.3 3.66%
======================================================================
Total short-term debt $105.4 -- $223.7 --
======================================================================
Long-term debt:
9 3/4% debentures
due 2008 $125.0 9.75% $125.0 9.75%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Medium-term notes 116.8 8.71% 125.0 8.68%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Industrial
development
bonds 17.9 3.08% 18.3 3.34%
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Mortgages, notes
and other 2.9 11.25% 7.7 10.69%
======================================================================
Total long-term debt 262.6 -- 276.0 --
======================================================================
Less current installments 5.8 -- 9.4 --
======================================================================
Net long-term debt $256.8 8.85% $266.6 8.85%
</TABLE>
- 49 -
<PAGE>
The December 31, 1993, carrying amounts of short-term debt ($105.4 million)
and current installments of long-term debt ($5.8 million) approximate fair
value because of the short maturity of these items.
The December 31, 1993, carrying amount of net long-term debt was $256.8
million, compared with a fair value estimate of $301.3 million. The fair value
estimates of long-term debt were based upon quotes from major financial
institutions, taking into consideration current rates offered to the company
for debt of the same remaining maturities.
The medium-term notes were issued at rates from 8% to 9% with maturities
ranging from 1994 to 2001.
The 9 3/4% debentures and the medium-term notes are not redeemable by the
company until maturity and there are no sinking-fund requirements.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Scheduled amortization of long-term debt (millions)
====================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1995 $19.8 1998 $13.5
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
1996 40.1 1999 --
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
1997 13.7
</TABLE>
In 1983, the company issued a $37.2 million noninterest-bearing installment
note and has made the first of two required payments. The second installment
payment of $18.6 million is due in 2013. The $1.5 million present value of
this payment is recorded in other long-term debt. The estimated fair value at
December 31, 1993, was $4.4 million.
Armstrong currently has unused domestic short-term lines of credit of
approximately $245 million from eight banks. In addition, the company's
foreign subsidiaries have approximately $144 million of unused short-term
lines of credit available from banks. Most of the credit lines are extended on
a fee basis.
The company can borrow from its banks generally at rates approximating the
lowest available to commercial borrowers and can issue short-term commercial
notes supported by the lines of credit.
Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risks
The company uses forward contracts, foreign currency options, and interest
rate or currency swaps to selectively hedge foreign currency and interest rate
risk exposures. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on contracts that
hedge expected future cash flows are recognized in other income and expense.
Realized and unrealized gains and losses on contracts that hedge net
investment in foreign subsidiaries are recognized in shareholders' equity.
At December 31, 1993, forward contracts and foreign currency options hedging
anticipated transactions totaled approximately U.S. $142.6 million and were
primarily denominated in European currencies. The forward contracts and options
mature within one year.
The estimated market value of the forward contracts and foreign currency
options at December 31, 1993, was $.8 million and was included in "Other
current assets." These values were obtained from dealer quotes and published
foreign currency market rates.
In 1987, the company entered into a $15 million interest rate swap
agreement. The swap expires in 1994 and provides for the company to pay
interest at the 30-day U.S. commercial paper rate and to receive interest at
an average fixed annual rate of 10.22%.
In 1993, the company terminated prior to expiration interest rate swaps
totaling $100 million and currency swaps totaling $37.2 million. Also, the
company entered into a $25 million interest rate swap agreement. The swap
expires in 1998 and provides for the company to pay interest at the six-month
London interbank offered rate, and to receive interest at a fixed rate of
5.575%.
The carrying values of the interest rate agreements represent a net asset of
$.6 million, compared with a net asset of $1.0 million at fair value, based on
quotes from major financial institutions. The fair values represent the
estimated amount the company would have received by terminating these
agreements on December 31, 1993.
- 50 -
<PAGE>
The counterparties to these instruments are major international financial
institutions, and the company continually monitors its position and the credit
ratings of the counterparties. The company does not anticipate a loss
resulting from any credit risk of these institutions.
For reporting purposes, the assets and liabilities of the forward contracts,
foreign currency options, and interest rate swaps are offset because the
agreements provide for a right of offset.
As of December 31, 1993, the company had provided $62 million in standby
letters of credit and financial guarantees. The company's policy does not
normally require collateral or other security to support these instruments.
Other long-term liabilities were $99.6 million in 1993 and $52.9 million in
1992. The significant item included in the $46.7 million increase is the $37.7
million of pension liabilities assumed by the company as a result of becoming
self-insured for the pension obligations in a foreign subsidiary (see page 42).
Other long-term liabilities include amounts for pensions, deferred
compensation, workers' compensation, vacation accrual, and a reserve for the
estimated potential liability primarily associated with claims pending in the
company's asbestos-related litigation.
Based upon the company's experience with this litigation--as well as the
Wellington Agreement, other settlement agreements with certain of the
company's insurance carriers, and an earlier interim agreement with several
primary carriers--this reserve is intended to cover potential liability and
settlement costs, legal and administrative costs not covered under the
agreements, and certain other factors which have been involved in the
litigation about which uncertainties exist. Future costs of litigation against
the company's insurance carriers and other legal costs indirectly related to
the litigation, expected to be modest, will be expensed outside the reserve.
Amounts, primarily insurance litigation costs, estimated to be payable within
one year are included under current liabilities.
The company does not know how many claims will be filed against it in the
future, nor the details thereof or of pending claims and suits not fully
reviewed, nor the expense and any liability that may ultimately result
therefrom, nor does the company know the annual claims flow caps to be
negotiated after the initial 10-year period for the settlement class action or
the then compensation levels to be negotiated for such claims or the success the
company may have in addressing the Midland Insurance Company insolvency with its
other insurers. Subject to the foregoing and based upon its experience and other
factors referred to under "Litigation" on pages 60-64, the company believes
that it is probable that such charges to expense associated with the suits and
claims should not be significant.
The fair value of other long-term liabilities was estimated to be $87.2
million at December 31, 1993, using a discounted cash flow approach.
Environmental
The company will incur capital expenditures in order to meet the new
requirements of the Clean Air Act of 1990 and is awaiting the final
promulgation of implementing regulations by various state agencies to
determine the magnitude of additional costs and the time period over which
they will be incurred. In 1993, the company incurred capital
- 51 -
<PAGE>
expenditures of approximately $2.6 million for environmental compliance and
control facilities, and anticipates comparable annual expenditures for those
purposes for the years 1994 and 1995.
As with many industrial companies, Armstrong is involved in proceedings
under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
("Superfund"), and similar state laws at approximately 21 sites. In most
cases, Armstrong is one of many potentially responsible parties ("PRPs") who
have voluntarily agreed to jointly fund the required investigation and
remediation of each site. With regard to some sites, however, Armstrong
disputes either liability or the proposed cost allocation. Sites where
Armstrong is alleged to have contributed a significant volume of waste
material include a former municipal landfill site in Volney, New York, and a
former county landfill site in Buckingham County, Virginia, which is alleged
to have received material from Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc. (see
page 65). Armstrong may also have rights of contribution or reimbursement from
other parties or coverage under applicable insurance policies. The company is
also remediating environmental contamination resulting from past industrial
activity at certain of its current plant sites.
Estimates of future liability are based on an evaluation of currently
available facts regarding each individual site and consider factors including
existing technology, presently enacted laws and regulations, and prior company
experience in remediation of contaminated sites. Although current law imposes
joint and several liability on all parties at any Superfund site, Armstrong's
contribution to the remediation of these sites is expected to be limited by
the number of other companies also identified as potentially liable for site
costs. As a result, the company's estimated liability reflects only the
company's expected share. In determining the probability of contribution, the
company considers the solvency of the parties, whether responsibility is being
disputed, the terms of any existing agreements, and experience regarding
similar matters. The estimated liabilities do not take into account any claims
for recoveries from insurance or third parties, unless a coverage commitment
has been provided by the insurer.
Because of uncertainties associated with remediation activities and
technologies, regulatory interpretations, and the allocation of those costs
among various other parties, the company has accrued $4.9 million to reflect
its estimated liability for environmental remediation. As assessments and
remediation activities progress at each individual site, these liabilities are
reviewed to reflect additional information as it becomes available.
Actual costs to be incurred at identified sites in the future may vary from
the estimates, given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating environmental
liabilities. Subject to the imprecision in estimating environmental
remediation costs, the company believes that any sum it may have to pay in
connection with environmental matters in excess of the amounts noted above
would not have a material adverse effect on its financial condition,
liquidity, or results of operations.
- 52 -
<PAGE>
Geographic Areas
United States net trade sales include export sales to non-affiliated customers
of $27.0 million in 1993, $24.4 million in 1992, and $29.3 million in 1991.
"Europe" includes operations located primarily in England, France, Germany,
Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and Switzerland. Operations in Australia,
Canada, China, Hong Kong, Indonesia, Japan, Korea, Singapore, and Thailand are
in "Other foreign."
Transfers between geographic areas and commissions paid to affiliates
marketing exported products are accounted for by methods that approximate
arm's-length transactions, after considering the costs incurred by the selling
company and the return on assets employed of both the selling unit and the
purchasing unit. Operating profits of a geographic area include profits
accruing from sales to affiliates.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Geographic areas
at December 31 (millions) 1993 1992 1991
=========================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net trade sales:
=========================================================================
United States $1,910.7 $1,841.5 $1,761.7
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Europe 456.6 544.5 508.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other foreign 158.1 163.8 169.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total foreign 614.7 708.3 677.6
=========================================================================
Inter-area transfers:
=========================================================================
United States 76.1 69.9 65.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Europe 6.0 4.0 3.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other foreign 21.9 18.5 9.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eliminations (104.0) (92.4) (79.3)
=========================================================================
Total net sales $2,525.4 $2,549.8 $2,439.3
=========================================================================
Operating profit:
=========================================================================
United States $ 178.0 $ 50.7 $ 131.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Europe 31.7 22.5 51.8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other foreign 10.0 (4.6) 9.3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total foreign 41.7 17.9 61.1
=========================================================================
Total operating profit $ 219.7 $ 68.6 $ 192.6
=========================================================================
Identifiable assets (Note 1):
=========================================================================
United States $1,311.7 $1,338.0 $1,435.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Europe 347.0 362.5 398.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other foreign 63.2 64.9 74.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate 207.7 251.0 250.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eliminations (.3) (6.6) (9.5)
=========================================================================
Total assets $1,929.3 $2,009.8 $2,149.9
</TABLE>
- 53 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Reconciliation (millions) 1993 1992 1991
=========================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operating profit $219.7 $ 68.6 $ 192.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate expense, net (91.0) (87.4) (46.5)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense (38.0) (41.6) (45.8)
=========================================================================
Earnings (loss) from
continuing businesses
before income taxes $ 90.7 $(60.4) $ 100.3
</TABLE>
Note 1: Identifiable assets for geographic areas and industry segments
exclude cash, marketable securities, and assets of a corporate nature.
Capital additions for industry segments include property, plant, and equipment
from acquisitions.
The Company's foreign operations are subject to foreign government legislation
involving restrictions on investments (including transfers thereof), tariff
restrictions, personnel administration, and other actions by foreign
governments. In addition, consolidated earnings are subject to both U.S. and
foreign tax laws with respect to earnings of foreign subsidiaries, and to the
effects of currency fluctuations.
- 54 -
<PAGE>
Industry Segments
The company operates worldwide in four reportable segments: floor coverings,
building products, furniture, and industry products. Floor coverings sales
include resilient floors, ceramic tile, and accessories.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Industry segments
at December 31 (millions) 1993 1992 1991
=========================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net trade sales:
=========================================================================
Floor coverings $1,191.3 $1,134.9 $1,058.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Building products 586.7 656.7 676.3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Furniture 449.7 438.4 417.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry products 297.7 319.8 287.1
=========================================================================
Total net sales $2,525.4 $2,549.8 $2,439.3
=========================================================================
Operating profit (Note 2):
=========================================================================
Floor coverings $ 129.8 $ 30.2 $ 84.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Building products 30.5 (7.3) 46.7
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Furniture 26.6 10.3 18.2
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry products 32.8 35.4 43.1
=========================================================================
Total operating profit $ 219.7 $ 68.6 $ 192.6
=========================================================================
Depreciation and
amortization:
=========================================================================
Floor coverings $ 61.0 $ 65.5 $ 67.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Building products 33.1 37.1 35.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Furniture 12.9 13.5 13.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry products 13.1 11.6 11.4
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate $ 9.9 9.2 8.2
=========================================================================
Total depreciation
and amortization $ 130.0 $ 136.9 $ 135.3
=========================================================================
</TABLE>
- 55 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Capital additions (See Note 1 on
page 54):
=========================================================================
Floor coverings $ 59.1 $ 48.7 $ 61.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Building products 23.8 25.4 39.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Furniture 10.0 8.3 6.7
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry products 20.7 29.3 21.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate 4.0 4.1 5.3
=========================================================================
Total capital additions $ 117.6 $ 115.8 $ 133.7
=========================================================================
Identifiable assets (See Note 1 on
page 8):
=========================================================================
Floor coverings $ 808.0 $ 835.6 $ 915.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Building products 475.2 491.6 556.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Furniture 234.6 238.7 239.7
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry products 203.8 192.9 188.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate 207.7 251.0 250.5
=========================================================================
Total assets $1,929.3 $2,009.8 $2,149.9
</TABLE>
Note 2:
<TABLE>
Restructuring charges
in operating profit (millions) 1993 1992 1991
=========================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Floor coverings $27.7 $ 80.8 $ 3.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Building products 13.7 35.0 4.3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Furniture .6 4.8 .3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry products 12.9 12.5 2.2
=========================================================================
Total restructuring charges
in operating profit $54.9 $133.1 $ 9.8
=========================================================================
</TABLE>
- 56 -
<PAGE>
Stock options
No further options may be granted under the 1984 Long-Term Stock Option Plan
for Key Employees since the 1993 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, approved by
the shareholders in April 1993, replaced the 1984 Plan for purposes of
granting additional options.
Awards under the 1993 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan may be in the form of
stock options, stock appreciation rights in conjunction with stock options,
performance restricted shares and restricted stock awards. No more than
4,300,000 shares of common stock may be issued under the Plan, and no more
than 430,000 shares of common stock may be awarded in the form of restricted
stock awards. The Plan extends to April 25, 2003. Pre-1993 grants made under
predecessor plans will be governed under the provisions of those plans. At
December 31, 1993, there were 3,987,295 shares available for grant under the
1993 Plan.
Options are granted to purchase shares at prices not less than the closing
market price of the shares on the dates the options were granted, and expire
10 years from the date of grant. The average share price of all options
exercised was $27.41 in 1993, $12.34 in 1992, and $13.20 in 1991.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Changes in option shares outstanding
(thousands except for share price) 1993 1992 1991
===============================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Option shares at beginning of year 1,730.7 1,458.5 1,179.8
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Options granted 245.1 383.9 311.8
===============================================================================
1,975.8 1,842.4 1,491.6
===============================================================================
Less: Option shares exercised 182.2 27.4 10.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock appreciation rights
exercised 14.0 9.1 .6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Options canceled 71.2 75.2 21.6
===============================================================================
267.4 111.7 33.1
===============================================================================
Option shares at end of year 1,708.4 1,730.7 1,458.5
===============================================================================
Average share price of options $ 33.20 $ 32.88 $ 33.21
===============================================================================
Option shares exercisable at
end of year 1,464.2 1,349.1 1,150.7
</TABLE>
Performance restricted shares is a feature of the 1993 Long-Term Stock
Incentive Plan which entitles certain key executive employees to earn shares
of Armstrong's common stock, only if the company meets certain predetermined
performance measures during a three-year performance period. At the end of the
performance period, common stock awarded will generally carry an additional
four-year restriction period whereby the shares will be held in custody by the
company until the expiration or termination of the restriction. Compensation
expense will be charged to earnings over the period in which the restrictions
lapse. At the end of 1993, there were 68,505 performance restricted shares
outstanding, with associated potential future common stock awards falling in
the range of zero to 205,515 shares of Armstrong common stock.
- 57 -
<PAGE>
Restricted stock awards can be used for the purposes of recruitment, special
recognition, and retention of key employees. There were no restricted stock
awards granted during 1993.
Shareholders' equity changes for 1993, 1992, and 1991 are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years ended December 31
(millions except for per-share data) 1993 1992 1991
========================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Series A convertible preferred stock:
========================================================================
Balance at beginning of year $ 266.4 $ 267.7 $ 268.3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shares redeemed 2.5 1.3 .6
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at end of year $ 263.9 $ 266.4 $ 267.7
========================================================================
Common stock, $1 par value:
========================================================================
Balance at beginning and end
of year $ 51.9 $ 51.9 $ 51.9
========================================================================
Capital in excess of par value:
========================================================================
Balance at beginning of year $ 26.1 $ 25.8 $ 25.7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock issuances 3.6 .3 .1
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at end of year $ 29.7 $ 26.1 $ 25.8
========================================================================
Reduction for ESOP loan guarantee:
========================================================================
Balance at beginning of year $(249.2) $ (256.0) $ (261.8)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Principal paid 6.3 4.5 2.9
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued compensation 1.1 2.3 2.9
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at end of year $(241.8) $ (249.2) $ (256.0)
========================================================================
Retained earnings:
========================================================================
Balance at beginning of year $ 922.7 $1,208.7 $1,224.1
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) for year 63.5 (227.7) 48.2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tax benefit on dividends
paid on unallocated
preferred shares 5.3 5.5 --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $ 991.5 $ 986.5 $1,272.3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less dividends:
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Preferred stock
$3.462 per share $ 19.2 $ 19.3 $ 19.4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common stock
$1.20 per share in 1993; 44.6
$1.20 per share in 1992; 44.5
$1.19 per share in 1991 44.2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total dividends $ 63.8 $ 63.8 $ 63.6
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at end of year $ 927.7 $ 922.7 $1,208.7
========================================================================
</TABLE>
- 58 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Foreign currency translation:
========================================================================
Balance at beginning of year $ 8.6 $ 44.7 $ 48.3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Translation adjustments and
hedging activities (12.5) (37.0) (2.4)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Allocated income taxes .5 .9 (1.2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at end of year $ (3.4) $ 8.6 $ 44.7
========================================================================
Less treasury stock at cost:
========================================================================
Balance at beginning of year $ 457.3 $ 457.3 $ 457.3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock purchases .1 -- --
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock issuance activity, net 1.1 -- --
========================================================================
Balance at end of year $ 458.5 $ 457.3 $ 457.3
========================================================================
Total shareholders' equity $ 569.5 $ 569.2 $ 885.5
</TABLE>
Treasury shares changes for 1993, 1992, and 1991 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years ended December 31
(thousands) 1993 1992 1991
========================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Common shares
========================================================================
Balance at beginning of year 14,750.6 14,776.3 14,787.0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock purchases 2.4 .6 .1
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stock issuance activity, net (96.5) (26.3) (10.8)
========================================================================
Balance at end of year 14,656.5 14,750.6 14,776.3
</TABLE>
Preferred stock purchase rights plan
In 1986, the Board of Directors declared a distribution of one right for
each share of the company's common stock outstanding on and after March 21,
1986. Following the two-for-one stock split later in 1986, one-half of one
right attaches to each share of common stock outstanding. In general, the
rights become exercisable at $175 per right for a fractional share of a new
series of Class A preferred stock (which will differ from the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock issued to the Employee Stock Ownership Plan
described on page 44) 10 days after a person or group either acquires
beneficial ownership of shares representing 20% or more of the voting power of
the company or announces a tender or exchange offer that could result in such
person or group beneficially owning shares representing 28% or more of the
voting power of the company. If thereafter any person or group becomes the
beneficial owner of 28% or more of the voting power of the company or if the
company is the surviving company in a merger with a person or group that owns
20% or more of the voting power of the company, then each owner of a right
(other than such 20% stockholder) would be entitled to purchase shares of
common stock having a value equal to twice the exercise price of the right.
Should the company be acquired in a merger or other business combination, or
sell 50% or more of its assets or earnings power, each right would entitle the
holder to purchase, at the exercise price, common shares of the acquirer
having a value of twice the exercise price of the right. The exercise price
was determined on the basis of the Board's view of the long-term value of the
company's common stock. The rights have no voting power nor do they entitle a
holder to receive dividends. At the company's option, the rights are
redeemable prior to becoming exercisable at five cents per right. The rights
expire on March 21, 1996.
- 59 -
<PAGE>
Litigation
The company is one of many defendants in pending lawsuits and claims
involving, as of December 31, 1993, approximately 78,437 individuals alleging
personal injury from exposure to asbestos-containing products. A total of
about 24,036 lawsuits and claims were received by the company in 1993,
compared with 28,997 in 1992. Nearly all the personal injury suits and claims
seek compensatory and punitive damages arising from alleged exposure to
asbestos-containing insulation products used, manufactured, or sold by the
company. The company discontinued the sale of all asbestos-containing
insulation products in 1969. A significant number of suits in which the
company believes it should not be involved were filed in 1993 by persons
engaged in vehicle tire production, aspects of the construction industry and
the steel industry. Although a large number of suits and claims pending in
prior years have been resolved, neither the rate of future dispositions nor
the number of future potential unasserted claims can be reasonably predicted.
Attention continues to be given by various judges to finding a comprehensive
solution to the large number of pending as well as potential future asbestos-
related personal injury claims, and the Judicial Panel for Multi-district
Litigation ordered the transfer of all federal cases not in trial to the Eastern
District Court in Philadelphia for pretrial purposes.
A settlement class action which includes essentially all future asbestos-
related personal injury claims against members of the Center for Claims
Resolution referred to below was filed in Philadelphia on January 15, 1993, in
Federal District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The proposed
class action settlement was negotiated by the Center and two leading
plaintiffs' law firms. The settlement class action is designed to establish a
nonlitigation system for the resolution of essentially all future asbestos-
related personal injury claims against the Center members including this
company. Other defendant companies which are not Center members may be able to
join the class action later. The class action proposes a voluntary settlement
that offers a method for prompt compensation to claimants who were
occupationally exposed to asbestos if they are impaired by such exposure.
Claimants must meet certain exposure and medical criteria to receive
compensation which is derived from historical settlement data. Under limited
circumstances and in limited numbers, qualifying claimants may choose to
litigate certain claims in court or through alternative dispute resolution,
rather than choose an offered settlement amount, after their claims are
processed within the system. No punitive damages will be paid under the
proposed settlement. The settlement is designed to minimize transactional
costs, including attorneys' fees, and to relieve the courts of the burden of
handling future asbestos-related personal injury claims. Each member of the
Center has an obligation for its own fixed share in this proposed settlement.
The settlement class action does not include asbestos-related personal injury
claims which were filed before January 15, 1993, or asbestos-related property
damage claims. Agreed upon annual case flow caps and agreed upon compensation
levels for each compensable medical category have been established for an
initial period of ten years. The case flow figures and annual compensation
levels are subject to renegotiation after the initial ten-year period. The
Court has preliminarily approved the settlement, and notification has been
provided to potential class members which were offered an opportunity to opt
out by January 24, 1994. The Court will hold a final fairness hearing on
February 22, 1994. If a significant number of future claimants choose to opt
out, the Center members also reserve the right to withdraw from the program.
The settlement will become final only after it has been approved by the
courts. The Center members also have stated their intention to resolve over a
five-year period the asbestos personal injury claims pending prior to the date
the settlement class action was filed. A significant number of these pending
claims have been settled with a number of the plaintiffs' counsel.
- 60 -
<PAGE>
The company is seeking agreement from its insurance carriers or a ruling from
the Court that the settlement class action will not jeopardize existing
insurance coverage. Certain unresolved insurance coverage issues involving
certain Center members' insurance carriers acceptance of the proposed settlement
will be resolved either by alternative dispute resolution in the case of the
insurance carriers which subscribed to the Wellington Agreement or by litigation
against those carriers which did not subscribe to the Wellington Agreement.
A few state judges have been undertaking to consolidate numbers of asbestos
personal injury cases for trial. The company generally opposes these actions as
being unfair. Approximately 8,500 cases were consolidated in 1992 in a
multiphase trial in Baltimore, Maryland. The multiphase trial dealt with various
issues and a settlement was effected during the trial of those claims in which
the company was a named defendant.
The pending personal injury lawsuits and claims against the company are being
paid by insurance proceeds under the 1985 Agreement Concerning Asbestos-Related
Claims, the "Wellington Agreement." A new claims handling organization, known as
the Center for Claims Resolution, was created in October 1988 by Armstrong and
20 other companies to replace the Wellington Asbestos Claims Facility, which has
been dissolved. Except for eliminating the future availability of an insurer-
paid special defense fund linked to the existence of the Facility, the
dissolution of the Facility does not essentially affect the company's overall
Wellington insurance settlement which provides for a final settlement of nearly
all disputes concerning insurance for asbestos-related personal injury claims as
between the company and three of its primary insurers and eight of its excess
insurers. The one primary carrier that did not sign the Wellington Agreement
paid into the Wellington Facility and settled with the company in March 1989 all
outstanding issues relating to insurance coverage for asbestos-related personal
injury and property damage claims. In addition, one of the company's large
excess-insurance carriers entered into a settlement agreement in 1986 with the
company under which payments for personal injury claims were made through the
Wellington Facility, and this carrier continues to make payments for such claims
through the Center for Claims Resolution. Other excess-insurance carriers also
have entered into settlement agreements with the company which
- 61 -
<PAGE>
Litigation (continued)
complement Wellington. ACandS, Inc., a former subsidiary of the company, which
for certain insurance periods has coverage rights under some company insurance
policies, subscribed to the Wellington Agreement but did not become a member of
the Center for Claims Resolution.
One excess carrier and certain companies in an excess carrier's block of
coverage have become insolvent. Certain carriers providing excess level
coverage solely for property damage claims also have become insolvent.
However, it is not expected that the insolvency of these carriers will affect
the company's ability to have insurance available to pay asbestos-related
claims. ACandS, Inc., had filed a lawsuit against the company to have a
certain amount of insurance from the joint policies reserved solely for its
use in the payment of the costs associated with the asbestos-related personal
injury and property damage claims. The two companies have negotiated a
settlement of their dispute and have signed a settlement agreement.
The Center for Claims Resolution operates under a concept of allocated
shares of liability payments and defense costs for its members based primarily
on historical experience, and it defends the members' interest and addresses
pending and future claims in a manner consistent with the prompt, fair
resolution of meritorious claims. In late 1991, the Center sharing formula was
revised to provide that members will pay only on claims in which the member is
a named defendant. This change has caused a slight increase in the company's
share, but has enhanced the company's case management focus. Although the
Center members and their participating insurers were not obligated beyond one
year, the insurance companies are expected to commit to the continuous
operation of the Center for a sixth year and to the funding of the Center's
operating expenses. With the filing of the settlement class action, the Center
will continue to process pending claims and will handle the program for
processing future asbestos-related personal injury claims if the class action
settlement is approved by the courts. No forecast can be made for future years
regarding either the rate of pending and future claims resolution by the
Center or the rate of utilization of company insurance, although it is
expected if the settlement class action is approved that the rate of insurance
usage will be accelerated.
The company is also one of many defendants in a total of 73 pending lawsuits
and claims, including class actions, as of December 31, 1993, brought by
public and private entities, including public school districts, and public and
private building owners. These lawsuits and claims include allegations of
property damage to buildings caused by asbestos-containing products and
generally claim compensatory and punitive damages and equitable relief,
including reimbursement of expenditures, or removal and replacement of such
products. These suits and claims appear to be aimed at friable (easily
crumbled) asbestos-containing products although allegations in some suits
encompass other asbestos-containing products, including allegations with
respect to asbestos-containing resilient floor tile. The company vigorously
denies the validity of the allegations against it contained in these suits and
claims. Increasing defense costs, paid by the company's insurance carriers
either under reservation or settlement arrangement, will be incurred. These
suits and claims are not encompassed within the Wellington Agreement nor are
they being handled by the Center for Claims Resolution.
- 62 -
<PAGE>
In 1989, Armstrong concluded the trial phase of a lawsuit in California state
court to resolve disputes concerning certain of its insurance carriers'
obligations with respect to personal injury and property damage liability
coverage, including defense costs, for alleged personal injury and property
damage asbestos-related lawsuits and claims. As indicated earlier, the company
reached a settlement agreement after the conclusion of the trial phase with one
of its primary carriers which is also an excess carrier. The Court issued final
decisions, and the carriers appealed. The California Court of Appeal has
substantially upheld the trial court's final decisions and the insurance
carriers have petitioned the California Supreme Court to hear the asbestos-
related personal injury and property damage coverage issues. The California
Supreme Court recently accepted review pending its review of related issues in
another California case. Based upon the trial court's favorable final decisions
in important phases of the trial relating to coverage for asbestos-related
personal injury and property damage lawsuits and claims, including the favorable
decision by the California Court of Appeal, and a review of the coverage issues
by its counsel, the company believes it has a substantial legal basis for
sustaining its right to defense and indemnification. For the same reasons, the
company also believes that it is probable that claims by the several primary
carriers for recoupment of defense expenses in the property damage litigation,
which the carriers also appealed, will ultimately not be successful.
The company is currently negotiating with the company's primary insurance
carriers to categorize the percentage of previously resolved and to be resolved
asbestos-related personal injury claims as non-products claims and to establish
the entitlement to such coverage. Such non-product claims coverage insurance is
available under the Wellington Agreement and the settlement agreement with one
of its primary carriers referred to above for such claims. Non-products claims
include claims that may have arisen out of exposure during installation of
asbestos materials or before control of such materials has been relinquished.
Certain excess policies also provide non-products coverage. The additional
coverage potentially available to pay claims categorized as non-products, at
both the primary and excess levels is substantial and, at the primary level,
includes defense costs in addition to limits. The company is entitled to
pursue alternative dispute resolution proceedings against the primary and
certain excess carriers to resolve the non-products coverage issues.
The company does not know how many claims will be filed against it in the
future, nor the details thereof or of pending suits not fully reviewed, nor the
expense and any liability that may ultimately result therefrom, nor does the
company know the annual claims flow caps to be negotiated after the initial ten-
year period for the settlement class action or the then compensation levels to
be negotiated for such claims or the success the company may have in addressing
the Midland Insurance Company insolvency with its other insurers. Subject
- 63 -
<PAGE>
Litigation (continued)
to the foregoing and based upon its experience and other factors referred to
above, the company believes that it is probable that substantially all of the
expenses and any liability payments associated therewith will be paid--in the
case of the personal injury claims, by agreed-to coverage under the Wellington
Agreement and supplemented by payments by nonsubscribing insurers that entered
into settlement agreements with the company and additional insurance coverage
reasonably anticipated from the outcome of the insurance litigation and from the
company's claims for non-products coverage both under certain insurance policies
covered by the Wellington Agreement and under certain insurance policies not
covered by the Wellington Agreement which claims have yet to be accepted by the
carriers--and in the case of the asbestos-related property damage claims, under
an existing interim agreement, by insurance coverage settlement agreements and
through additional coverage reasonably anticipated from the outcome of the
insurance litigation. Thus, the company has not recorded any liability for any
defense costs or indemnity relating to these lawsuits other than as described in
the "Other long-term liabilities" section regarding the reserve on page 51.
Even though uncertainties still remain as to the potential number of
unasserted claims, the liability resulting therefrom, and the ultimate scope
of its insurance coverage, after consideration of the factors involved,
including the Wellington Agreement, the settlements with other insurance
carriers, the results of the trial phase and the first level appellate stage
of the California insurance litigation, the remaining reserve, the
establishment of the Center for Claims Resolution, the proposed settlement
class action, and its experience, the company believes that this litigation
will not have a material adverse effect on its earnings, liquidity, or
financial position.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In October 1992, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit issued its
decision in a lawsuit brought by The Industry Network System, Inc. (TINS), and
its founder, Elliot Fineman. The plaintiffs alleged that in 1984 Armstrong had
engaged in antitrust and tort law violations and breach of contract which
damaged TINS' ability to do business. The Court of Appeals sustained the U.S.
District Court's decision that the April 1991 jury verdict against Armstrong in
the amount of $224 million including $200 million in punitive damages should be
vacated, and that there should be a new trial on all claims remaining after the
appeal. The Court of Appeals sustained the District Court ruling that the jury's
verdict had reflected prejudice and passion due to the improper conduct of
plaintiffs' counsel and was clearly contrary to the weight of the evidence. The
Court of Appeals affirmed or did not disturb the trial court's order dismissing
all of TINS' claims under Section 2 of the Sherman Act for alleged conspiracy,
monopolization and attempt to monopolize and dismissing all of Mr. Fineman's
personal claims. These claims will not be the subject of a new trial. However,
the Court of Appeals reversed the trial court's directed verdict for Armstrong
on TINS' claim under Section 1 of the Sherman Act, reversed the summary judgment
in Armstrong's favor on TINS' claim for breach of contract based on a 1984
settlement agreement, and reversed the judgment n.o.v. for Armstrong on TINS'
tortious interference and related punitive damage claims. These claims will be
the subject of a new trial.
- 64 -
<PAGE>
The Court of Appeals granted the company's motion to stay return of the case
to the District Court pending the company's Petition for Certiorari to the
Supreme Court appealing certain antitrust rulings of the Court of Appeals. The
company was informed on February 22, 1993, that the Supreme Court denied its
Petition. The case has been remanded by the Third Circuit Court of Appeals in
Philadelphia to the U.S. District Court in Newark, New Jersey, and a new trial
has been set for early April 1994. It is unknown what damage claims TINS will
allege upon retrial of the case. But during the first trial, claims for actual
damages of at least $17.5 million were asserted by plaintiffs' expert and even
greater amounts were asserted by Mr. Fineman. Under the antitrust laws, proven
damages are trebled. In addition, plaintiff would likely ask for punitive
damages, companion to its request for tort damages. Other damages which would
likely be sought include reimbursement of attorneys' fees and interest,
including prejudgment interest.
The company denies all of TINS' claims and accordingly is vigorously defending
the matter. In the event that a jury finds against the company, such jury
verdict could entail unknown amounts which, if sustained, could have a material
adverse effect on its earnings and financial position.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As previously discussed on pages 51 and 52 under "Environmental" with regard
to a former county landfill in Buckingham County, Virginia, Thomasville
Furniture Industries, Inc. and seven other parties have been identified by the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency ("USEPA") as Potentially Responsible
Parties ("PRPs") to fund the cost of remediating environmental conditions at
this federal Superfund site. After review of investigative studies to determine
the nature and extent of contamination and identify various remediation
alternatives, USEPA issued its Proposed Remedial Action Plan in May 1993
proposing a $21 million clean-up cost. In November 1993, however, USEPA issued a
revised plan which recommended a reduced $3.5 million alternative, subject to
additional costs depending on test results. The PRPs believe that other
alternatives are appropriate and discussions with USEPA and Virginia State
officials continue.
Spent finishing materials from Thomasville's Virginia furniture plants at
Appomattox and Brookneal allegedly comprise a significant portion of the waste
presently believed to have been taken to the site by a now defunct disposal firm
in the late 1970s. Accordingly, Thomasville could be called upon to fund a
significant portion of the eventual remedial costs.
- 65 -
<PAGE>
Independent Auditors' Report
The Board of Directors and Shareholders,
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.:
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Armstrong World
Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries as listed in the accompanying index. In
connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also
have audited the related supplementary information on depreciation rates and
schedules listed in the accompanying index. These consolidated financial
statements and supplementary information and schedules are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these consolidated financial statements and supplementary information and
schedules based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. These standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Armstrong
World Industries, Inc., and subsidiaries at December 31, 1993 and 1992, and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in
the three-year period ended December 31, 1993, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion the related supplementary
information and schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial
statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects, the
information set forth therein.
As discussed under litigation in the Financial Review section, the Company is
involved in antitrust litigation, the outcome of which cannot presently be
determined. Accordingly, no provision for any liability that may result has
been made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Also, as
discussed in the Financial Review section, effective January 1, 1992, the
Company changed its methods of accounting to adopt the provisions of the
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 109, "Accounting for Income
Taxes," SFAS 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other
than Pensions" and SFAS 112, "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment
Benefits."
KPMG PEAT MARWICK
Philadelphia, Pa.
February 14, 1994
- 66 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Quarterly financial information Total
(millions except for per-share data) First Second Third Fourth Year
===========================================================================================================
1993
===========================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales $611.9 $629.0 $660.1 $624.4 $2,525.4
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit 159.1 183.9 197.9 182.2 723.1
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses 11.3 31.9 42.3 (22.0) 63.5
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) 11.3 31.9 42.3 (22.0) 63.5
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per share of common stock:*
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Primary:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses .21 .76 1.04 (.68) 1.32
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) .21 .76 1.04 (.68) 1.32
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fully diluted:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses .21 .68 .93 (.68) 1.26
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) .21 .68 .93 (.68) 1.26
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dividends per share of common stock .30 .30 .30 .30 1.20
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Price range of common stock -- low 28 7/8 29 3/8 30 1/4 40 1/4 28 7/8
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Price range of common stock -- high 33 1/8 34 3/4 42 1/2 55 1/4 55 1/4
===========================================================================================================
<CAPTION>
1992
===========================================================================================================
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net sales $638.4 $651.7 $659.6 $600.1 $2,549.8
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross profit 169.4 176.5 174.8 140.4 661.1
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing business 15.9 20.1 (80.3) (15.6) (59.9)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) (151.9) 20.1 (80.3) (15.6) (227.7)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per share of common stock:*
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Primary:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses .33 .45 (2.25) (.51) (1.98)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) (4.18) .45 (2.25) (.51) (6.49)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fully diluted:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses .32 .41 (2.25) (.51) (1.98)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) (4.18) .41 (2.25) (.51) (6.49)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dividends per share of common stock .30 .30 .30 .30 1.20
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Price range of common stock -- low 26 29 5/8 27 1/2 24 1/2 24 1/2
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Price range of common stock -- high 33 7/8 37 1/2 32 3/8 32 3/4 37 1/2
===========================================================================================================
</TABLE>
* Quarterly earnings (loss) per-share data do not always equal the total year
amounts due to changes in the average shares outstanding and, for fully
diluted data, the exclusion of the antidilutive effect in certain quarters and
for the total year.
- 67 -
<PAGE>
Fourth quarter 1993 compared with fourth quarter 1992
Fourth quarter sales from continuing businesses rose to record levels at
$624.4 million, an increase of 4% from the $600.1 million from last year.
The net loss for the fourth quarter was $22.0 million, or 68 cents per
share of common stock. This loss included $60.0 million after tax of
restructuring charges primarily related to the elimination of employee positions
in the U.S. and Europe.
The fourth quarter 1992 net loss was $15.6 million, or 51 cents per share
of common stock. Also included in this reporting were restructuring charges of
$24.3 million after tax related to the closing of a ceiling materials plant in
Ghlin, Belgium, and provisions for charges related to the elimination of
employee positions on a worldwide basis.
Despite the negative impact of restructuring charges in the fourth quarter
of 1993, the company benefitted from higher sales levels in most businesses,
some sales price increases, and from lower manufacturing costs, resulting from
the 1992 restructuring actions and from improved productivity. This resulted in
the company's cost of goods sold as a percent of sales declining to 70.8%
compared with 76.6% last year. Nonmanufacturing costs were comparable to 1992.
Armstrong also experienced lower interest costs during the quarter from lower
debt levels and tax obligations. The 1992 fourth quarter results also included a
$5.5 million after-tax gain from foreign exchange compared with only $.8 million
after-tax gain this year.
The 1993 effective tax benefit rate was 39.9% compared with only 7.1% last
year. Armstrong's current year fourth quarter reflected recovery of deferred
taxes resulting from some reduced foreign statutory tax rates, and most of the
restructuring charges provided tax benefits. The 1992 effective tax benefit rate
was much lower because some of the restructuring charges did not provide tax
benefits.
Of Armstrong's four industry segments, floor coverings and furniture
showed sales increases in the fourth quarter
compared with year-ago levels, while sales in the building products and industry
products segments were below those of 1992. Operating results were higher in the
building products and furniture segments, while floor coverings and industry
products declined. Excluding restructuring charges, all four segments recorded
improved operating profits. The floor coverings operating profit of $12.9
million in 1993 and $13.4 million in 1992 includes restructuring charges of
$27.7 million and $7.6 million, respectively. Exclusive of these charges, the
improved profit levels were driven by higher U.S. resilient flooring sales, a
modest increase in ceramic sales, and lower manufacturing costs. The building
products' fourth quarter 1993 operating loss of $2.4 million includes a
restructuring charge of $13.7 million compared with a 1992 operating loss of
$14.9 million that included an $11.9 restructuring charge. Despite lower sales
in building products, this segment's operating results improved because of
extensive restructuring programs, lower operating costs, and some pricing
actions in Europe and North America. The furniture segment's sales and operating
profits improved from those of last year. Higher sales, along with lower costs,
aided the profit improvement as did inventory valuation reserve adjustments. The
industry products segment was adversely affected by unfavorable European
exchange rates and the continuing lack of growth in the European economies.
Operating profits were lowered by competitive pricing pressures, while
restructuring charges of $12.9 million and $1.2 million were recorded for 1993
and 1992, respectively.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Disclosure
---------------------
Not applicable.
- 68 -
<PAGE>
PART III
--------
Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Directors of the Registrant
- ---------------------------
The information appearing in the tabulation in the section captioned "Election
of Directors" on pages 1-5 of the Company's 1994 Proxy Statement is incorporated
by reference herein.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
- -------------------------------------
William W. Adams* -- Age 59; Chairman of the Board since September 7, 1993;
Chairman of the Board and President (Chief Executive Officer) 1988-1993; .
E. Allen Deaver* -- Age 58; Executive Vice-President since March 1, 1988.
George A. Lorch* -- Age 52; President (Chief Executive Officer) since September
7, 1993; Executive Vice-President 1988-1993.
Henry A. Bradshaw -- Age 58; Group Vice-President, Worldwide Building Products
Operations since February 1, 1993; Group Vice-President, Building Products
Operations, 1990-1993; General Manager Manufacturing, Building Products
Operations, 1985-1990.
Dennis M. Draeger -- Age 53; Group Vice-President, Worldwide Floor Products
Operations since February 1, 1993; Group Vice-President Floor Products
Operations 1988-1993.
William W. Locke -- Age 58; Group Vice-President, Worldwide Industry Products
and Pacific Operations since February 1, 1993; Group Vice-President,
International and Industry Products Operations, 1990-1993; Group Vice-President,
International Operations, 1983-1990.
Robert J. Shannon, Jr. -- Age 45; President, American Olean Tile Company, Inc.
since March 1, 1992; and the following positions with Armstrong World
Industries, Inc.: General Manager, Worldwide Gasket Products, International and
Industry Product Operations, 1991-1992; Manager, Fiber Products, Industry
Products Division, 1989-1991; Marketing Manager, Adhesives and Coatings,
Corporate Markets Division, 1986-1989.
Frederick B. Starr -- Age 61; President, Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc.
since 1982.
Larry A. Pulkrabek -- Age 54; Senior Vice-President, Secretary and General
Counsel since February 1, 1990; Vice-President, Secretary and General Counsel,
1977-1990.
William J. Wimer -- Age 59; Senior Vice-President, Finance since January 25,
1993; Senior Vice-President, Finance, and Treasurer, 1990-1993; Vice-President
and Controller, 1978-1990.
Stephen C. Hendrix -- Age 53; Treasurer since January 25, 1993; and the
following positions with SmithKline Beecham Corporation (Pharmaceuticals,
Consumer Products): Vice-President and Treasurer, 1989-1991; Vice-President and
Assistant Treasurer, International, 1987-1989.
Bruce A. Leech, Jr. -- Age 51; Controller since February 1, 1990; Controller,
International Operations, 1983-1990.
- 69 -
<PAGE>
All information presented above is current as of March 1, 1994. The term of
office for each Executive Officer in his present capacity is one year, and each
such Executive Officer will serve until reelected or until a successor is
elected at the annual meeting of directors which follows the annual
shareholders' meeting. Each Executive Officer has been employed by the Company
in excess of five continuous years with the exception of Mr. Hendrix. Members
of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors as of March 1, 1994, are
designated by an asterisk(*) following each of their names. The Executive
Committee consists of those Executive Officers who serve as Directors.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
- --------------------------------
The information appearing in the sections captioned "Compensation Committee
Interlocks and Insider Participation," "Executive Officers' Compensation,"
(other than the information contained under the subcaption "Performance Graph")
and "Retirement Income Plan Benefits," on pages 11-17 of the Company's 1994
Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
The information appearing in the sections captioned "Stock Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners" on page 18 and "Directors' and Executive Officers' Security
Ownership" on page 7 of the Company's 1994 Proxy Statement is incorporated by
reference herein.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
- --------------------------------------------------------
Not applicable.
PART IV
Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
The financial statements and schedules filed as a part of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K are listed in the "Index to Financial Statements and Schedules" on
page 75.
- 70 -
<PAGE>
a. The following exhibits are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form
10-K:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibits
- --------
<S> <C>
No. 3(a) Registrant's By-laws, as amended, are incorporated by
reference herein from the registrant's 1992 Annual Report on
Form 10-K wherein they appeared as Exhibit 3(a).
No. 3(b) Registrant's restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended
are incorporated by reference herein from the registrant's
1990 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein they appeared as
Exhibit 3(b).
No. 4(a) Rights Agreement dated as of March 21, 1986, between the
registrant and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as
Rights Agent, (as to which First Chicago Trust Company of
New York has succeeded as Rights Agent,) relating to the
registrant's Preferred Stock Purchase Rights is incorporated
by reference herein from the Company's 1990 Annual Report on
Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit 4(a).
No. 4(b) Registrant's Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("Share In
Success Plan") as amended, is incorporated by reference
herein from the registrant's 1992 Annual Report on Form 10-K
wherein it appears as Exhibit 4(b).
No. 4(c) Indenture, dated as of March 15, 1988, between the
registrant and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as
Trustee, as to which The First National Bank of Chicago is
successor trustee, is incorporated herein by reference from
the registrant's Form 8-K dated February 1, 1991, wherein it
appeared as Exhibit 4.1.
No. 4(d) Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 19, 1990, between
the registrant and The First National Bank of Chicago, as
Trustee, is incorporated herein by reference from the
registrant's Form 8-K dated October 31, 1990, wherein it
appeared as Exhibit 4.1.
No. 10(i)(a) Copy of Agreement Concerning Asbestos-Related Claims dated
June 19, 1985, (the "Wellington Agreement") among the
registrant and other companies.
No. 10(i)(b) Producer Agreement concerning Center for Claims Resolution
dated September 23, 1988, among the registrant and other
companies as amended, is incorporated herein by reference
from the registrant's 1992 Annual Report on Form 10-K
wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10(i)(b).
No. 10(iii)(a) Registrant's Long-Term Stock Option Plan for Key Employees,
as amended, is incorporated by reference herein from the
Company's 1991 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it
appeared as Exhibit 10(iii)(a).
</TABLE>
- 71 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
No. 10(iii)(b) Registrant's Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee
Directors, as amended, is incorporated by reference herein
from the Company's 1990 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein
it appeared as Exhibit 10(iii)(c).
No. 10(iii)(c) Registrant's Directors' Retirement Income Plan, as amended,
is incorporated by reference herein from the registrant's
1992 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appears as
Exhibit 10(iii)(d).
No. 10(iii)(d) Registrant's Management Achievement Plan for Key Executives,
as amended, is incorporated by reference herein from the
Company's 1991 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it
appeared as Exhibit 10(iii)(e).
No. 10(iii)(e) Registrant's Retirement Benefit Equity Plan (formerly known
as the Excess Benefit Plan), as amended, is incorporated by
reference herein from the registrant's 1992 Annual Report on
Form 10-K wherein it appears as Exhibit 10(iii)(f).
No. 10(iii)(f) Armstrong Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended, is
incorporated by reference herein from the Company's 1990
Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit
10(iii)(g).
No. 10(iii)(g) Registrant's Employment Protection Plan for Salaried
Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc., as amended,
is incorporated by reference herein from the Company's 1990
Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit
10(iii)(h).
No. 10(iii)(h) Registrant's Restricted Stock Plan For Nonemployee Directors
is incorporated by reference herein from the Company's 1991
Proxy Statement wherein it appeared as Exhibit A.
No. 10(iii)(i) Registrant's Severance Pay Plan for Salaried Employees is
incorporated by reference herein from the Company's 1990
Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit
10(iii)(j).
No. 10(iii)(j) Copy of Thomasville Value Plan of Thomasville Furniture
Industries, Inc.
No. 10(iii)(k) Copy of Thomasville Achievement Plan of Thomasville
Furniture Industries, Inc.
No. 11 A statement regarding computation of per share earnings on
both primary and fully diluted bases is set forth in the
Financial Statement Schedules on pages 25 and 26 of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
No. 22 List of the registrant's domestic and foreign subsidiaries.
No. 24 Consent of Independent Auditors.
No. 25 Powers of Attorney and authorizing resolutions.
</TABLE>
- 72 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
No. 28(ii)(a) Copy of Annual Report on Form 11-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1993, for the Retirement Savings Plan For
Salaried Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. is
herewith filed with the Commission.
No. 28(ii)(b) Copy of Annual Report on Form 11-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1993, for the Retirement Savings Plan For
Hourly-Paid Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. is
herewith filed with the Commission.
No. 28(ii)(c) Copy of Annual Report on Form 11-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1993, for the Retirement Savings Plan For
Hourly-Paid Employees of Thomasville Furniture, Inc. is
herewith filed with the Commission.
No. 28(ii)(d) Copy of Annual Report on Form 11-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1993, for the Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("Share In Success Plan") is
herewith filed with the Commission.
No. 28(ii)(e) Copy of Annual Report on American Olean Tile Company, Inc.
Savings Plan for Production & Maintenance Employees for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 1993, is herewith filed with
the Commission.
No. 28(ii)(f) Copy of Annual Report on American Olean Tile Company, Inc.
Savings Plan for Salaried Employees for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 1993, is herewith filed with the
Commission.
</TABLE>
- 73 -
<PAGE>
b. During the last quarter of 1993, no reports on Form 8K were filed.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
--------------------------------
(Registrant)
By /s/ George A. Lorch
-----------------------------
President
Date March 28, 1994
---------------------------
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Directors and Principal Officers of the registrant:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
George A. Lorch President (Principal Executive Officer)
William J. Wimer Senior Vice-President, Finance
(Principal Financial Officer)
Bruce A. Leech, Jr. Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
Wm. Wallace Abbott Director
William W. Adams Chairman of the Board
Van C. Campbell Director By /s/ George A. Lorch
E. Allen Deaver Director ----------------------
Ursula F. Fairbairn Director (George A. Lorch as
Michael C. Jensen Director attorney-in-fact and
James E. Marley Director on his own behalf)
Robert F. Patton Director
J. Phillip Samper Director As of March 28, 1994
Jerre L. Stead Director
</TABLE>
- 74 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Index to Financial Statements and Schedules
The following consolidated financial statements and Financial Review are filed
as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1993 and 1992
Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Years Ended December 31, 1993,
1992 and 1991
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31,
1993, 1992, and 1991
The following additional financial data should be read in conjunction with the
financial statements. Schedules not included with this additional data have been
omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is presented
in the financial statements or the financial review.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Additional Financial Data Page No.
------------------------- --------
For Year ended or
at December 31,
-----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Supplementary information to financial
review
Computation for Primary Earnings 1993, 1992 and 1991 76
per Share
Computation for Fully Diluted 1993, 1992 and 1991 77
Earnings per Share
Depreciation Rates 1993, 1992 and 1991 78
Schedules submitted:
V - Property, Plant, and Equipment 1993, 1992 and 1991 79-81
VI - Accumulated Depreciation and
Amortization of Property,
Plant, and Equipment 1993, 1992 and 1991 82-84
VIII - Valuation and Qualifying Reserves 1993, 1992 and 1991 85
IX - Short-Term Borrowings 1993, 1992 and 1991 86-87
</TABLE>
- 75 -
<PAGE>
Computation for Primary Earnings Per Share
for Years ended December 31
(Amounts in millions except for per-share data)(a)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992(b) 1991
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents
- -----------------------------------------
Average number of common shares outstanding
including shares issuable under stock options 37.7 37.2 37.2
==== ==== ====
Earnings Per Share from Continuing Businesses
- ---------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses $ 63.5 $(59.9) $ 60.6
Less:
Dividend requirement on Series A convertible
preferred stock 19.2 19.3 19.4
Plus:
Tax benefit on dividends paid on unallocated
preferred shares 5.3 5.5 --
------- -------- -------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses
applicable to common stock $ 49.6 $(73.7) $ 41.2
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses
per share of common stock $ 1.32 $ (1.98) $ 1.11
======= ======== =======
Net Earnings (Loss) Per Share
- -----------------------------
Net earnings (loss) $ 63.5 $(227.7) $ 48.2
Less:
Dividend requirement on Series A convertible
preferred stock 19.2 19.3 19.4
Plus:
Tax benefit on dividends paid on unallocated
preferred shares 5.3 5.5 --
------- -------- -------
Net earnings (loss) applicable to common stock $ 49.6 $(241.5) $ 28.8
Net earnings (loss) per share of common stock $ 1.32 $ (6.49) $ 0.77
======= ======== =======
</TABLE>
(a) In 1992 the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes." SFAS 109 requires recognition in
shareholders' equity of the tax benefit for dividends paid on unallocated
shares of stock held by an Employee Stock Ownership Plan which amounted to
$5.3 million in 1993 and $5.5 million in 1992. Under SFAS 96, this benefit
was recognized in the statement of earnings and amounted to $6.0 million in
1991.
(b) In 1992 the Company adopted SFAS 112 "Employer's Accounting for
Postemployment Benefits." A refinement of the computation in 1993 resulted
in restatements of the 1992 earnings. The effect of the restatements was
to reduce the previously reported loss from continuing businesses by $1.7
million or 5 cents per share and to reduce the previously reported net loss
by $6.5 million or 18 cents per share.
- 76 -
<PAGE>
Computation for Fully Diluted Earnings Per Share
for Years ended December 31
(Amounts in millions except for per-share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992(a) 1991(a)
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Common Stock and Common Stock Equivalents
- -----------------------------------------
Average number of common shares outstanding
including shares issuable under stock options 37.7 37.2 37.2
Average number of common shares issuable under
the Employee Stock Ownership Plan 5.6 5.9 5.9
---- ---- ----
Average number of common and common equivalent
shares outstanding 43.3 43.1 43.1
==== ==== ====
Pro Forma Adjustment to Earnings (Loss)
- ---------------------------------------
from Continuing Businesses
--------------------------
Earnings (loss) from continuing businesses
as reported $ 63.5 $ (59.9) $ 60.6
Less:
Increased contribution to the Employee Stock
Ownership Plan assuming conversion of
preferred shares to common 8.2 8.3 12.9
Net reduction in tax benefits assuming
conversion of the Employee Stock Ownership
Plan preferred shares to common 0.9 0.7 --
------- -------- -------
Pro forma earnings (loss) from continuing
businesses $ 54.4 $ (68.9) $ 47.7
Fully diluted earnings (loss) per share
from continuing businesses $ 1.26 $ (1.98) $ 1.11
======= ======== =======
Pro Forma Adjustment to Net Earnings (Loss)
- -------------------------------------------
Net earnings (loss) as reported $ 63.5 $(227.7) $ 48.2
Less:
Increased contribution to the Employee Stock
Ownership Plan assuming conversion of
preferred shares to common 8.2 8.3 12.9
Net reduction in tax benefits assuming conversion
of the Employee Stock Ownership Plan
preferred shares to common 0.9 0.7 --
------- -------- -------
Pro forma net earnings (loss) $ 54.4 $(236.7) $ 35.3
Fully diluted net earnings (loss) per share $ 1.26 $ (6.49) $ 0.77
======= ======== =======
</TABLE>
(a) Fully diluted earnings per share for years 1992 and 1991 were antidilutive.
- 77 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Supplementary Information to Financial Review
Depreciation
- ------------
The approximate average effective rates of depreciation are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year ended December 31,
-----------------------
1993 1992 1991
---- ---- ----
% % %
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Domestic companies:
Buildings 3.2 3.2 3.1
Machinery and Equipment 6.8 6.8 6.8
Foreign companies:
Buildings 3.2 3.0 3.0
Machinery and Equipment 8.0 8.2 8.9
</TABLE>
- 78 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
-------------------------------------------------
Property, Plant, and Equipment
------------------------------
Year Ended December 31, 1993
----------------------------
(millions)
SCHEDULE V
-----------
Page 1 of 3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Foreign
Balance at Retire- currency Other changes(b) Balance
beginning Additions ments translation ------------- at end
of year at cost or sales Debit (Credit) Debit Credit of year
---------- --------- -------- -------------- ----- ------ -------
(a)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Land $ 36.5 $ .2 $ (1.3) $ (.6) $ --- $ (2.6) $ 32.2
Buildings 490.8 13.8 (3.4) (5.3) 11.2 (2.0) 505.1
Machinery and Equipment 1,420.2 85.8 (60.0) (18.0) 33.5 (15.0) 1,446.5
Construction in Progress 60.8 17.8 (.3) (1.1) --- (15.2) 62.0
-------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ --------
$2,008.3 $117.6 $(65.0) $(25.0) $44.7 $(34.8) $2,045.8
======== ====== ====== ====== ===== ====== ========
</TABLE>
(a) includes writedowns relating to restructuring activities of:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Land 2.4
Buildings 1.6
Machinery and Equipment 7.8
Construction in Progress .7
----
Total 12.5
</TABLE>
(b) transferred to/from other accounts and miscellaneous adjustments
- 79 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
-------------------------------------------------
Property, Plant, and Equipment
------------------------------
Year Ended December 31, 1992
----------------------------
(millions)
SCHEDULE V
----------
Page 2 of 3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Foreign
Balance at Retire- currency Other changes(c) Balance
beginning Additions ments translation ------------- at end
of year at cost or sales Debit (Credit) Debit Credit of year
---------- --------- -------- -------------- ----- ------ -------
(a)(b)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Land $ 34.9 $ 2.5 $ (.2) $ (.7) $ --- $ --- $ 36.5
Buildings 498.5 12.6 (2.1) (8.1) .3 (10.4) 490.8
Machinery and Equipment 1,432.1 95.3 (38.1) (38.5) 8.2 (38.8) 1,420.2
Construction in Progress 69.0 5.4 (.5) (2.1) --- (11.0) 60.8
-------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ --------
$2,034.5 $115.8 $(40.9) $(49.4) $ 8.5 $(60.2) $2,008.3
======== ====== ====== ====== ===== ====== ========
</TABLE>
(a) includes writedowns relating to restructuring activities of:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings 10.4
Machinery and Equipment 32.3
----
Total 42.7
</TABLE>
(b) includes contribution of $6.8 million of Machinery and Equipment
and $1.7 million of Construction in Progress to the Worthington
Armstrong Venture
(c) transferred to/from other accounts and miscellaneous adjustments
- 80 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
-------------------------------------------------
Property, Plant, and Equipment
------------------------------
Year Ended December 31, 1991
----------------------------
(millions)
SCHEDULE V
----------
Page 3 of 3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Foreign
Balance at Retire- currency Other changes(a) Balance
beginning Additions ments translation ------------- at end
of year at cost(a) or sales Debit (Credit) Debit Credit of year
---------- ---------- -------- -------------- ----- ------ -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Land $ 36.1 $ .1 $ (1.2) $ (.1) $ .1 $ --- $ 34.9
Buildings 472.6 26.8 (2.5) (.9) 2.5 --- 498.5
Machinery and Equipment 1,360.2 135.6 (52.7) (3.7) .1 (7.4) 1,432.1
Construction in Progress 98.9 (28.7) --- (1.2) --- --- 69.0
-------- ------ ------ ------ ----- ------ --------
$1,967.8 $133.8 $(56.5) $(5.9) $2.7 $(7.4) $2,034.5
======== ====== ====== ====== ===== ====== ========
</TABLE>
(a) transferred to/from other accounts, and miscellaneous adjustments
- 81 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
-------------------------------------------------
Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization of
Property, Plant, and Equipment
--------------------------------------------
Year Ended December 31, 1993
----------------------------
(millions)
SCHEDULE VI
-----------
Page 1 of 3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Foreign
Balance at Additions Retirements, currency Other changes(a) Balance
beginning charged to renewals and translation ------------- at end
of year earnings replacements (Debit) Credit Debit Credit of year
---------- ---------- ------------ -------------- ----- ------ -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Buildings $184.8 $ 15.9 $ (2.5) $ (2.2) $(.2) $2.7 $198.5
Machinery and Equipment 751.5 104.1 (40.3) (11.0) (2.4) 6.3 808.2
------ ------ ------ ------ ----- ---- --------
$936.3 $120.0 $(42.8) $(13.2) $(2.6) $9.0 $1,006.7
====== ====== ====== ====== ===== ==== ========
</TABLE>
(a) transferred to/from other accounts and miscellaneous adjustments
- 82 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
-------------------------------------------------
Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization of
Property, Plant, and Equipment
--------------------------------------------
Year Ended December 31, 1992
----------------------------
(millions)
SCHEDULE VI
-----------
Page 2 of 3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Foreign
Balance at Additions Retirements, currency Other changes(a) Balance
beginning charged to renewals and translation ------------- at end
of year earnings replacements (Debit) Credit Debit Credit of year
---------- ---------- ------------ -------------- ----- ------ -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Buildings $174.3 $ 15.9 $ (1.9) $ (3.2) $ (2.8) $2.5 $184.8
Machinery and Equipment 707.3 104.9 (34.3) (23.4) (8.8) 5.8 751.5
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ---- ------
$881.6 $120.8 $(36.2) $(26.6) $(11.6) $8.3 $936.3
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ==== ======
</TABLE>
(a) transferred to/from other accounts and miscellaneous adjustments
- 83 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
-------------------------------------------------
Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization of
Property, Plant, and Equipment
--------------------------------------------
Year Ended December 31, 1991
----------------------------
(millions)
SCHEDULE VI
-----------
Page 3 of 3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Foreign
Balance at Additions Retirements, currency Other changes(a) Balance
beginning charged to renewals and translation ------------- at end
of year earnings replacements (Debit) Credit Debit Credit of year
---------- ---------- ------------ -------------- ----- ------ -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Buildings $158.3 $ 15.1 $ (2.6) $ (.2) $ -- $3.7 $174.3
Machinery and Equipment 662.1 102.4 (49.7) (2.1) (5.5) .1 707.3
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ---- ------
$820.4 $117.5 $(52.3) $ (2.3) $ (5.5) $3.8 $881.6
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ==== ======
</TABLE>
(a) transferred to/from other accounts and miscellaneous adjustments
- 84 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
-------------------------------------------------
Valuation and Qualifying Reserves
---------------------------------
Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991
--------------------------------------------
(millions)
SCHEDULE VIII
--------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Additions
Balance at charged Balance
beginning (credited) at end
of year to earnings Deductions(a) of year
---------- ---------------- ------------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Provision for discounts
and losses - 1993 $32.2 $89.3 $84.0 $37.5
===== ===== ===== =====
Provision for discounts
and losses - 1992 $30.1 $93.2 $91.1 $32.2
===== ===== ===== =====
Provision for discounts
and losses - 1991 $32.8 $80.5 $83.2 $30.1
===== ===== ===== =====
</TABLE>
(a) includes discounts granted and uncollectible receivables, less recoveries
and valuation reserves related to discontinued businesses that have been
classified as other assets
- 85 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
-------------------------------------------------
SCHEDULE IX
-----------
Short-Term Borrowings(a)
---------------------
(millions)
Page 1 of 2
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Maximum Average Weighted
Category of Average amount amount average
aggregate Balance Year-End outstanding outstanding interest
short-term at end of interest during the during the rate during
borrowings period rate period period the period(b)
------------- --------- -------- ----------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Year ended December 31, 1993
- ----------------------------
Commercial paper $ 75.5 3.36% $163.3 $122.8(c) 3.21%
Bank debt 29.9 6.81% 106.5 67.7(d) 9.07%
------ ------
$105.4 $190.5
====== ======
Year ended December 31, 1992
- ----------------------------
Commercial paper $163.3 3.66% $215.1 $171.2(c) 3.78%
Bank debt 60.4 9.53% 65.8 35.7(d) 9.47%
------ ------
$223.7 $206.9
====== ======
</TABLE>
(a) the terms and conditions of the various categories of short-term borrowings
were those typically offered by lenders to companies with excellent credit
ratings
(b) based on total periods' interest expense (related to short-term borrowings)
divided by the average amount outstanding during the period
(c) based on daily balances divided by 365 days
(d) based on daily balances divided by 365 days and, in some instances, based on
total of 12 month-end balances divided by 12
- 86 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
-------------------------------------------------
SCHEDULE IX
-----------
Short-Term Borrowings(a)
---------------------
(millions)
Page 2 of 2
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Maximum Average Weighted
Category of Average amount amount average
aggregate Balance Year-End outstanding outstanding interest
short-term at end of interest during the during the rate during
borrowings period rate period period the period(b)
------------- --------- -------- ----------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Year ended December 31, 1991
- ----------------------------
Commercial paper $176.6 5.02% $247.3 $169.9(c) 6.10%
Bank debt 27.6 9.16% 88.0 40.9(d) 8.82%
------ ------
$204.2 $210.8
====== ======
</TABLE>
(a) the terms and conditions of the various categories of short-term borrowings
were those typically offered by lenders to companies with excellent credit
ratings
(b) based on total periods' interest expense (related to short-term borrowings)
divided by the average amount outstanding during the period
(c) based on daily balances divided by 365 days
(d) based on daily balances divided by 365 days and, in some instances, based
on total of 12 month-end balances divided by 12
- 87 -
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibits
- --------
<S> <C>
No. 3(a) Registrant's By-laws, as amended, are incorporated by
reference herein from the registrant's 1992 Annual Report on
Form 10-K wherein they appeared as Exhibit 3(a).
No. 3(b) Registrant's restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended
are incorporated by reference herein from the registrant's
1990 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein they appeared as
Exhibit 3(b).
No. 4(a) Rights Agreement dated as of March 21, 1986, between the
registrant and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as
Rights Agent, (as to which First Chicago Trust Company of
New York has succeeded as Rights Agent,) relating to the
registrant's Preferred Stock Purchase Rights is incorporated
by reference herein from the Company's 1990 Annual Report on
Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit 4(a).
No. 4(b) Registrant's Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("Share In
Success Plan") as amended is incorporated by reference
herein from the registrant's 1992 Annual Report on Form 10-K
wherein it appears as Exhibit 4(b).
No. 4(c) Indenture, dated as of March 15, 1988, between the
registrant and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as
Trustee, as to which The First National Bank of Chicago is
successor trustee, is incorporated herein by reference from
the registrant's Form 8-K dated February 1, 1991, wherein it
appeared as Exhibit 4.1.
No. 4(d) Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 19, 1990, between
the registrant and The First National Bank of Chicago, as
Trustee, is incorporated herein by reference from the
registrant's Form 8-K dated October 31, 1990, wherein it
appeared as Exhibit 4.1.
No. 10(i)(a) Copy of Agreement Concerning Asbestos-Related Claims dated
June 19, 1985, (the "Wellington Agreement") among the
registrant and other companies.
No. 10(i)(b) Producer Agreement concerning Center for Claims Resolution
dated September 23, 1988, among the registrant and other
companies as amended is incorporated herein by reference
from the registrant's 1992 Annual Report on Form 10-K
wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10(i)(b).
No. 10(iii)(a) Registrant's Long-Term Stock Option Plan for Key Employees,
as amended, is incorporated by reference herein from the
Company's 1991 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it
appeared as Exhibit 10 (iii)(a).
</TABLE>
- 88 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
No. 10(iii)(b) Registrant's Deferred Compensation Plan for Nonemployee
Directors, as amended, is incorporated by reference herein
from the Company's 1990 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein
it appeared as Exhibit 10(iii)(c).
No. 10(iii)(c) Registrant's Directors' Retirement Income Plan, as amended
is incorporated by reference herein from the registrant's
1992 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as
Exhibit 10(iii)(d).
No. 10(iii)(d) Registrant's Management Achievement Plan for Key Executives,
as amended, is incorporated by reference herein from the
Company's 1991 Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it
appeared as Exhibit 10(iii)e.
No. 10(iii)(e) Registrant's Retirement Benefit Equity Plan (formerly known
as the Excess Benefit Plan), as amended, is incorporated by
reference herein from the registrant's 1992 Annual Report on
Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit 10(iii)(f).
No. 10(iii)(f) Armstrong Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended, is
incorporated by reference herein from the Company's 1990
Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit
10(iii)(g).
No. 10(iii)(g) Registrant's Employment Protection Plan for Salaried
Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc., as amended,
is incorporated by reference herein from the Company's 1990
Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit
10(iii)(h).
No. 10(iii)(h) Registrant's Restricted Stock Plan For Nonemployee Directors
is incorporated by reference herein from the Company's 1991
Proxy Statement wherein it appeared as Exhibit A.
No. 10(iii)(i) Registrant's Severance Pay Plan for Salaried Employees is
incorporated by reference herein from the Company's 1990
Annual Report on Form 10-K wherein it appeared as Exhibit
10(iii)(j).
No. 10(iii)(j) Copy of Thomasville Value Plan of Thomasville Furniture
Industries, Inc.
No. 10(iii)(k) Copy of Thomasville Achievement Plan of Thomasville
Furniture Industries, Inc.
No. 11 A statement regarding computation of per share earnings on
both primary and fully diluted bases is set forth in the
Financial Statement Schedules on pages 25 and 26 of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
No. 22 List of the registrant's domestic and foreign subsidiaries.
No. 24 Consent of Independent Auditors.
No. 25 Powers of Attorney and authorizing resolutions.
</TABLE>
- 89 -
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
No. 28(ii)(a) Copy of Annual Report on Form 11-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1993 for the Retirement Savings Plan For
Salaried Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. is
herewith filed with the Commission.
No. 28(ii)(b) Copy of Annual Report on Form 11-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1993 for the Retirement Savings Plan For
Hourly-Paid Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. is
herewith filed with the Commission.
No. 28(ii)(c) Copy of Annual Report on Form 11-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1993 for the Retirement Savings Plan For
Hourly-Paid Employees of Thomasville Furniture, Inc. is
herewith filed with the Commission.
No. 28(ii)(d) Copy of Annual Report on Form 11-K for the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1993 for the Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("Share In Success Plan") is
herewith filed with the Commission.
No. 28(ii)(e) Copy of Annual Report on American Olean Tile Company, Inc.
Savings Plan for Production & Maintenance Employees for the
fiscal year ended September 30, 1993, is herewith filed with
the Commission.
No. 28(ii)(f) Copy of Annual Report on American Olean Tile Company, Inc.
Savings Plan for Salaried Employees for the fiscal year
ended September 30, 1993, is herewith filed with the
Commission.
</TABLE>
- 90 -
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT NO. 10(i)(a)
AGREEMENT CONCERNING
ASBESTOS-RELATED CLAIMS
June 19, 1985
<PAGE>
AGREEMENT CONCERNING ASBESTOS-RELATED CLAIMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
1. AGREEMENT CONCERNING ASBESTOS-RELATED CLAIMS
I. General Conditions............................................. 1
II. Establishment of Facility...................................... 2
III. Membership in Facility......................................... 2
IV. Submission and Withdrawal of Claims............................ 3
V. Cooperation with Facility...................................... 3
VI. Allocation of Liabilities and Expenses......................... 3
VII. Facility Claims Handling....................................... 4
VIII. Coverage Disputes and Waivers of Claims and Defenses........... 5
IX. Coverage Block and Funding..................................... 5
X. Liability Payments............................................. 6
XI. Allocated Expenses............................................. 7
XII. Payment of Allocated and Unallocated Expenses Following
Exhaustion of Limits........................................... 8
XIII. Start-Up Costs of Facility..................................... 8
XIV. Unallocated Expenses of Facility............................... 8
XV. Deductibles and Retrospective Rating Plans..................... 9
XVI. Application of Insurance Policies Without Deductible
or Retention Limits............................................ 9
XVII. Application of Insurance Policies Without Aggregate
Limits......................................................... 10
XVIII. Policy Periods of Other Than 12 Month Multiples................ 11
XIX. Retrospective and Prospective Application...................... 11
XX. Insurance Issued by Non-Signatories............................ 13
XXI. Additional Signatories......................................... 14
XXII. Modification, Term and Choice of Law........................... 15
XXIII. Definitions.................................................... 15
XXIV. Signature...................................................... 16
2. APPENDIX A
A-1 Producer Allocation Formulae................................... 18
A-2 Insurer Allocation Formulae.................................... 23
3. APPENDIX B
Conditions, Defenses and Exclusions Reserved by
Subscribing Insurers ............................................ 26
4. APPENDIX C
Alternative Dispute Resolution .................................. 28
5. APPENDIX D
Schedules of Insurance........................................... 38
6. APPENDIX E
Insurance Defense Program ....................................... 45
</TABLE>
- 2 -
<PAGE>
AGREEMENT CONCERNING ASBESTOS-RELATED CLAIMS
This Agreement to provide for the administration, defense, payment and
disposition of asbestos-related claims (hereinbelow referred to as the
"Agreement") is made between and among the Subscribing Producers, as defined
hereinbelow, and the Subscribing Insurers, as defined hereinbelow.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers have considered
the nature of asbestos-related claims, their number and widespread distribution
throughout the United States, the various rules of law governing their
resolution, the scope and complexity of the insurance arrangements related
thereto, and the burden that such claims have placed on the American civil
justice system; and
WHEREAS, Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers recognize the
existence of numerous insurance coverage disputes between and among Insurers and
Producers, differing court decisions, and the existence of cross-actions among
Producers and among Insurers; and
WHEREAS, Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers desire to simplify
the procedures for handling claims, reduce the costs of such procedures, apply
insurance arrangements in a consistent manner and take other steps reasonable
and practical to ensure the expenditure of funds for the reasonable payment of
meritorious claims at reasonable processing costs; and
WHEREAS, Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers desire to resolve
and discontinue the various disputes concerning insurance coverage for asbestos-
related claims and to embark upon a method for resolution of asbestos-related
claims and the insurance arrangements pertaining thereto;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained
and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Subscribing Producers and
Subscribing Insurers hereby agree as follows:
I. GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. Any Producer or Insurer may become a signatory to the Agreement on or
before June 19, 1985, and in so doing shall agree to be bound by the terms and
conditions of the Agreement and the Appendices hereto, and prior to said date
shall offer participation in the Agreement to each and every of its Producers or
Insurers, as the case may be. If a Producer or Insurer does not become a
signatory hereto on or before June 19, 1985, but subsequently wants to become a
signatory as a result of changed circumstances, participation in the Agreement
by such Producer or Insurer may be in conflict with the fixed commitments and
compromises upon the basis of which other Producers and Insurers will have
entered into the Agreement on or before June 19, 1985. Participation in the
Agreement by additional proposed signatories therefore shall be considered only
in accordance with Section XXI hereinbelow.
2. The Agreement is intended to apply solely to asbestos-related claims,
as defined hereinbelow. It is the product of informed negotiations among the
signatories hereto, involving compromises of previously stated legal positions.
The Agreement does not necessarily reflect the views of Subscribing Producers
and Subscribing Insurers as to their rights and obligations with regard to
matters or persons outside of the scope of the Agreement, and with respect to
all such matters or persons, all signatories reserve all previously held
positions and all other rights and privileges.
- 3 -
<PAGE>
3. The Agreement is intended to confer rights and benefits only upon
Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers, and is not intended to confer
any rights or benefits upon persons not signatories to the Agreement. No person
other than a signatory hereto shall have any legally enforceable rights under
the Agreement. All rights of action for any breach of this Agreement by any
signatory hereto are hereby reserved to Subscribing Producers and Subscribing
Insurers.
4. All actions taken and statements made by persons or their
representatives relating to their participation in the Agreement, including its
development and implementation, shall be without prejudice or value as
precedents, and shall not be taken as a standard by which other matters may be
judged.
5. All persons subscribing to or otherwise associating themselves with
the Agreement request all Courts to take notice of its underlying purpose, and
to accord all persons subscribing to or otherwise associating themselves with
the Agreement and their representatives full privilege and protection with
respect to the disclosure of their actions, statements, documents, papers and
other materials relating to the Agreement, including its development and
implementation.
II. ESTABLISHMENT OF FACILITY
1. Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers shall establish a non-
profit organization to be known as the Asbestos Claims Facility (hereinafter
referred to as the "Facility"). The Facility shall administer and arrange for
the evaluation, settlement, payment or defense of all asbestos-related claims
against Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers in accordance with the
provisions of the Agreement and Appendix A hereto, and pursuant to the
provisions of law and professional standards applicable to Subscribing Insurers.
2. The Facility shall be governed by a Board of Directors whose members
shall number at least 12 and whose members shall contain an equal number of
representatives of Subscribing Producer members and of Subscribing Insurer
members. The Board of Directors shall have power to increase the number of
directors and to add public directors, to appoint such officers, employees and
committees of persons as the Board sees fit, to define their authorities and
responsibilities and to set the conditions of their appointments. The Board of
Directors shall have no power to modify any provisions of the Agreement or of
the Appendices hereto.
3. The Facility shall not sell, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its property or assets and
shall not dissolve or wind up its affairs except upon the affirmative vote of
two-thirds of Subscribing Producer members with two-thirds interest or two-
thirds of Subscribing Insurer members with two-thirds interest.
III. MEMBERSHIP IN FACILITY
1. Subject to the provisions of Section XXI hereinbelow, each Producer
and each Insurer shall become a member of the Facility upon becoming a signatory
to the Agreement and shall invite each of its Producers or Insurers, as the case
may be, to become a signatory to the Agreement and thereby to become a member of
the Facility.
2. Voting rights of members and voting procedures shall be determined
respectively by Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers.
- 4 -
<PAGE>
3. Neither the Board of Directors nor any other persons shall have any
authority to terminate the membership of a member without the consent of such
member; provided, that membership in the Facility shall terminate at such time
as a member no longer has an obligation to make payments or to pay expenses
pursuant to the Agreement and the Appendices hereto. A member may terminate its
membership in the Facility at any time upon written notice to the Facility, but,
except as otherwise explicitly provided herein, termination of membership shall
not modify the rights and obligations of a Subscribing Producer, Subscribing
Insurer or the Facility under the Agreement and the Appendices hereto.
IV. SUBMISSION AND WITHDRAWAL OF CLAIMS
1. By becoming a signatory to the Agreement, each Subscribing Producer
and each Subscribing Insurer designates the Facility as its sole agent to
administer and arrange on its behalf for the evaluation, settlement, payment or
defense of all asbestos-related claims against such Subscribing Producer or
Subscribing Insurer. As sole agent, the Facility shall have exclusive authority
and discretion to administer, evaluate, settle, pay or defend all asbestos-
related claims. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 2 hereinbelow, the
Facility shall serve perpetually as the sole agent of each Subscribing Producer
and each Subscribing Insurer with respect to all asbestos-related claims.
2. Any Subscribing Producer or Subscribing Insurer may withdraw the
designation of the Facility as its sole agent made pursuant to Paragraph 2
hereinabove, and may terminate the Facility's right and authority to act on
behalf of such Subscribing Producer or Subscribing Insurer by providing written
notice to the Facility 60 days prior to the effective date of such withdrawal;
provided, that such withdrawal shall apply only to asbestos-related claims filed
or made against the withdrawing Subscribing Producer or Subscribing Insurer
subsequent to the effective date of withdrawal. The Facility shall continue to
serve as sole agent for such Subscribing Producer or Subscribing Insurer with
respect to all asbestos-related claims filed on or before the effective date of
withdrawal.
V. COOPERATION WITH FACILITY
Each Subscribing Producer and each Subscribing Insurer shall comply with
the terms and conditions of the Agreement and the Appendices hereto, and shall
cooperate with and assist the Facility in furtherance of such terms and
conditions. Each Subscribing Producer and each Subscribing Insurer shall
respond fully and in a timely manner to reasonable requests by the Facility for
information and shall assist in the securing and giving of evidence concerning
asbestos-related claims. To the extent practicable, the Facility shall maintain
the confidentiality of confidential or proprietary information submitted by
Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers.
VI. ALLOCATION OF LIABILITIES AND EXPENSES
1. Liability payments and allocated expenses shall be allocated to each
Subscribing Producer on the date such Producer becomes a signatory to the
Agreement. Such allocation shall establish the responsibility of each
Subscribing Producer for a percentage of liability payments and a percentage of
allocated expenses attributable to each claim handled by the Facility as sole
agent for such Subscribing Producer under Section IV hereinabove. Each
Subscribing Producer's percentages of liability payments and allocated expenses
shall be established as provided in Appendix A-1 hereto, and shall be subject to
modification only in the manner and to the extent set forth
- 5 -
<PAGE>
therein. To the extent that a Subscribing Producer's percentages of liability
payments and allocated expenses attributable to a particular asbestos-related
claim are not payable by one or more Subscribing Insurers pursuant to the
Agreement and the Appendices hereto, such Subscribing Producer shall pay the
percentages of liability payments and allocated expenses in question.
2. Each Subscribing Insurer shall acquiesce in and abide by the
allocation of percentages of liability payments and allocated expenses to each
Subscribing Producer, as described in Paragraph 1 hereinabove, and shall
consider, recognize and hold each Subscribing Producer's shares of liability
payments and allocated expenses attributable to each asbestos-related claim to
be necessary, reasonable and proper and each Subscribing Producer to be properly
bound and obligated to pay such sums. Each Subscribing Insurer shall pay a
share of unallocated expenses and start-up costs as provided in Appendix A-2
hereto, which shall be subject to modification only in the manner and to the
extent set forth therein.
VII. FACILITY CLAIMS HANDLING
1. Except as otherwise provided in Section IV hereinabove, the Facility
shall administer, evaluate, settle, pay or defend all asbestos-related claims
against Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers, either within the
Facility's procedures or through standard judicial means. The Facility shall
handle each asbestos-related claim on behalf of all Subscribing Producers and
Subscribing Insurers, and shall not settle an asbestos-related claim on behalf
of fewer than all Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers. The Facility
shall settle each asbestos-related claim so as to extinguish claims for all
damages, including punitive damages, and, in the settlement of asbestos-related
claims, the Facility shall not pay punitive damages to claimants.
2. The Facility shall hire competent and experienced legal counsel to
defend asbestos-related claims and shall retain such counsel as are necessary
and appropriate to defend the interests of Subscribing Producers. The Facility
may use its employees and independent persons to provide professional medical
and other assistance and advice.
3. Actions against nonsubscribing persons may be undertaken by the
Facility on behalf of Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers, but the
Agreement shall neither require nor preclude such actions.
4. The Facility shall require valid evidence to support each claim
against Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers, and shall require
credible medical evidence in each case prior to making payment to a claimant.
Facility personnel shall be responsible for obtaining such evidence from each
claimant and verifying it.
5. A claimant shall be paid solely for asbestos-related physical
impairment and dysfunction. If such claimant subsequently develops an asbestos-
related malignancy, the claimant may submit a subsequent claim. In addition,
the Facility may provide certain claimants whose claims have not matured with an
opportunity to resubmit a claim to the Facility should additional medical
evidence become available. The Facility may enter into agreements to suspend
the running of statutes of limitations with respect to claims timely presented
and shall adopt uniform, streamlined, expeditious procedures, including
voluntary nonjudicial means of resolving disputed claims.
6. Each asbestos-related claim shall be evaluated on its individual
merits, but this shall not preclude two or more asbestos-related claims from
- 6 -
<PAGE>
being settled simultaneously.
7. The Facility shall not make payments pursuant to a pre-determined
schedule of benefits, but detailed claims guidelines shall be used to evaluate
and settle asbestos-related claims. The Facility shall make payments and settle
claims only on behalf of Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers and
shall be entitled to credit for settlements made and judgments paid by
Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers prior to subscription in the
Facility.
8. The Facility shall operate according to annual liability, defense and
operational programs to be established by the Board of Directors. The Facility
shall be subject to annual financial and quality control audits by persons
selected by the Board of Directors and consisting of an equal number of
representatives of Subscribing Producers and of Subscribing Insurers.
VIII. COVERAGE DISPUTES AND WAIVERS OF CLAIMS AND DEFENSES
1. Each Subscribing Producer and each Subscribing Insurer shall forgo all
claims for declaratory relief or damages, as to other Subscribing Producers and
Subscribing Insurers, relating to the application of insurance to the
investigation, settlement, defense or indemnification of asbestos-related claims
within the scope of the Agreement. Upon becoming a signatory to the Agreement,
all such claims shall be withdrawn and dismissed from pending actions, as to
Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers, with prejudice and without
delay.
2. Each Subscribing Producer and each Subscribing Insurer shall forgo all
claims for contribution or indemnity (other than for contribution or indemnity
assumed under written agreement) against other Subscribing Producers and
Subscribing Insurers with respect to all asbestos-related claims except those
claims with respect to which a Subscribing Producer or Subscribing Insurer has
withdrawn pursuant to Section IV hereinabove.
3. Each Subscribing Producer and each Subscribing Insurer shall waive
claims for bad faith or punitive damages, as to other Subscribing Producers and
Subscribing Insurers, with respect to all matters within the scope of the
Agreement; provided, that this waiver shall not apply to claims, including
punitive damages, for breach of or bad faith with respect to the Agreement.
4. This Section VIII shall not preclude a Subscribing Producer or
Subscribing Insurer from seeking reimbursement under other provisions of the
Agreement. In addition, there are a limited number of issues with respect to
which the possibility of litigation is specifically provided for herein, but,
except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 3 hereinabove, all claims for bad
faith or punitive damages, as to other Subscribing Producers and Subscribing
Insurers, shall be waived in such litigation.
5. Except as otherwise provided in Appendix B hereto, each Subscribing
Insurer shall waive and permanently abandon and shall not assert or apply any
conditions or defenses based upon, or exclusionary provisions contained in,
insurance policies, which defenses or provisions have the effect of reducing or
denying insurance coverage available under any of the insurance policies issued
by Subscribing Insurers to Subscribing Producers. This waiver includes clauses
in multiple insurance policies issued by the same insurer that seek to shift the
entire loss arising out of one occurrence to one of the insurance policies or to
reduce the amounts payable under one insurance policy with respect to the entire
loss by amounts paid under any one of the other insurance policies.
6. Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers shall resolve
- 7 -
<PAGE>
through alternative dispute resolution, in the manner set forth in Appendix C
hereto, any disputed issues within the scope of the Agreement and the Appendices
hereto.
IX. COVERAGE BLOCK AND FUNDING
1. The "coverage block," with respect to each Subscribing Producer,
consists of all insurance policies issued to such Subscribing Producer by its
Subscribing Insurers to become effective prior to the date (within the period
January 1, 1973 through December 31, 1979) selected by the Producer and set
forth in its Schedules of Insurance and, except as set forth hereinbelow, shall
not include any periods subsequent to said date; provided, that the coverage
block shall not begin prior to the date of said Producer's first involvement
with asbestos or asbestos-containing products. Insurance policies written to
become effective prior to June 19, 1985, and subsequent to the ending date of a
Subscribing Producer's initial coverage block may be added consecutively (by
year with respect to annual limits) to such coverage block by payment, as due,
of any applicable deductibles, retrospective rating premiums or self-insured
retentions in accordance with the provisions of Sections XV and XVI hereinbelow
and subject to appropriate credit for amounts previously paid by the Producer on
account of such deductibles, retrospective rating premiums or self-insured
retentions. Such insurance policies, when added, become part of the Producer's
coverage block. Uninsured periods likewise may be consecutively added, and must
be added if they fall between consecutively added insured periods; provided,
that if a Producer adds a period for which it did not purchase insurance
subsequent to the initial coverage block, such Producer shall make liability
payments and pay allocated expenses for that period.
2. The "exposure period," with respect to each asbestos-related claim for
a particular injury, is the period from a person's first exposure to any
asbestos or asbestos-containing products until first diagnosis of such injury or
death resulting from such injury, whichever occurs first.
3. Any insurance policies covering a part of the exposure period for a
particular claim may be used to make liability payments and to pay allocated
expenses for such claim in accordance with the provisions of this Section IX, in
the manner set forth in Sections X and XI hereinbelow.
4. An insurance policy of an insolvent Subscribing Insurer shall be
treated as would any uninsured period in the initial coverage block; provided,
that with respect to an insolvent London Company (exclusive of Lloyds syndicate
members) that has underwritten a share within a particular insurance policy, the
Subscribing Producer in question shall pay such insolvent Company's share of
payments required under the insurance policy pursuant to the Agreement.
5. Insurance policies that expressly provide coverage on a specific
manifestation or claims-made basis or first discovery trigger shall be included
within the coverage block in a manner consistent with their terms.
6. Neither the insurance policies comprising a Subscribing Producer's
coverage block nor any other insurance policies set forth in the Producer's
Schedules of Insurance are dedicated solely to asbestos-related claims, and they
may be used for the administration, handling or disposition of any other claims
covered thereunder and, subject to the terms and conditions of the insurance
policy in question, payments shall apply toward the exhaustion of any applicable
insurance policy limits.
7. With respect to each Subscribing Producer, all liability payments and
allocated expenses arising out of the products hazard or completed
- 8 -
<PAGE>
operations hazard, as defined in the insurance policy in question, shall be
covered exclusively by products coverage (subject to applicable aggregate limits
if any), notwithstanding the presence of allegations such as, but not limited
to, strict liability, failure to warn, negligence, breach of warranty, fraud,
misrepresentation, concealment or conspiracy.
X. LIABILITY PAYMENTS
With respect to a particular asbestos-related claim, liability payments
attributable to such claim for each Subscribing Producer shall be made as
provided hereinbelow:
1. Subject to the provisions of Section XX hereinbelow, each primary
insurance policy in the coverage block that covers any part of the exposure
period shall make liability payments; and each excess insurance policy in
the coverage block that covers any part of the exposure period not then
covered by underlying primary or excess insurance in the coverage block
also shall make liability payments; provided, that no insurance policy
shall make liability payments after its limits of liability have been
exhausted. Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever a Subscribing
Producer has no insurance for a particular period within the coverage
block, liability payments otherwise allocable to that period shall be
allocated pursuant to Paragraph 2 hereinbelow to the periods within the
coverage block for which the Subscribing Producer has insurance and to
periods added to the coverage block for which the Subscribing Producer
did not purchase insurance.
2. The amount of liability payments to be made by each insurance
policy described in Paragraph 1 hereinabove shall bear the same relation to
the aggregate liability payments incurred as the part of the exposure
period then covered by such insurance policy bears to the total parts of
the exposure period then covered by insurance policies in the coverage
block and by periods added to the coverage block for which the Subscribing
Producer did not purchase insurance; provided, that a Subscribing Producer
shall make liability payments only if no part of the exposure period is
then covered by insurance policies in the coverage block, except as
otherwise provided herein.
XI. ALLOCATED EXPENSES
With respect to a particular asbestos-related claim, allocated expenses
attributable to such claim for each Subscribing Producer shall be paid as
provided hereinbelow:
1. Subject to the provisions of Section XX hereinbelow, unless it
expressly provides otherwise, each primary insurance policy in the coverage
block that covers any part of the exposure period shall pay allocated
expenses; and, unless it expressly provides otherwise, each excess
insurance policy in the coverage block that covers any part of the exposure
period not then covered by underlying primary or excess insurance in the
coverage block also shall pay allocated expenses; provided, that such
excess insurance policy shall only pay allocated expenses where: A)
payment of allocated expenses would not apply against the aggregate limits
of such excess insurance policy; or B) no primary insurance policies in the
coverage block cover a part of the exposure period; or C) remaining primary
insurance policies cover 10 percent or less of the period comprising the
coverage block initially selected by the Subscribing Producer; or D) the
initial coverage block
- 9 -
<PAGE>
is less than ten years and only one primary policy year remains within the
coverage block. Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever a
Subscribing Producer has no insurance paying allocated expenses for a
particular period within the coverage block, allocated expenses otherwise
allocable to that period shall be allocated to the periods within the
coverage block for which the Subscribing Producer has insurance paying
allocated expenses and to periods added to the coverage block for which the
Subscribing Producer did not purchase insurance.
2. The amount of allocated expenses to be paid by each insurance
policy paying allocated expenses pursuant to Paragraph 1 hereinabove shall
bear the same relation to the aggregate allocated expenses incurred as the
part of the exposure period then covered by such insurance policy bears to
the total parts of the exposure period then covered by insurance policies
in the coverage block paying allocated expenses and by periods added to the
coverage block for which the Subscribing Producer did not purchase
insurance; provided, that a Subscribing Producer shall pay allocated
expenses only if no part of the exposure period is covered by insurance
policies in the coverage block paying allocated expenses, except as
otherwise provided herein.
3. The payment of allocated expenses shall not apply against the
aggregate limits of primary insurance policies unless the insurance
policies in question expressly provide otherwise. The payment of allocated
expenses shall apply against the aggregate limits of excess insurance
policies unless the insurance policies in question expressly provide
otherwise; provided, that with respect to excess insurance policies that
expressly follow the provisions of underlying insurance policies for the
payment of allocated expenses, such underlying language shall apply except
where it is inconsistent with the terms and conditions of the excess
insurance policy.
XII. PAYMENT OF ALLOCATED AND UNALLOCATED EXPENSES
FOLLOWING EXHAUSTION OF LIMITS
1. Each Subscribing Insurer, with respect both to policies of insurance
that expressly provide that the duty to defend ceases upon exhaustion of
aggregate limits (generally, post-1966 standard form insurance policies) and to
pre-1966 standard form insurance policies, shall pay allocated and unallocated
expenses until its limits of liability are exhausted but not thereafter.
2. As to Subscribing Producers whose asbestos-related claims are being
administered by the Facility, Subscribing Insurers that have issued pre-1966
standard form insurance policies shall establish, administer and fund an
Insurance Defense Program, as set forth in Appendix E hereto, to cover the
allocated and unallocated expenses of all claims that under the Agreement would
have triggered a pre-1966 standard form insurance policy. The Insurance Defense
Program, on behalf of Subscribing Insurers that have issued pre-1966 standard
form insurance policies, shall respond, as would any insurance policy paying
allocated expenses under the Agreement, to pay allocated and unallocated
expenses for any claim triggering a pre-1966 standard form insurance policy year
where: A) there is no obligation in such policy year to pay allocated expenses
for such claim; and B) no other insurance policies are paying allocated expenses
for such claim or the payment of allocated expenses by any of the insurance
policies paying allocated expenses for such claim applies against aggregate
limits pursuant to Section XI hereinabove or the Subscribing Producer is paying
allocated expenses for such claim. The Insurance Defense Program shall not be
taken into account in determining whether an excess insurance policy pays
allocated expenses pursuant to Paragraph 1 of Section XI hereinabove.
- 10 -
<PAGE>
XIII. START-UP COSTS OF FACILITY
1. All start-up costs shall be paid by Subscribing Primary Insurers in
accordance with Appendix A-2 hereto.
2. Charter subscribers may mitigate the start-up expense burden through
entrance fees that shall be charged to new subscribers in accordance with
Appendix A-2 hereto; provided, that new subscribers do not include Subscribing
Producers, except in the case of a new Producer with no Subscribing Insurers.
XIV. UNALLOCATED EXPENSES OF FACILITY
1. All unallocated expenses of the Facility shall be paid by Subscribing
Primary Insurers and Subscribing Excess Insurers as they are called upon to make
payments within the terms of the Agreement, as described more fully in Appendix
A-2 hereto.
2. A Subscribing Insurer shall be relieved of the obligation to pay
unallocated expenses upon the exhaustion of all of its obligations to make
liability payments and to pay allocated expenses.
3. A Subscribing Producer shall be obligated to pay a share of Facility
unallocated expenses only after all applicable insurance within the coverage
block is exhausted.
XV. DEDUCTIBLES AND RETROSPECTIVE RATING PLANS
1. When a Subscribing Producer includes within its coverage block a
particular period of insurance subject to a deductible, self-insured retention
or retrospective rating plan under which payment would be due from such
Subscribing Producer, that Subscribing Producer shall pay the deductible, self-
insured retention or retrospective rating premium as due, except as otherwise
provided herein.
2. A "date" shall be mutually agreed upon by each Subscribing Producer
and its Subscribing Insurers for purposes of this Section XV and Sections XVI
and XVII hereinbelow. The agreed-upon date may be the same as or different from
the date unilaterally selected by the Subscribing Producer for the purpose of
defining its coverage block pursuant to Section IX hereinabove. All insurance
policies issued to a Subscribing Producer prior to the mutually agreed-upon date
are "predate" insurance policies. All insurance policies issued to a
Subscribing Producer subsequent to the mutually agreed-upon date are "post-date"
insurance policies.
3. All deductibles and retentions, whether in pre-date or post-date
insurance policies, shall be applied in a pro-rata manner in the same proportion
as the policy year is called upon to make liability payments.
4. Once retrospective rating plans have been closed, whether prior to or
following the date a person becomes a signatory to this Agreement, they shall
not require any additional payments by a Subscribing Producer.
5. Unless otherwise explicitly provided in the insurance policy in
question, payment by a Subscribing Producer of a deductible shall not reduce the
aggregate limits of such insurance policy.
6. With respect to a primary insurance policy containing a clause or
endorsement providing substantially that payments made which include a
- 11 -
<PAGE>
deductible amount shall not increase the Insurer's liability with respect to
each occurrence and aggregate, once the Subscribing Producer or the Subscribing
Primary Insurer has paid an amount equal to the aggregate limits, the
Subscribing Producer shall pay no more on account of such deductible and the
Subscribing Primary. Insurer and Subscribing Excess Insurer shall resolve
between themselves the responsibility for payments for such year.
XVI. APPLICATION OF INSURANCE POLICIES WITHOUT DEDUCTIBLE
OR RETENTION LIMITS
A. PRE-DATE INSURANCE POLICIES
1. Where deductibles and retentions are not limited explicitly by the
insurance policy language, the following schedule of multipliers shall apply to
limit per policy year such deductibles and retentions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Policy
Year
Face Amount of Cumulative
Deductible or Retention Multiplier Maximum
----------------------- ---------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Up to $5,000 ........................... 10 $ 50,000
Next $20,000 ........................... 7.5 $200,000
</TABLE>
2. With respect to per claim deductibles in excess of $25,000, the
maximum to be paid for each policy year by a Subscribing Producer is the
aggregate limit of the deductible-containing insurance policy. With respect to
per occurrence deductibles in excess of $25,000, the affected parties shall
resolve disagreements by negotiation, followed by non-binding alternative
dispute resolution, followed, if necessary, by litigation. Any such resolution
shall apply, in all respects, to the affected parties notwithstanding any other
provisions of the Agreement.
3. Where an insurance policy containing a deductible explicitly provides
that payment of deductibles reduces aggregate limits, then payment of
deductibles shall apply against aggregate limits, following the exhaustion of
which, excess insurance policies shall become available. In all other cases
involving deductibles, payment of deductibles shall not apply against aggregate
limits, and excess insurance shall become available after the underlying
insurance policy has paid its remaining limits.
B. POST-DATE INSURANCE POLICIES
1. Deductibles and retentions shall apply as written. Affected parties
shall resolve any disagreements by negotiation, followed by non-binding
alternative dispute resolution, followed, if necessary, by litigation. Any such
resolution shall apply, in all respects, to the affected parties notwithstanding
any other provisions of the Agreement.
2. With respect to deductibles or retentions in an insurance policy
underlying an excess insurance policy that contains standard excess ultimate net
loss and/or loss payable clauses, such excess insurance policy shall respond
when liability payments equivalent to the amount of the aggregate limits of the
underlying insurance policy in question have been made by the Subscribing
Producer or the Subscribing Insurer or both, unless:
(A) There is evidence that the Subscribing Excess Insurer was aware
of the uncapped deductible or retention when writing its insurance
- 12 -
<PAGE>
policy, such evidence to be in: (1) the schedule of insurance in the
excess insurance policy; (2) the underwriting file of the Subscribing
Excess Insurer; (3) the underwriter's placing slip; or (4) the underwriting
file of the London broker (not any American broker); and
(B) Such evidence is provided to the Producer by the Excess Insurer
within 60 days of March 29, 1985, or of the date that the excess insurance
policy in question is listed in the Producer's Schedules of Insurance
provided to such Excess Insurer, whichever occurs later.
XVII. APPLICATION OF INSURANCE POLICIES WITHOUT AGGREGATE LIMITS
A. PRE-DATE INSURANCE POLICIES
1. With respect to (A) primary products liability coverage written
without aggregate limits either inadvertently or before the aggregate concept
was developed, (B) primary non-products liability coverage written without
aggregate limits at any time, and (C) in the coverage for any particular year
the first excess occurrence policy without aggregate limits written directly
above an insurance policy with aggregate limits, the following schedule of
multipliers shall apply per policy year to provide aggregate limits for such
policies:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Policy
Year
Face Amount of Per Cumulative
Occurrence/Accident Limits Multiplier Maximum
<S> <C> <C>
Up to $100,000.............. 10 $1,000,000
Next $200,000............... 5 $2,000,000
Next $200,000............... 3 $2,600,000
Next $500,000............... 1.5 $3,350,000
Above $1,000,000............ 1 N/A
</TABLE>
In addition, upon exhaustion of all applicable insurance policies for the year
in question, the no-aggregate primary insurance policy shall respond with
coverage equal to ten times the per occurrence/accident limits up to the first
$1 million of the per occurrence/accident limits, minus amounts previously
applied to the maximum limit of such insurance policy.
2. All other primary products liability coverage written without
aggregate limits shall apply as written. In the event of a dispute, affected
parties shall engage in negotiation, followed by non-binding alternative dispute
resolution, followed, if necessary, by litigation. Any such resolution shall
apply, in all respects, to the affected parties notwithstanding any other
provisions of the Agreement.
3. All other excess occurrence policies without aggregate limits shall
apply to the extent of one per occurrence/accident limit.
B. POST-DATE INSURANCE POLICIES
Post-date insurance policies without aggregate limits shall apply as
written. In the event of a dispute, affected parties shall engage in
negotiation, followed by non-binding alternative dispute resolution, followed,
if necessary, by litigation. Any such resolution shall apply, in all respects,
- 13 -
<PAGE>
to the affected parties notwithstanding any other provisions of the Agreement.
XVIII. POLICY PERIODS OF OTHER THAN 12 MONTH MULTIPLES
1. Unless it expressly provides otherwise, an insurance policy of less
than 12 months shall carry full aggregate limits for the term of such policy.
2. Absent agreement among the affected parties, unless the insurance
policy or other documentary evidence explicitly provides that another result was
intended:
(A) Where an insurance policy was extended prior to the expiration
date for a period other than a multiple of 12 months: (1) if the extension
was at the request of the Subscribing Producer, the period of less than 12
months shall carry pro-rata limits; and (2) if the extension was at the
request of the Subscribing Insurer, the period of less than 12 months shall
carry full aggregate limits;
(B) Where an insurance policy was initially written for more than one
year but not for a multiple of 12 months, then the period of less than 12
months also shall carry full aggregate limits; and
(C) Where an insurance policy was canceled prior to the expiration
date by either the Subscribing Producer or Subscribing Insurer, then the
period of less than 12 months shall carry full aggregate limits, except
where a Subscribing Excess Insurer canceled its insurance policy
specifically to make its insurance policies concurrent with underlying
insurance policies and the Subscribing Producer agreed, in which case the
period of less than 12 months shall carry pro rata limits.
3. Deductibles and retentions in insurance policies described in this
Section XVIII shall apply in a manner consistent with the application of limits
hereunder.
XIX. RETROSPECTIVE AND PROSPECTIVE APPLICATION
1. Except as otherwise provided in Section XXI hereinbelow, any and all
provisions of the Agreement shall apply, as between a Subscribing Producer and
Subscribing Insurer, to all liability payments and expenses incurred subsequent
to the date on which both the Subscribing Producer and Subscribing Insurer
became signatories to the Agreement, and with respect thereto and to the extent
inconsistent herewith, shall nullify, repudiate, replace and supplant, as
between such Subscribing Producer and Subscribing Insurer, any prior agreements
or judicial determinations whether or not final; provided, that this Paragraph
shall not apply to the extent that a Subscribing Insurer, by written agreement
executed prior to March 29, 1985, extinguished or exhausted an insurance
coverage obligation by payment of monies to a Subscribing Producer or affiliated
company. With respect to such extinguishment of an insurance coverage
obligation, the Subscribing Producer in question shall make liability payments
and pay expenses (including payments due under Appendix E) as would the
Subscribing Insurer in question under the Agreement in the absence of such
extinguishment, and the Subscribing Producer shall make such payments and pay
such expenses until the Subscribing Producer has paid hereunder an amount equal
to the monies received from such Subscribing Insurer with respect to such
extinguishment., plus investment income, if any, on such monies, and less any
payments made and expenses paid directly by such Subscribing Producer for
asbestos-related claims.
2. Subject to the provisions of this Section XIX, and except as
- 14 -
<PAGE>
otherwise provided hereinbelow in this Paragraph 2, each Subscribing Producer
and each Subscribing Insurer shall be reimbursed for liability payments and
allocated and unallocated expenses, including deductibles, retrospective
premiums and loss conversion factors, incurred prior to the date on which the
Subscribing Producer or Subscribing Insurer became a signatory to the Agreement,
such reimbursement to be made in accordance with the Agreement and as if the
Agreement (but not Section VI or Appendix A-1) were in effect at the time such
payments and expenses initially were incurred; provided, that payments and
expenses incurred pursuant to an agreement explicitly providing that such
payments are final or to a final settlement agreement or final judicial
determination that became effective prior to the date on which the Subscribing
Producer or Subscribing Insurer became a signatory to the Agreement shall not be
subject to reimbursement or reallocation. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section XX hereinbelow, neither a Subscribing Producer nor a Subscribing Insurer
shall make reimbursements for amounts that otherwise would have been reimbursed
hereunder by an Insurer not a signatory hereto if said Insurer had become a
signatory hereto.
3. Reimbursement of payments and expenses due hereunder shall be made
within 90 days of the date the Subscribing Producer or Subscribing Insurer
became a signatory to the Agreement. At the option of such Producer or Insurer,
reimbursement of payments and expenses may be made quarterly in not more than
twelve equal consecutive installments from the date payable under the Agreement,
with interest upon any unpaid principal balances compounded daily and payable on
a quarterly basis at the rate of interest announced publicly by Citibank, N.A.,
in New York, New York, from time to time as Citibank, N.A.'s Base Rate.
4. Reimbursement of payments and expenses pursuant to Paragraph 2
hereinabove shall be made by and reallocated among primary and excess insurance
policies in a reasonable manner, and shall not require reallocation on an
individual case basis.
5. With respect to fees and expenses incurred in asbestos insurance
coverage litigation, each Subscribing Producer and each Subscribing Insurer, in
the absence of agreement, may submit claims for such fees and expenses to
alternative dispute resolution.
6. A Subscribing Producer shall not be reimbursed for allocated or
unallocated expenses incurred in fulfilling its duty of assistance and
cooperation under its insurance policies:
(A) In-house costs claimed by a Subscribing Producer to be in excess
of those incurred in fulfilling its duty of assistance and cooperation
under its insurance policies, in the absence of agreement with its
Subscribing Insurers, may be submitted to alternative dispute resolution;
and
(B) Claims by a Subscribing Producer for fees and expenses incurred
for coordinating counsel, in the absence of agreement with its Subscribing
Insurers, may be submitted to alternative dispute resolution.
XX. INSURANCE ISSUED BY NON-SIGNATORIES
1. Whenever a Subscribing Producer has an insurance policy issued to it
for a particular period within the coverage block by an Insurer that is not a
signatory hereto, such Producer shall use its reasonable best efforts,
including, if necessary, the timely pursuit of litigation, to obtain a final and
reasonable settlement agreement or final judicial determination concerning the
application of such insurance policy to asbestos-related claims. With respect
thereto, each Subscribing Producer and each Subscribing Insurer, to the
- 15 -
<PAGE>
extent practicable, shall cooperate with and assist the Subscribing Producer in
question.
2. Whenever, with respect to an insurance policy described in Paragraph 1
hereinabove, the Subscribing Producer, pursuant to a final settlement agreement
or final judicial determination, has received from the Insurer in question
monies to administer, handle or dispose of asbestos-related claims, such
Subscribing Producer shall make payments and pay expenses (including payments
due under Appendix E) as would the Insurer in question with respect to such
Producer if said Insurer had become a signatory hereto, and the Subscribing
Producer shall make such payments and pay such expenses until the Subscribing
Producer has paid an amount equal to the monies received from such Insurer to
administer, handle or dispose of asbestos-related claims plus investment income,
if any, on such monies and less proration of any payments made and unreimbursed
expenses paid directly by such Subscribing Producer for asbestos-related claims
or incurred in obtaining such judicial determination or settlement agreement.
3. Whenever an insurance policy described in Paragraph 1 hereinabove
would have had to make payments or to pay expenses on a particular claim under
the Agreement had the Insurer in question become a signatory hereto, and the
Subscribing Producer has not received monies from such non-signatory Insurer
pursuant to Paragraphs 1 and 2 hereinabove, each insurance policy in the
coverage block covering a part of the exposure period for such claim shall make
payments and pay expenses, subject to applicable limits of liability, on a pro-
rata basis in lieu of the non-signatory insurance policy and to the extent that
such insurance policy would have had to make payments under the Agreement, up to
the applicable limits of such insurance policy; provided, that the directly
overlying excess insurance policy shall make such payments and pay such expenses
in lieu of the non-signatory insurance policy only if no other insurance
policies in the coverage block cover a part of the exposure period for such
claim. Thereafter, upon a final settlement or final judicial determination
described in Paragraphs 1 and 2 hereinabove, each Subscribing Insurer
contributing hereunder shall, at its option, be reimbursed by the Subscribing
Producer; provided, that total reimbursement of all such contributing Insurers
shall not exceed the monies received by the Producer from the non-signatory
Insurer to administer, handle or dispose of asbestos-related claims plus
investment income, if any, on such monies and less payments made and expenses
paid directly by such Subscribing Producer for asbestos-related claims or
incurred in obtaining such judicial determination or settlement agreement.
4. Whenever, with respect to an insurance policy described in Paragraph 1
hereinabove, the Subscribing Producer in question does not obtain a final
settlement agreement or final judicial determination pursuant to Paragraphs 1
and 2 hereinabove within two years of the date upon which a Subscribing Insurer
first has actually made liability payments and actually paid allocated expenses
on a pro-rata basis in lieu of such non-signatory insurance policy pursuant to
Paragraph 3 hereinabove, interest shall begin to accrue at the conclusion of
such two year period on all liability payments actually made and allocated
expenses actually paid by such Subscribing Insurer in lieu of the non-signatory
insurance policy, and shall continue until the earlier of the date that the
Subscribing Producer obtains such a final settlement agreement or final judicial
determination or the date that the Subscribing Insurer in question would have
exhausted its obligations to make payments or to pay expenses under the
Agreement if the non-signatory Insurer in question had become a signatory
hereto. Such interest shall be payable on a quarterly basis from the date of
first accrual at the rate of interest announced publicly by Citibank, N.A., in
New York, New York, from time to time as Citibank, N.A.'s Base Rate. When the
Subscribing Producer in question obtains a final settlement agreement or final
judicial determination, pursuant to Paragraphs 1 and 2 hereinabove, such
Producer shall be reimbursed by the
- 16 -
<PAGE>
Subscribing Insurer in question for interest paid on any amounts that exceed the
monies to which the Subscribing Insurer is entitled under the reimbursement
provisions of Paragraph 3 hereinabove.
XXI. ADDITIONAL SIGNATORIES
1. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 2 hereinbelow, a Producer or
Insurer may become a signatory to the Agreement subsequent to June 19, 1985,
only upon application to and approval by the Board of Directors of the Facility.
In determining whether such a Producer or Insurer may become a signatory hereto,
the Board of Directors shall determine whether the best interests of the
Facility and of the other signatories would be served thereby, in order to
assure that the compromises herein and commitments of resources hereunder are
duly respected, that such Producer or Insurer derives no unfair advantage with
respect to the other signatories and that none of the other signatories suffers
any unfair disadvantage by reason of said Producer's or Insurer's failure to
become a signatory to the Agreement on June 19, 1985.
2. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 1 hereinabove, a Producer
or Insurer that has pending on June 19, 1985, a petition for reorganization
under Chapter 11, Title 11, of the United States Code, may become a signatory to
the Agreement on or before December 31, 1986; provided that:
(A) Such Producer or Insurer conditionally subscribed to the
Agreement prior to June 19, 1985;
(B) Such Producer or Insurer covenants and agrees to be bound by all
of the provisions contained herein and in the Appendices hereto, including
the respective allocations of liabilities, costs and expenses pursuant to
Appendices A-1 and A-2; and
(C) The court of competent jurisdiction in such Chapter 11 proceeding
shall have confirmed, by December 31, 1986, a plan of reorganization
authorizing and directing such Producer or Insurer to become a signatory to
the Agreement or ratifying said action.
3. With respect to any Producer or Insurer that becomes a signatory
hereto pursuant to Paragraph 1 or Paragraph 2 hereinabove, Sections VIII through
and including XIX of the Agreement shall not apply between such Producer and
each of its Subscribing Insurers or between such Insurer and each of its
Subscribing Producers, as the case may be, absent the express written consent of
the Subscribing Insurer or Subscribing Producer in question. In the absence of
such consent, the insurance policies in question shall be treated under Section
XX as if issued by an Insurer that is not a signatory hereto.
4. Each person that subsequent to June 19, 1985, pursues litigation,
other than as provided for under the Agreement, against a Subscribing Producer
or Subscribing Insurer concerning matters within the scope of the Agreement
shall, upon becoming a signatory hereto:
(A) Reimburse each Subscribing Producer or Subscribing Insurer for
all attorneys' fees and costs incurred in such litigation after June 19,
1985, and prior to the date such Producer or Insurer becomes a signatory
hereto;
(B) Forgo any claims for attorneys' fees and costs incurred in such
litigation after June 19, 1985, and prior to the date such Producer or
Insurer becomes a signatory hereto; and,
(C) Reimburse each such Subscribing Producer or Subscribing Insurer
for all damages (including punitive damages) paid by such
- 17 -
<PAGE>
Subscribing Producer or Subscribing Insurer as a result of such litigation.
5. The application of the Agreement provided for herein is reasonable and
necessary to obtain sufficient participation in the Agreement by Producers and
Insurers on or before June 19, 1985, to ensure the continued viability of the
Facility and to further and protect the interests of the signatories hereto.
XXII. MODIFICATION, TERM AND CHOICE OF LAW
1. The Agreement, including Appendices A through E hereto, is the entire
agreement between and among Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers for
the administration, defense, payment and disposition of asbestos-related claims.
All antecedent or contemporaneous extrinsic representations, warranties or
collateral provisions concerning the negotiation and preparation of the
Agreement and the Appendices hereto are intended to be discharged and nullified.
In any dispute involving the Agreement or the Appendices hereto, no signatory
shall introduce evidence of or seek to compel testimony concerning any oral or
written communication made prior to June 19, 1985, with respect to the
negotiation and preparation of the Agreement. Any modifications to the
Agreement and Appendix B hereto may be made only by mutual agreement of all
Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers and in writing. Modifications to
Appendices A, C, D and E may be made as provided therein.
2. All disputes concerning the validity, interpretation and application
of the Agreement or the Appendices hereto, or any provision thereof, and all
disputes concerning issues within the scope of the Agreement shall be determined
in accordance with applicable common law of the states of the United States.
3. The Agreement shall have perpetual existence, notwithstanding the
failure or invalidation of any particular provision in the Agreement or the
Appendices hereto. Except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, neither
termination of the Facility, termination of Facility membership nor withdrawal
pursuant to Section IV hereinabove shall relieve a signatory to the Agreement of
its rights and obligations hereunder, and each such signatory shall continue to
abide and be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and the
Appendices hereto.
XXIII. DEFINITIONS
As used in this Agreement and the Appendices hereto, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:
1. Allocated Expenses--means all fees and expenses incurred for
services performed outside the Facility that can be directly attributed to
the defense and disposition of a particular asbestos-related claim.
2. Asbestos-Related Claims--means any claims or lawsuits against any
Subscribing Producers, Subscribing Insurers or the Facility, by whomever
brought and in whatever procedural posture such claims or lawsuits may
arise, seeking monetary relief (whether or not such relief is the only
relief sought) for bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, alleged to
have been caused in whole or in part by any asbestos or asbestos-containing
product; provided, that asbestos-related claims shall not include claims
for damage to or destruction of property or statutory claims for
compensation by an employee against an employer.
3. Deductibles--means, with respect to any insurance policy,
- 18 -
<PAGE>
that part of liability payments or, if the insurance policy so provides,
that part of allocated expenses to be paid directly by the policyholder or
reimbursed by the policyholder to the Insurer issuing such insurance
policy.
4. Insurers--means persons that are or were engaged in the business
of providing liability insurance to Producers. "Primary Insurers" means
Insurers that have issued primary insurance policies to Producers. "Excess
Insurers" means Insurers that have issued excess insurance policies to
Producers.
5. Liability Payments--means the sums paid in settlement of, or in
satisfaction of a judgment on, any asbestos-related claims, exclusive of
allocated and unallocated expenses for such claims.
6. Persons--means natural persons and organizations of any kind.
7. Pre-1966 Standard Form Insurance Policy--means an insurance policy
containing substantially the same defense-of-suits-clause as the pre-
10/1/66 National Bureau of Casualty Underwriters editions of the standard
general liability insurance policy.
8. Producers--means persons that are or were engaged in the mining,
manufacturing, production, processing, fabrication, distribution,
installation, sale or use of asbestos or asbestos-containing products or
that may have a liability with respect to asbestos-related claims.
9. Retrospective Rating Plans--means rating plans that establish
premiums based in whole or in part upon the policyholder's actual loss
experience under the insurance policy.
10. Self-Insured Retention--means the amount that is to be paid or
assumed by the policyholder and which amount must be exceeded before
overlying insurance will respond for coverage.
11. Start-Up Costs--means those costs incurred by Insurers to
establish the Facility, including funds used to purchase or lease Facility
assets and to hire Facility personnel.
12. Subscribing Insurers--means Insurers that have become signatories
to the Agreement.
13. Subscribing Producers--means Producers that have become
signatories to the Agreement.
14. Unallocated Expenses--means the overhead, operating and
administrative expenses (other than allocated expenses) incurred in
administering, defending and disposing of asbestos-related claims.
XXIV. SIGNATURE
The Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by
different signatories hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so
executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall
constitute one and the same agreement. Each Subscribing Producer and each
Subscribing Insurer shall send one executed counterpart of the Agreement to a
depository to be established and maintained by the Facility.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the person named below has caused this Agreement to be
signed by its authorized representative on this 19th day of June , 1985.
------ -------- --
- 19 -
<PAGE>
Name: Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
--------------------------------
By: /s/ Joseph L. Jones
-------------------
Title: President
---------
Signed, sealed and delivered this 19 day of
------
June , 19 85 , in the presence of
------------ ----
/s/ Harry H. Welling
-------------------------------------------
Witness to the signature of the above-named
person.
- 20 -
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A-1
PRODUCER ALLOCATION FORMULAE
In accordance with Section VI of the Agreement, the liability payments
(exclusive of punitive damage judgments) and allocated expenses incurred by the
Facility on each asbestos-related claim shall be allocated among all Subscribing
Producers pursuant to the formulae set forth below. Each Subscribing Producer's
percentages determined in accordance with such formulae or Section H below shall
be its "Allocation Percentages." The formulae apply only to Subscribing
Producers who had active claims pending in the tort system as of September 30,
1983. The initial allocation percentages of "new entrants" shall be determined
in accordance with Section H below.
A. LIABILITY PAYMENTS
For open claims as of September 30, 1983, plus new claims reported to
Subscribing Producers or the Facility for the period October 1, 1983, to one
year after the opening date of the Facility, the allocation formula is as
follows:
1. For each major state: Pennsylvania, California, Texas,
Washington, Massachusetts, Maryland, Virginia, New Jersey, Mississippi and
Connecticut.
(a) Determine the number of closed claims for each Producer as
of September 30, 1983.
(b) Determine the amount of indemnity dollars, including
punitive damages, if any, paid or owing for each Producer as of
September 30, 1983.
(c) Divide each Producer's number of closed claims into its
amount of indemnity paid or owing to arrive at an average cost per
claim for each Producer.
(d) Determine the number of open claims for each Producer as of
September 30, 1983.
(e) Multiply each Producer's number of open claims by each
Producer's average cost per claim. This calculates each Producer's
average cost times open claims.
2. For the remaining states the following procedure will be followed
for each Subscribing Producer.
(a) Add together the number of closed claims in all remaining
states as of September 30, 1983.
(b) Add together the amount of indemnity paid or owing,
including punitive damages, if any, in all remaining states as of
September 30, 1983.
(c) Divide each Producer's total number of closed claims into
each Producer's total amount of indemnity paid or owing to arrive at
each Producer's average cost per claim for states other than the major
ones.
(d) Add together the number of open claims in the remaining
states as of September 30, 1983.
- 21 -
<PAGE>
(e) Multiply each Producer's number of open claims by its average
cost per claim. This calculates each Producer's average cost times
open claims for the remaining states.
3. Combining the major states' and remaining states' information:
(a) Add together each Producer's average cost times open claims
(each Producer will have one amount for each major state and one
amount for all remaining states).
(b) To determine each Producer's allocation percentage, divide
each Producer's average cost times open claims by the aggregate of all
Subscribing Producers' average cost times open claims. An adjustment
will be made for each Producer that had 20 or fewer closed claims in a
state. For that Producer, its simple arithmetic nationwide average
cost per claim (total closed claim--all states--divided into the total
amount of indemnity--all states) is used as that state's average cost
per closed claim.
B. CREDIT
An additional adjustment shall be made for all claims settled between
September 30, 1983, and the opening of the Facility. For each Subscribing
Producer, the aggregated payments in this period will be compared to the amount
each Producer would have paid in the Facility.
If a Producer's aggregated payments are equal to what it would have paid in
the Facility, it will receive a full credit for such payments.
If a Producer's aggregated payments are less than what it would have paid
in the Facility, it will receive credit for the full amount paid, and pay an
additional amount, so that its total payments equal what it would have paid in
the Facility.
If a Producer's aggregated payments are greater than what it would have
paid in the Facility, it will receive a credit up to the amount it would have
paid. The excess amount will be considered a "benefit" to all Subscribing
Producers, and will be distributed to each (including the Producer making the
payments) according to its respective allocation percentage.
C. ALLOCATED EXPENSES
Each Subscribing Producer's allocated expense percentage shall be
calculated by dividing its number of open claims as of September 30, 1983, by
the aggregate of all open claims as of September 30, 1983, for all Subscribing
Producers.
D. PUNITIVE DAMAGES
Punitive damage judgments shall not be distributed among the Subscribing
Producers according to the allocation percentages of this Appendix A-1, but
shall be borne by the Subscribing Producer against which the judgment was
rendered and its Insurers in accordance with the Agreement.
E. NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS
Nothing in the Agreement or this Appendix A-1 shall obligate a non-
defaulting Subscribing Producer to make any payment on behalf of a
- 22 -
<PAGE>
Subscribing Producer who is in default in its obligations to make payments to
the Facility under this Agreement or under the By-laws of the Facility, whether
by virtue of insolvency, bankruptcy or otherwise.
F. AUDIT
The data submitted by Producers shall be reviewed for accuracy,
consistency, reasonableness and completeness. A Producer shall no longer be
bound to its allocation percentage if any necessary audit adjustments adversely
affect the Producer's allocation percentage by more than 10 percent. If such a
shift results from the submission of incomplete or inaccurate data on the part
of a Producer, that Producer shall be bound to its adjusted percentage.
G. PROSPECTIVE ADJUSTMENT
1. Irrespective of what information is collected for other purposes,
the following types of information shall be obtained relating to pending
and new claims as they enter the Facility:
(a) Occupation of worker (see 3(a) below).
(b) Duties of the worker.
(c) Employment history (employers, dates, etc.).
(d) Percentage of time involved in removal, repair or
maintenance of asbestos-containing products.
(e) Dates of exposure to asbestos-containing products.
(f) States and/or cities where the claimant worked.
(g) Specific projects on which the claimant worked.
(h) Other as appropriate.
2. The following types of information shall be obtained from
Subscribing Producers:
(a) List of all types of asbestos-containing products.
(b) Date each Producer ceased placing such asbestos-containing
products in the stream of commerce.
3. Allocation percentages shall be adjusted prospectively one year
after the date of opening of the Facility, and at three-year intervals
thereafter, to reflect changes, if any, from the occupational mix of claims
included in the data base used to compute the then existing allocation
percentage. This adjustment shall be made as follows:
(a) The total number of pending claims as of September 30, 1983,
shall be divided into occupational categories. These categories shall
include plantworker, construction (excluding insulator), shipyard (all
trades involved in ship construction and repair), insulator and such
other comparable categories as are significantly represented among the
pending claims. Each occupational category shall be stated as a
percentage of the whole. These constitute the "Facility Baseline
Percentages."
(b) The calculation described in (a) above shall be
- 23 -
<PAGE>
performed for claims pending against each Subscribing Producer to
develop its "Producer Baseline Percentages."
(c) Each Subscribing Producer's "Producer Baseline Percentages"
shall be multiplied times its allocation percentage to determine its
"Occupational Allocation Percentages."
(d) For claims filed after the data cutoff for the preceding
allocation percentage calculation, the calculation described in (a)
above shall be performed to determine changes, if any, in the
"Facility Baseline Percentages." The increase or decrease in the
percentage for each occupational category determined by subtracting
the "Facility Baseline Percentages" from the newly determined
percentages shall be referred to as the "Adjustment Factors."
(e) The percentages determined to be Adjustment Factors will be
applied to the corresponding Occupational Allocation Percentages for
each Producer to determine revised Occupational Allocation
Percentages.
(f) Each Producer's revised Occupational Allocation Percentages
shall be aggregated to determine each Producer's revised allocation
percentage. Any shortfall or overage in the sum of the revised
allocation percentages for all Subscribing Producers shall be
distributed among the Subscribing Producers on the basis of the then
applicable allocation percentages.
(g) In the event a new type of claim appears in significant
numbers for which no Producer Baseline Percentages are appropriate,
the Subscribing Producers shall determine appropriate sharing
percentages for such claims. In the absence of agreement, the matter
shall be decided pursuant to Paragraph 8 below.
(h) The data and percentages computed as a result of one
prospective adjustment shall be used as the bases for the next.
4. The procedure described above shall be modified as follows to
account for Subscribing Producers who have ceased placing asbestos-
containing products in the stream of commerce:
(a) Determine the dates on which a Subscribing Producer ceased
placing asbestos-containing products in the stream of commerce.
(b) Determine the percentage of all post-September 30, 1983,
claims in which the claimant's first exposure to asbestos-containing
products occurred subsequent to the date determined in (a) above. In
determining this percentage, alleged post-date exposures resulting
from the removal, repair or maintenance of asbestos-containing
products shall be excluded from those claims with a first exposure
after the date determined in (a).
(c) The percentage determined in (b) above shall be used as a
component in calculating the Adjustment Factor for Producers impacted
by (a) and (b) above, so as to reduce such Producer's allocation
percentage.
5. No Subscribing Producer's allocation percentages shall change by
more than 15 percent of its initial allocation percentages as a result of
any one prospective adjustment, except as may be provided pursuant to
- 24 -
<PAGE>
Section H below. Any amount eliminated from the adjustment by application
of this cap shall be distributed among other Subscribing Producers on the
basis of their then applicable allocation percentages.
6. The percentage change in any Subscribing Producer's allocation
percentage, including application of Paragraph 5 above, shall be applied to
its allocation percentage for Allocated Expenses as well as Liability
Payments.
7. All matters pertaining to the prospective adjustment shall be
decided solely by the Subscribing Producers.
8. Any Subscribing Producer that believes that application of any
prospective adjustment to its particular facts is inequitable, that any
determination required by Subparagraphs G.3(a) or 4(a) above is incorrect,
or that the calculation of any prospective adjustment has been performed
inaccurately may take the matter to alternative dispute resolution within
the Facility. Such Producer shall bear the burden of proof. If 51 percent
of the Subscribing Producers with 51 percent of the allocation percentages
(for liability or allocated expenses depending on the issue involved) so
agree, application of the prospective adjustment may be changed without an
alternative dispute resolution proceeding. This shall not preclude any
Subscribing Producer who does not agree from taking the matter to
alternative dispute resolution within the Facility. Such Subscribing
Producer shall bear the burden of proof. No determination through
alternative dispute resolution or by the Subscribing Producers may alter
the 15 percent limitation established in Paragraph 5 above.
H. NEW ENTRANTS
Those Subscribing Producers whose data were not part of the data base from
which the Producer allocation formulae were derived shall submit such data. In
the event the data that any such Producer submits are substantially the same in
qualitative and quantitative terms as the existing data base, the Producer shall
have its allocation percentages computed pursuant to these formulae. Producers
whose data are not substantially the same in qualitative and quantitative terms
shall be admitted on a mutually-agreeable basis.
- 25 -
<PAGE>
APPENDIX A-2
INSURER ALLOCATION OF START-UP COSTS AND OPERATING EXPENSES
1. Primary Objective
Fairness in allocation method or formula decided upon.
2. Secondary Objective
A. Ease of administration.
B. Attractiveness to prospective members, i.e., sales appeal.
C. Long-term workability.
3. Types of Funding
Funding will be divided into three main areas:
A. Funds (seed money) required to be expended before the final
subscription period is concluded. These funds are reimbursable.
B. Funds provided by a single initial assessment of all Insurer
subscribers to be paid no later than thirty days after the final subscription
date. These funds are to be used for necessary expenses incurred before the
Facility becomes operational.
C. Funds required to ensure the ongoing operation of the Facility,
including the cost of the development of the data processing system and its
continued operation and maintenance, including the repayment of the initial seed
monies furnished by members of the Asbestos Claims Council prior to the final
subscription date.
4. Method of Funding
As regards each area of funding required, a separate method is provided
for:
A. First, as regards funds (seed money) required to be expended before
the final subscription date or at most before a period not to exceed thirty days
thereafter.
(1) It should be noted that members of the Asbestos Claims Council
have already incurred many thousands of dollars of expense, and this
expense is considered to be part of seed money required and will be
included as part of the pre-operation expenditures as being reimbursable.
It is expected that prior to the close of the final subscription period
such expenses will continue to be incurred (e.g., Center for Public
Resources charges, consultant fees and other similar expenses), that these
expenses will continue to be paid by Council members as heretofore and that
these additional expenses will likewise be reimbursable.
B. Second, as regards the single initial assessment for funds to be used
for expenses between the final subscription date and the date when the Facility
becomes operational:
(1) Immediately after it is determined that the number of
subscriptions is sufficient so that the plan is a viable one, a
nonreimbursable initial assessment fee of $100,000 will be assessed against
each and every non-Lloyds and London Company subscriber. At this same
time, a nonreimbursable initial assessment fee in the amount of
- 26 -
<PAGE>
$250,000 will be assessed as a total sum against all those subscribers
represented by Lloyds and London Companies. All the monies collected by
reason of these initial assessment fees are intended to cover expenses
incurred between the end of the subscription period and the establishment
of an ongoing line of credit to be established as soon as possible after
the incorporation of the entity is finalized.
(2) If there should be any monies remaining in this fund when the
Facility operations begin, those monies will pass into the general
operating fund designed to cover the expenses of the operation.
(3) Any Insurer that subscribes to the Facility after the close of
the initial subscription period will pay an initiation assessment of two
times the initial assessment fee of charter subscribers, and that money
will pass into the appropriate operating fund.
C. As regards funds to ensure the ongoing operation of the Facility, the
cost of development, continued operation and maintenance of the data processing
system and the repayment of the initial seed money to members of the Asbestos
Claims Council:
(1) A surcharge which will be established by the Comptroller will be
made against each Insurer (or Producer if its claims are handled by the
Facility after the exhaustion of available coverage) for each of its claims
as same is disposed of predicated upon (a) a percentage of indemnity paid
and (b) a percentage of the allocated expenses paid. In no way or manner
will the amounts of this surcharge in any way reduce or in any other manner
impact the amount of indemnity coverage available to any insured.
(2) For the purposes of this surcharge, a claim will be considered to
be a separate matter for each Insurer (Producer) for whom either an
indemnity payment is made or an allocated expense is incurred or where both
an indemnity payment is made and an allocated expense incurred for the same
matter. For these purposes, the definition of indemnity payment and
allocated expense is the common one used for insurance accounting purposes.
(3) The percentage of the surcharges may be different for indemnity
and for allocated expense. By assessing a surcharge against indemnity, the
problem which arises by reasons of Insurers (or Producers) making only
indemnity payments at any one time is addressed. By assessing surcharges
against allocated expense, the problem which arises by reason of the
Facility successfully defending claims so that no indemnity need be paid
is addressed in that these users also contribute. The underlying
rationale is to assure that all users contribute to the cost of operating
the Facility to the extent that the usage can be properly measured .
(4) The amount of the surcharge will be determined after studies are
concluded as to the estimation of annual likely indemnity and allocated
payments.
(5) As soon as possible after the Facility becomes a corporate
entity, an initial line of credit will be obtained to ensure that
sufficient funds are available for all preliminary and initial stages of
the operation.
(6) During the initial months of operation, the Comptroller will draw
down from the line of credit that amount of money which is required as a
difference between operating expenses and surcharges received to meet the
obligations incurred by reason of organization and operating
- 27 -
<PAGE>
expenses.
(7) As the Facility operations mature, there will come a time when
the monthly surcharges collected will exceed the total monthly operating
expenses. Those excess funds will now be applied first toward reinstating
the full amount of the line of credit and thereafter toward reimbursing in
equal shares those carriers who advanced seed money during the
presubscription period and the time between the end of the subscription
period and the collection of the assessment fees referred to in Paragraph
4-B(1).
(8) At the time the line of credit becomes fully reimbursed, it will
be reduced to an amount felt to be necessary and proper by the Comptroller
to ensure against monthly shortfalls in surcharges collected.
(9) Surcharges will continue to be levied in the same manner until
the Comptroller has acquired a fund of money that will be sufficient to
ensure the continued operation of the Facility for a period of at least two
years forward.
(10) At that point in time, the Comptroller will reevaluate the
surcharge schedule and recommend to the Board of Directors a schedule that
will continue the level of available operating funds at a level which will
ensure two future years of operation.
(11) Thereafter for the purposes of timing, an evaluation of the
funding, etc. will be made twice each year e.g., as of June 30 and December
30. At that time, the Comptroller will report and make recommendations to
the Board of Directors. The Board will then direct the necessary action.
(12) The Comptroller may recommend the discontinuance of the line of
credit at any time when he deems he has accumulated sufficient operating
funds to ensure at least two years of future operation.
(13) As regards the cost of development, continued operation and
maintenance of the data processing system, this will be considered to be a
part of the annual operating expenses of the Facility and such expenses
will be covered by the surcharge in the same manner as are all other
expenses.
Further, as regards the data processing system, it is contemplated:
(a) That the development costs of the system after the
completion of the user specification period will be in the area of
$5,500,000. This is the best available estimate as of October, 1984.
(b) That the Facility will enter into a likely seven year
contract with the vendor for the operation of the system and that the
monthly charges for paying for the cost of development plus operation
of the system will be in the area of $180,000 per month. These
charges will be included in the Facility operation budget.
(c) Because the payment of the development costs is spread
across a contract that contemplates at least seven years of operation,
it is agreed and understood by all Insurer subscribers that if the
Facility should cease to operate before the development costs are
fully paid, the remaining sum due will be divided among all Insurer
subscribers, with the exception of Lloyds and the London companies, in
equal shares in order to discharge this obligation.
- 28 -
<PAGE>
APPENDIX B
CONDITIONS, DEFENSES AND EXCLUSIONS
RESERVED BY SUBSCRIBING INSURERS
Subscribing Insurers reserve the right to raise only the following
conditions, defenses or exclusions pursuant to Paragraph 5 of Section VIII of
the Agreement, and Subscribing Producers reserve the right to contest same;
disputes concerning such matters shall be resolved pursuant to Paragraph 6 of
Section VIII of the Agreement:
1. That particular insurance policies were never issued or were
canceled; provided, that a Subscribing Insurer that disputes the existence
of an applicable insurance policy or part thereof notifies the affected
Subscribing Producer of its intention to assert such a defense. The notice
required under this provision shall identify the policy or policies
involved and shall be given within 30 days of March 29, 1985, or of the
date that the insurance policy in question is listed in the Producer's
Schedules of Insurance provided to such Insurer, whichever occurs later.
2. That, with respect solely to matters occurring subsequent to June
19, 1985:
(a) the Subscribing Producer misrepresented or failed to
disclose information material to an underwriter's issuance of an
insurance policy, including information on the declarations page; or
(b) the Subscribing Producer breached its duties under an
insurance policy, in the event of an occurrence, claim or suit, to
give notice and to assist and cooperate; provided, that notice to and
cooperation with the Facility shall be deemed to satisfy these duties.
3. That, with respect solely to matters occurring subsequent to June
19, 1985, or matters that were the subject of a dispute between an Insurer
and Producer prior to May 1, 1984, the Subscribing Producer failed to pay
insurance policy premiums.
4. That insurance coverage is not available due to or is affected by
multiple insurance policies issued solely to comply with state
requirements, the inapplicability of a pre-merger or pre-acquisition
insurance policy to after-acquired liabilities, exhaustion of applicable
limits of liability, or the existence or non-existence of a defense
obligation in an insurance policy or the obligation to provide
supplementary defense payments; provided, that nothing contained herein
shall be deemed to modify Sections XI, XII or XVII of the Agreement.
5. That the Subscribing Producer failed to permit inspection and
audit for retrospective premium purposes for a period of three (3) years
after the ending date of the insurance policy period.
6. That, subsequent to May 1, 1984, and other than by operation of
the Agreement, a Subscribing Producer prejudiced the subrogation rights of
a Subscribing Insurer or assigned an interest in an insurance policy
without the approval of the Insurer.
7. That coverage under an insurance policy is not available due to
express exclusions for claims otherwise recoverable under automobile
insurance, claims for statutory worker's compensation benefits or claims
otherwise recoverable under worker's compensation or employer's liability
- 29 -
<PAGE>
insurance.
8. That coverage under an insurance policy is not available due to
express exclusions for claims involving particular territories, particular
operations of the insured, particular locations, particular products or
particular diseases.
9. That any changes in any insurance policies must have been made in
writing pursuant to policy terms in order to be effective.
10. That the insurance policy in question does not cover punitive
damage awards due to an express exclusion or because the law of the state
governing the insurability of punitive damages in the particular case holds
that punitive damage awards are not covered by insurance because of public
policy or contract interpretation; provided, that if such holding is by
other than the highest court of the state in question, the Subscribing
Producer and the Subscribing Insurer each shall pay 50 percent of the
punitive damage award. Any disagreement as to whether punitive damage
awards are covered by insurance shall be resolved by negotiation, followed
by non-binding alternative dispute resolution, followed, if necessary, by
litigation. Any such resolution shall apply, in all respects, to the
affected parties notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement.
- 30 -
<PAGE>
APPENDIX C
ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION
INTRODUCTION
Alternative Dispute Resolution ("ADR") is the method for resolving disputed
issues as provided in the Agreement. ADR involves three basic stages: 1) good-
faith negotiation; 2) a proceeding concluding with a binding decision if
litigation is not allowed and a non-binding decision if litigation is allowed
(the "Proceeding"); and 3) an appellate process for the binding decision.
At the negotiation stage, a person (the "Neutral") will be selected who
will be empowered to employ a full range of informal, mediational techniques
with Principals present. After the Proceeding there will be a final settlement
conference with the Judge and/or the Neutral as a last attempt to reach a Party-
fashioned solution. This is to be followed by a binding decision or litigation
if litigation is allowed. The binding decision may be appealed to a panel of
three Judges.
Before and during formal initiation of the ADR Procedure, all Parties are
strongly encouraged to engage freely in any informal negotiation desired with
the express goal of reaching a negotiated solution.
OBJECTIVES
1. TO ENCOURAGE A NEGOTIATED RESULT RATHER THAN USE OF ADR.
2. TO MAXIMIZE OPTIONS FOR PRAGMATIC SOLUTIONS.
3. TO BE COST-EFFECTIVE.
4. TO BE SPEEDY.
5. TO BE EFFICIENT.
6. TO BE FAIR.
7. TO ENCOURAGE CONSISTENCY OF INTERPRETATION.
DEFINITIONS
1. Days--Business days.
2. Party--When there are more than two Parties involved in a dispute, the use
of the word Party in this document shall be interpreted to mean all Parties
on a side. Thus, for example, joint Parties must exercise strikes
collectively.
3. Principal--An individual with settling authority for a Subscriber.
4. Subscribers--Subscribing Producers and Subscribing Insurers.
- 31 -
<PAGE>
THE NEGOTIATION
Day
---
1.00 Negotiation Procedure
1 1.1 A Party or Parties notify the ADR branch of the Asbestos
Claims Facility* ("Facility") of the dispute and request
ADR.
2 1.2 Case is docketed by the Facility.
2.00 Aggregation of Issues Between Disputing Parties
2.1 Issues may be aggregated only by agreement of all Parties.
3.00 Good Faith Negotiation
3.1 The Facility shall maintain a Panel of Neutrals who have
been approved by the Initial Subscribers. These
Neutrals will be qualified and prepared to apply the full
range of informal mediational processes and techniques.
Criteria for selecting a Panel of Neutrals are set forth in
Exhibit 1 hereto.
3 3.2 If the Parties can agree on one or more Neutrals selected
from the Panel, they will notify the Facility of the name or
names selected. If the Parties cannot agree, the Facility
will notify the Parties of a list of seven available
Neutrals.
5 3.3 The Parties will notify the Facility of three mutually
acceptable Neutrals. Each Party may strike two names from
the list provided by the Facility; the initiating Party
strikes first by telephone.
7 3.4 The Facility will notify the Parties of the name of the
Neutral and the time and the place of the first meeting.
There shall be no ex parte communications with the Neutral.
9 to
completion 3.5 Good-faith negotiations shall be held with the Principals
and the Neutral present. Good-faith negotiations require
that the Parties make good-faith offers and/or demands.
The Parties and the Neutral should undertake to develop
all options for resolution and prepare:
3.51 A statement of issues.
3.52 A statement of desired results.
3.53 An exchange of key documents, testimony, and other
relevant information.
3.54 A statement of offers.
3.6 If, in the judgment of the Neutral, good-faith negotiations
have taken place and the Parties cannot achieve resolution,
either Party may initiate the
- 32 -
<PAGE>
Proceeding. If the Parties feel that good-faith
negotiations have taken place and the Neutral does not
agree, the Parties may initiate the Proceeding. If one
Party believes that good-faith negotiations have taken
place, but the other Party and the Neutral disagree, the
Parties shall proceed as set forth in the Procedure Manual.
-----------
* The Facility is more particularly described in Sections II through VII of
the Agreement. ADR can be modified by unanimous agreement of the Parties,
the Trial Judge and the Facility. The Parties may apply to the Trial Judge
for modification of the ADR Procedure on a showing of good cause.
- 33 -
<PAGE>
THE PROCEEDING
Day
---
4.00 Initiation of the Proceeding
1 4.1 The Parties notify the Facility of the request for the
Proceeding.
2 4.2 The Facility notifies all Subscribers of the request for the
Proceeding.
3-10 4.3 New Parties may be joined at this point if all existing
Parties agree. A written consent by all Parties to such
joinder must be filed with the Facility no later than seven
days after notification by the Facility of the Proceeding.
4.4 The Facility shall maintain a Panel of Trial Judges who have
been approved by the Initial Subscribers. Criteria for
selecting a Panel of Trial Judges are set forth in Exhibit 2
hereto.
11 4.5 If the Parties can agree on one or more Trial Judges from
the Panel, they will notify the Facility of the name or
names selected. If the Parties cannot agree, the Facility
will notify the Parties of a List of seven available Trial
Judges. The list of Trial Judges shall not include the
Neutral, and there shall be no communication between the
Trial Judge and the Neutral.
13 4.6 The Parties shall notify the Facility of three mutually
acceptable Trial Judges. Each Party may strike two names
from the list provided by the Facility; the initiating Party
strikes first by telephone.
15 4.7 The Facility shall notify the parties of the name of the
Trial Judge and the time and place of the first conference.
There shall be no ex parte communications with the Trial
Judge.
16 4.8 The Parties shall forward to the Trial Judge a joint
statement of facts, issues, requested relief, and requests
for documents not previously produced and other relevant
information.
19 5.00 Initial Conference. Principals need not be present.
5.1 The Trial Judge shall review and clarify the statement of
dispute, issues, requested relief, and status of settlement;
confirm the trial date, place and schedule; and rule on any
disputes relating to document production.
6.00 Discovery
24 6.1 Production of Documents. Parties will produce all requested
documents not previously produced. The Trial Judge will be
present during the production.
29-38 6.2 Depositions.
- 34 -
<PAGE>
6.21 No more than five days per side unless the Trial Judge
rules otherwise. The Trial Judge has the discretion to
rule otherwise in cases where there is a multiplicity
of Parties or issues, or for good cause shown.
6.22 The Trial Judge will be present unless the Parties
agree otherwise.
40 7.00 Pre-Proceeding Conference. The Principals and the Trial Judge
must be present.
7.1 The Parties shall exchange and provide the Trial Judge (in
writing) with:
a. Lists of witnesses and summaries of direct testimony
related to issues to be proven.
b. Exhibits related to issues to be proven.
C. Trial briefs.
7.2 The Trial Judge shall resolve issues such as authenticity,
admissibility, etc.
47-57 8.00 Proceeding. The case shall be presented to the Trial Judge and
the Principals, who are required to be present.
8.1 The first Party may put on its direct case for up to two
days. The second Party may cross examine for up to one day.
The Trial Judge may summarize the state of evidence.
8.2 The second Party may put on its direct case for up to two
days. The first Party may cross examine for up to one day.
The Trial Judge may summarize the state of evidence.
8.3 Each side may have up to one-half day for rebuttal.
8.4 Argument. The First Party may present direct argument for
up to one hour. The Second Party may present rebuttal for
up to one-half hour. The Second Party may present direct
argument for up to one hour. The First Party may present
rebuttal argument for up to one-half hour. Questioning by
the Trial Judge is allowed.
8.5 A record of the Proceeding shall be kept.
8.6 The Trial Judge has the discretion to alter the length of
the Proceeding in cases where there is a multiplicity of
Parties or issues, or for good cause shown.
58 9.00 Final Settlement Conference
9.1 The Trial Judge shall meet with the Principals. If all the
Parties agree, the Trial Judge may:
a. Discuss the strengths and weaknesses of each Party's
case;
- 35 -
<PAGE>
b. Question the Parties in an effort to conciliate; and
c. Engage in mediation, as the Trial Judge sees fit.
60 10.A Non-Binding Decision, where the issue is one for which
litigation is allowed .
10.Al There will be no written opinion.
10.A2 An advisory opinion will be provided to any Party who
requests it. The advisory opinion shall not be provided
until two days after the Final Settlement Conference.
10.A3 Nothing from the ADR process is admissible in subsequent
litigation.
10.A4 There will be a cooling off period of up to two days if
the Trial Judge deems it advisable.
62 10.A5 A final negotiation session shall be held after the non-
binding decision, with the Trial Judge and/or the original
Neutral present, if all Parties agree.
10.A6 If settlement is not achieved at the final negotiation
session, the Parties proceed to litigation.
72-79 10.B Binding Decision, where the issue is one for which litigation is
not allowed. The Parties will have one week to file additional
briefs or comments, and then the Trial Judge shall issue a
written opinion and judgment within two weeks of the close of the
Proceeding or the submission of additional papers, whichever is
later. The opinion and judgment shall contain:
10.Bl Statement of relief granted.
10.B2 Statement of costs, expenses and fees awarded to the
prevailing party. Prejudgment interest shall be awarded
as provided in the Agreement and the Procedure Manual.
10.B3 Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law shall be issued.
10.B4 Petitions for rehearing may be filed but will not affect
the time for appeal.
APPELLATE PROCESS
11.00 Appeal
1 11.1 No later than 10 days after the decision any Party desiring
to appeal shall notify the Facility. The notice of appeal
shall include a statement of the dispute, the requested
relief, and the decision rendered below.
2 11.2 The Facility will docket the appeal and notify all
Subscribers.
- 36 -
<PAGE>
11.3 The Facility shall maintain a Panel of Appellate Judges
who have been approved by the Initial Subscribers.
Criteria for selecting a Panel of Appellate Judges are
set forth in Exhibit 3 hereto.
3 11.4 If the Parties can agree on three or more Appellate Judges
from the Panel, they will notify the Facility of the
names selected. If the Parties cannot agree, the Facility
will notify the Parties of a list of nine available
Appellate Judges. The list of Appellate Judges shall not
include the Neutral or the Trial Judge, and there shall
be no communications between the Appellate Judges and
either the Neutral or the Trial Judge.
4 11.5 The Parties shall notify the Facility of five mutually
acceptable Judges. Each Party may strike two names from
the list provided by the Facility; the initiating Party
strikes first by telephone.
6 11.6 The Facility shall notify the Parties of the three
Appellate Judge Panel and the date of the appellate pre-
argument conference which shall be held three days later.
9 12.00 Appellate Pre-Argument Conference
12.1 The Court shall review the issues on appeal and the relief
requested.
12.2 The Court shall confirm that the appeal is in good faith
and, if all the Parties agree, shall conduct settlement
negotiations as to the issues on appeal.
12.3 The Court shall confirm the appeal schedule.
13.00 Record On Appeal
11 13.1 The Appellant shall file the record with the Facility.
13 13.2 The Appellee shall supplement the record if necessary.
14.00 Briefs
21 14.1 The Appellant's brief is due 10 days after the filing of
the record.
41 14.2 The Appellee's brief is due 20 days after filing of the
Appellant's brief.
46 14.3 The Appellant's reply brief is due five days after filing
of the Appellee's brief.
51 15.00 Argument
15.1 Appellant--45 Minutes.
15.2 Appellee--One Hour.
15.3 Appellant--15 Minutes.
15.4 The Court may examine counsel either during the
- 37 -
<PAGE>
argument or after the argument is closed.
65 16.00 Decision. The Court shall issue a written opinion within two
weeks of the close of the argument. The opinion shall contain:
16.1 Statement of relief granted.
16.2 Statement of costs, expenses and fees awarded to the
prevailing Party. Prejudgment interest shall be awarded as
provided in the Agreement and the Procedure Manual.
66 17.00 Rehearing. The procedure for Rehearing at the appellate level
(and at the Proceeding) shall be as provided in the Procedure
Manual.
100.00 Miscellaneous Provisions
100.1 Amicus Curiae Briefs
a. Any Subscriber may file an amicus curiae brief as a
matter of right at either the Proceeding or Appellate
stage.
b. The Court may accord the brief whatever weight it deems
appropriate.
100.2 The standard for reversal on appellate review is whether
the decision is clearly erroneous. If all Parties
request, the Trial Judge may help the Parties resolve
their differences, and efforts by the Trial Judge in
this regard are not subject to appeal.
100.3 All questions of law, including conflicts of law and
burden of proof, shall be resolved by the Trial Judge as
provided in the Procedure Manual.
100.4 The Trial Judge and the Appellate Panel shall have the
power to impose sanctions for failure to comply with any
aspect of the ADR Procedure. Sanctions also may be
imposed for frivolous appeals and frivolous petitions
for rehearing. The sanctions may include costs, fees,
and expenses; the relief requested by any Party; and any
further monetary or other sanctions that the Trial Judge
or the Appellate Panel deems appropriate. There will be
a right of appeal with regard to any award of sanctions
by the Trial Judge.
100.5 The Board of Directors of the Facility shall provide
guidance and instructions regarding the ADR Procedure
and all problems relating thereto, with assistance from
the General Counsel's office as necessary.
100.6 There will be no precedential effect of any decisions
rendered in the ADR Procedure.
100.7 All decisions in the ADR Procedure shall be filed with the
Facility but will be maintained by the Facility on a
confidential basis and shall be available only to
Subscribers.
- 38 -
<PAGE>
100.8 The Federal Rules of Evidence will be applied by the Trial
Judge unless modified by the Procedure Manual.
Depositions and trial transcripts in prior actions
automatically will be admissible, subject to whatever
weight the Trial Judge determines to give such evidence.
100.9 The Facility will bear the costs of the ADR Procedure and
the costs of the Neutrals until Initiation of the
Proceeding (4.00). From then on, all costs will be paid
by the losing Party. The procedure for payment of such
costs is provided in the Procedure Manual.
- 39 -
<PAGE>
PANEL OF NEUTRALS
It is anticipated that the panel of Neutrals will be drawn primarily from
the CPR Judicial List. However, all Neutrals shall be approved by the Initial
Subscribers.
The criteria to be used to select a Neutral are as follows:
1. Neutral and unbiased toward any of the parties or the industries
involved.
2. Distinguished and respected in the business or legal communities.
3. Available on a sustained basis and on reasonably short notice.
4. Experienced in the techniques of Alternative Dispute Resolution or
willing and able to learn quickly.
5. Unquestioned integrity.
6. Experienced.
7. Creative.
EXHIBIT I
- 40 -
<PAGE>
PANEL OF TRIAL JUDGES
It is anticipated that the panel of Trial Judges will be drawn primarily
from the CPR Judicial List. However, all Trial Judges shall be approved by the
Initial Subscribers.
The criteria to be used to select a Trial Judge are as follows:
1. Neutral and unbiased toward any of the parties or the industries
involved.
2. Distinguished and respected in the business or legal communities.
3. Available on a sustained basis and on reasonably short notice.
4. Unquestioned integrity.
5. Creative.
6. Judicial experience at the trial court level.
7. Exhibits judicial temperament; that is, the judge is:
a. Impartial;
b. Patient;
c. Courteous;
d. Decisive;
e. Fair; and
f. Effective.
EXHIBIT 2
- 41 -
<PAGE>
PANEL OF APPELLATE JUDGES
It is anticipated that the panel of Appellate Judges will be drawn
primarily from the CPR Judicial List. However, all Appellate Judges shall be
approved by the Initial Subscribers.
The criteria to be used to select an Appellate Judge are as follows:
1. Neutral and unbiased toward any of the parties or the industries
involved.
2. Distinguished and respected in the business or legal communities.
3. Available on a sustained basis and on reasonably short notice.
4. Unquestioned integrity.
5. Creative.
6. Judicial experience at the appellate court level.
7. Exhibits judicial temperament; that is, the judge is:
a. Impartial;
b. Patient;
c. Courteous;
d. Decisive;
e. Fair; and
f. Effective.
EXHIBIT 3
- 42 -
<PAGE>
APPENDIX D
SCHEDULES OF INSURANCE
Following are: 1) guidelines to assist in the completion of the Schedules
of Insurance pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement; 2) the forms of
Schedules to be used; and 3) the form of Schedules Certification to be executed
by each Subscribing Producer and its Subscribing Insurers. All policies of
insurance affording general liability, products liability or premises coverage
should be scheduled hereunder. Each Subscribing Producer and each of its
Subscribing Insurers shall execute the Schedules Certification (in the form set
forth hereinbelow) within 20 days of the date that such Producer or Insurer
becomes a signatory to the Agreement, and shall note thereon any disputed issues
with respect thereto. The failure by a signatory to the Agreement so to execute
the Schedules Certification within such 20 day period shall be deemed an assent
to and valid execution of the Schedules in question by such signatory.
1. Initial Coverage Block: Set forth the closing date of the initial coverage
block. For the definition of coverage block, see
Section IX of the Agreement. All insurance
policies covering the period prior to the closing
date should be listed on Section 1 of the form of
Schedules. All insurance policies covering the
period subsequent to the closing date should be
listed on Section 2 of the form of Schedules.
2. Pre-Date Insurance
Polices and Post-Date
Insurance Polices: Set forth the date mutually agreed upon in
accordance with Section XV of the Agreement. All
pre-date insurance policies and all post-date
insurance policies should be listed on the
appropriate Sections of the form of Schedules.
3. Insurer: Specify exactly as named in the insurance policy
or other evidential document of coverage.
4. Policy Period: Refer to the actual period for which the insurance
policy is in effect. For policy periods of other
than 12 month multiples, see Section XVIII of the
Agreement.
5. Policy Type: Specify whether primary, excess or self-insured.
6. Policy Form: Enter the codes that describe the insurance policy
form:
A. Pre-1966 Standard Form Insurance Policy, as
defined in Section XXIII of the Agreement.
B. The insurance policy does not pay allocated
expenses following exhaustion of aggregate
limits. See Section XII of the Agreement.
C. The insurance policy does pay allocated
expenses following
- 43 -
<PAGE>
exhaustion of aggregate limits. See Section
XII of the Agreement.
D. The insurance policy expressly provides
coverage on a specific manifestation basis.
E. The insurance policy expressly provides
coverage on a claims-made basis.
F. The insurance policy expressly provides
coverage on a first discovery basis.
G. The insurance policy pays allocated expenses
and such expenses do not apply against
aggregate limits. See Section XI of the
Agreement.
H. The insurance policy pays allocated expenses
and such expenses apply against aggregate
limits. See Section XI of the Agreement.
I. The insurance policy does not pay allocated
expenses. See Section XI of the Agreement
7. Per Occurrence/Accident
Limits: Refer to the limit for any one occurrence or any
one accident
8. Products Aggregate: Refer to the aggregate limit applicable to
products bodily injury liability coverage.
Certain insurance policies may contain a combined
aggregate for bodily injury, property damage and
other covered perils; if so, refer to the combined
limit.
With respect to insurance policies without
aggregate limits, see Section XVII of the
Agreement.
9. Products Aggregate
Consumption: The function of the Aggregate Consumption Summary
is to track the consumption of total products
liability aggregate limits by asbestos products
bodily injury claims.
With respect to an insurance policy containing a
deductible that explicitly provides that payment
of deductibles reduces aggregate limits, see
Section XV of the Agreement.
With respect to the payment of allocated expenses
applying against aggregate limits, see Section XI
of the Agreement.
10. Non-Products
Coverage: To impute aggregate limits for non-products
- 44 -
<PAGE>
coverage, see Section XVII of the Agreement.
11. Deductibles and
Retentions: Enter the codes that describe the deductible or
retention:
J. Per occurrence deductible.
K. Per claim deductible.
L. Deductible reduces the aggregate limits of
the insurance policy.
M. Self-insured retention.
N. Loss limit.
Where deductibles and retentions are not limited
explicitly by the insurance policy language, see
Section XVI of the Agreement.
Where an insurance policy containing a deductible
explicitly provides that payment of deductibles
reduces aggregate limits, see Section XV of the
Agreement.
- 45 -
<PAGE>
APPENDIX D--SCHEDULES OF INSURANCE
Attaching to and forming a part of the Agreement Concerning Asbestos-
Related Claims:
Subscribing Producer:*
-------------------------------------
Initial Coverage Block Ending: / /
--------
(date)
SECTION 1 (COVERAGE BLOCK):
A. Pre-Date Insurance Policies (pre- / / )
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Products Coverage
------------------------------------------------------------
Per
Policy Policy Occurrence/Accident B.I. or Combined B.I. or Combined
Policy Period No. Insurer** Policy Type Form Limit Aggregate Aggregate Consumption
- ------------- ------- --------- ----------- ------ ------------------- ---------------- ----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
<CAPTION>
Products Coverage Non-Products Coverage Retention
- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
Per
B.I. or Combined Occurrence/ Aggregate Aggregate
Aggregate Balance Accident Limit Aggregate Consumption Balance Type Amount Stop Loss Retro Balance
- ----------------- -------------- --------- ----------- --------- ---- ------ --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
- -----------
* This includes all affiliated persons (including related companies and
employees, officers and directors) covered by the insurance policies listed
herein .
**This includes all predecessor and successor persons of each Insurer listed
herein.
- 46 -
<PAGE>
APPENDIX D--SCHEDULES OF INSURANCE
Attaching to and forming a part of the Agreement Concerning Asbestos-
Related Claims:
Subscribing Producer:*
-------------------------------------
Initial Coverage Block Ending: / /
--------
(date)
SECTION 1 (COVERAGE BLOCK):
B. Post-Date Insurance Policies (post- / / )
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Products Coverage
------------------------------------------------------------
Per
Policy Policy Occurrence/Accident B.I. or Combined B.I. or Combined
Policy Period No. Insurer** Policy Type Form Limit Aggregate Aggregate Consumption
- ------------- ------- --------- ----------- ------ ------------------- ---------------- ----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
<CAPTION>
Products Coverage Non-Products Coverage Retention
- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
Per
B.I. or Combined Occurrence/ Aggregate Aggregate
Aggregate Balance Accident Limit Aggregate Consumption Balance Type Amount Stop Loss Retro Balance
- ----------------- -------------- --------- ----------- --------- ---- ------ --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
- -----------
* This includes all affiliated persons (including related companies and
employees, officers and directors) covered by the insurance policies listed
herein .
**This includes all predecessor and successor persons of each Insurer listed
herein.
- 47 -
<PAGE>
APPENDIX D--SCHEDULES OF INSURANCE
Attaching to and forming a part of the Agreement Concerning Asbestos-
Related Claims:
Subscribing Producer:*
-------------------------------------
Initial Coverage Block Ending: / /
--------
(date)
SECTION 2 (NON COVERAGE BLOCK):
A. Pre-Date Insurance Policies (pre- / / )
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Products Coverage
------------------------------------------------------------
Per
Policy Policy Occurrence/Accident B.I. or Combined B.I. or Combined
Policy Period No. Insurer** Policy Type Form Limit Aggregate Aggregate Consumption
- ------------- ------- --------- ----------- ------ ------------------- ---------------- ----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
<CAPTION>
Products Coverage Non-Products Coverage Retention
- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
Per
B.I. or Combined Occurrence/ Aggregate Aggregate
Aggregate Balance Accident Limit Aggregate Consumption Balance Type Amount Stop Loss Retro Balance
- ----------------- -------------- --------- ----------- --------- ---- ------ --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
- -----------
* This includes all affiliated persons (including related companies and
employees, officers and directors) covered by the insurance policies listed
herein .
**This includes all predecessor and successor persons of each Insurer listed
herein.
- 48 -
<PAGE>
APPENDIX D--SCHEDULES OF INSURANCE
Attaching to and forming a part of the Agreement Concerning Asbestos-
Related Claims:
Subscribing Producer:*_____________________________________
Initial Coverage Block Ending: / /
--------
(date)
SECTION 2 (NON COVERAGE BLOCK):
B. Post-Date Insurance Policies (post- / / )
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Products Coverage
------------------------------------------------------------
Per
Policy Policy Occurrence/Accident B.I. or Combined B.I. or Combined
Policy Period No. Insurer** Policy Type Form Limit Aggregate Aggregate Consumption
- ------------- ------- --------- ----------- ------ ------------------- ---------------- ----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
<CAPTION>
Products Coverage Non-Products Coverage Retention
- ----------------- ------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------
Per
B.I. or Combined Occurrence/ Aggregate Aggregate
Aggregate Balance Accident Limit Aggregate Consumption Balance Type Amount Stop Loss Retro Balance
- ----------------- -------------- --------- ----------- --------- ---- ------ --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
- -----------
* This includes all affiliated persons (including related companies and
employees, officers and directors) covered by the insurance policies listed
herein.
**This includes all predecessor and successor persons of each Insurer listed
herein.
- 49 -
<PAGE>
APPENDIX D--SCHEDULES OF INSURANCE
CERTIFICATION
The foregoing comprises the Schedules of all relevant policies of insurance
known to the Subscribing Producer and to any of its Subscribing Insurers as of
this date. Any insurance policy that subsequently becomes relevant (by
discovery or otherwise) will be added to these Schedules by amendment or
addendum, and it is agreed that all Subscribing Insurers are committed to
cooperate with and assist the Subscribing Producer in the continuing search for
policies of insurance.
These Schedules of Insurance are subject to the terms and conditions of the
Agreement to which they shall be attached and form a part thereof. The
undersigned acknowledge and agree that such Schedules of Insurance are in
compliance with the provisions of the Agreement.
Dated:
Subscribing Producer:______________________________________
Subscribing Insurers:______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
______________________________________
- 50 -
<PAGE>
APPENDIX E
INSURANCE DEFENSE PROGRAM
1. Purpose:
The purpose of the Insurance Defense Program (herein called the "Defense
Program" or the "Program") shall be solely to implement the provisions of
Paragraph 2 of Section XII of the Agreement.
2. Definitions:
"Covered claims" means claims to which the Defense Program applies under
Section 3 below.
"Base standard charge" means the standard charge for a single pre-1966
standard form insurance policy issued to a Subscribing Producer in the lowest
risk category.
"Standard charge" for any calendar year means the amount designated as such
in the Subscribing Insurer's Standard Charge Notice for such calendar year.
"Base surcharge" means the surcharge for a single pre-1966 standard form
insurance policy issued to a Subscribing Producer in the lowest risk category.
"Surcharge" means the amount due as a surcharge under Section 7 below.
"Reserve Fund" means the amount, including all investment income thereon,
held by the Administrators for the payment of defense expenses expected under
the Defense Program.
"Administrators" means those holding office as such under the Defense
Program.
3. Application:
The Defense Program applies only to those asbestos-related claims against
Subscribing Producers that:
(a) are being administered by the Facility; and
(b) under the Agreement would have triggered an obligation to pay
allocated expenses and unallocated expenses under a pre-1966 standard form
insurance policy.
The Defense Program covers only the payment of allocated expenses and
unallocated expenses attributable to such claims. It does not provide coverage
for liability payments. The Defense Program shall not survive termination of
the Facility.
4. Participation:
Each Subscribing Insurer that has issued a pre-1966 standard form insurance
policy to a Subscribing Producer shall become a participant in the Defense
Program and shall be bound by all of the provisions of the Program.
Each participant shall pay promptly on notice from the Administrators all
standard charges and surcharges due under the Defense Program.
5. Administrators:
- 51 -
<PAGE>
The Defense Program shall be administered by a Committee of Administrators,
with no less than six in number, all of which shall be participants. The
Committee shall include representatives of all three classes of participants,
those with relatively high, moderate or low exposure to charges under the
Defense Program.
The Committee will be appointed for a designated term of years by the
Insurer members of the Board of Directors of the Facility. The Board will
designate carriers to be members, and the carriers will designate the individual
representative who will represent them. Each Administrator shall have one vote.
The Committee of Administrators shall have the full power to administer the
Defense Program including power to deal with the Facility with respect to the
defense of claims subject to the Defense Program and the appropriate amounts to
be paid the Facility for conducting such defense and full power to determine the
financing of the Defense Program including the power to determine standard
charges and surcharges and to accumulate reserves.
The Committee will adopt schedules, charges and otherwise conduct their
business on the basis of majority vote. If for some reason a majority decision
cannot be reached, then the matter will be referred to the Insurer members of
the Board of Directors for resolution. If a majority vote is not possible at
that time, then the matter is referred to the Chief Financial Officer for an
absolute and binding decision.
6. Mutual Sharing or Insurance Nature of the Defense Program:
The defense expenses incurred under the Defense Program shall be shared
mutually by the participants in relation to:
(a) the number of pre-1966 standard form insurance policies issued by
each such participant to Subscribing Producers; and
(b) the degree of risk each such policy presents as estimated by the
Administrators.
For the purpose of implementing subdivision (b) above, the Administrators
shall classify Subscribing Producers into three risk categories with the
following risk relativity factors:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Risk Category Risk Relativity
------------- ---------------
<S> <C>
A 3
B 2
C 1
</TABLE>
The Administrators shall assign Producers to risk categories in accordance
with their respective shares of liability payments unless, by at least a two-
thirds majority, they shall determine that such a method is not appropriate to
reflect the relative risk and shall adopt another method.
7. Funding:
The Administrators shall direct the Chief Financial Officer to establish a
Common Reserve Fund to hold all payments made by the participants under the
Defense Program. There must be no co-mingling of monies received for this
purpose with any other funds, monies or assets of the Facility. The Chief
Financial Officer shall keep an account for each participant showing all amounts
paid by the participant, and in the event the Administrators should ever
determine that the defense fund appears to be greater than needed to meet the
cost of defending covered claims, then they shall direct the Chief
- 52 -
<PAGE>
Financial Officer to refund the excess to the participants in the ratio that the
total amount paid by each bears to the total amount paid by all participants.
For each calendar year the Administrators shall estimate the amount of
defense expense expected to be incurred by the Facility in defending covered
claims during the calendar year plus an amount appropriate in their judgment as
a reserve against contingencies. The Administrators shall then determine the
base standard charge and send each participant written notice of the
participant's standard charge for such calendar year.
In the event the Administrators determine that the Reserve Fund is not
sufficient to meet the expected defense expenses to be incurred, the
Administrators shall estimate the amount required to meet the deficit. The
Administrators shall then determine the base surcharge and send each participant
written notice of the participant's portion of the total surcharge.
For the first calendar year of subscription the base standard charge for
each pre-1966 standard policy shall be $400 unless the Administrators shall
determine that such an amount is plainly not appropriate.
The following section gives a pro forma example that will enable each
participant to estimate its approximate standard charge for the first year as
soon as the number of its policies subject to the Defense Program and their Risk
Categories are known.
8. Pro Forma Examples of Standard Charges and Surcharges:
The first example uses a base standard charge of $400 and a participant
with 100 pre-1966 standard form insurance policies subject to the Program,
distributed as follows: 40 in Risk Category A; 35 in Risk Category B; and 25 in
Risk Category C. The participants' annual standard charge is computed as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Policies Risk Category Risk Factor Base Charge Standard Charge
- -------- ------------- ----------- ----------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
40 A 3 $400 $48,000
35 B 2 $400 $28,000
25 C 1 $400 $10,000
-------
Total standard charge for the year: $86,000
</TABLE>
If a surcharge were determined to be required during the course of the
year, it would be applied in a like manner as with the basic standard charge.
This second example demonstrates the application of a surcharge as regards a
participant with the same policy and risk distribution as above:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Policies Risk Category Risk Factor Base Charge Surcharge
- -------- ------------- ----------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
40 A 3 $200 $24,000
35 B 2 $200 $14,000
25 C 1 $200 $ 5,000
-------
Total surcharge for affected year: $43,000
</TABLE>
9. Appeals and Dispute Resolution:
The Administrators shall have power to resolve all disputes among
participants relating to the Defense Program and, by at least a two-thirds
majority, to extend equitable relief to an individual participant if a strict
- 53 -
<PAGE>
application of its rules or decisions would cause the participant undue and
unfair hardship.
Any participant who is aggrieved by a decision of the Board by less than a
two-thirds majority may submit the matter to binding nonjudicial dispute
resolution under Appendix C of the Agreement.
- 54 -
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10(iii)(j)
THOMASVILLE FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC.
--------------------------------------
THOMASVILLE VALUE PLAN
----------------------
Section 1. Purpose
-------
The purposes of the Thomasville Value Plan (the "Plan") are: (a) to enhance
the value, growth and profitability of Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc.,
a Pennsylvania corporation ("Thomasville" or the "Company"), by providing the
incentive of long-term rewards to key employees who are capable of having a
significant impact on the performance of Thomasville and; (b) to attract and
retain key employees of outstanding competence and ability.
Section 2. Definitions
-----------
For the purpose of the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings
indicated:
(a) "Armstrong" means Armstrong World Industries, Inc., and any
corporation, partnership, or other organization of which Armstrong
owns or controls, directly or indirectly, not less than 50 percent
of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other
equity interests. For purposes of this Plan, the term "Armstrong"
shall include any successor thereto.
(b) "Board" means the Board of Directors of Thomasville.
(c) "Committee" means the Compensation Committee of the Thomasville
Board of Directors.
(d) "Common Stock" means the Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share,
of Armstrong World Industries, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation.
(e) "Disability" means total and permanent disability within the
meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
(f) "Fair Market Value" means the closing price of the Common Stock as
reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on the
applicable date or, if no sales were made on such date, on the next
preceding date on which the sales of the Common Stock were made.
(g) "Investment Award" means a right to earn an award based upon
Thomasville attaining designated performance goals established by
the Committee.
(h) "Investment Period" means a period of four consecutive years,
beginning at the end of each year of the Performance Period during
which time Thomasville Phantom Shares earned can gain or lose
value.
<PAGE>
- 2 -
(i) "Participant" means any key employee who has met the eligibility
requirements set forth in Section 4 hereof and to whom a grant has
been made and is outstanding under the Plan.
(j) "Performance Period" means, in relation to an Investment Award, any
period for which performance goals have been established.
(k) "Retirement" means termination from employment with Armstrong after
the Participant has attained age 55 and has completed five years of
service with Armstrong or termination of employment under
circumstances which the Committee deems equivalent to retirement.
(l) "Thomasville Phantom Share" means a stock unit equivalent of
Thomasville which unit does not convey to the Participant holder
any interest, right, or title to Thomasville.
Section 3. Administration
--------------
The Plan shall be administered by the Committee which shall consist of
appointed directors of the Company, none of whom is eligible to participate in
the Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and to directions by the
Board, the Committee is authorized to interpret the Plan, to adopt
administrative rules, regulations, and guidelines for the Plan, and to impose
such terms, conditions, and restrictions on grants as it deems appropriate.
Section 4. Eligibility and Participation
-----------------------------
Participation in the Plan shall be limited to officers, who may also be members
of the Board of Directors, and other key employees of the Company. The
Committee retains the right to discontinue a Participant's participation in the
Plan in the event of transfer to a new position within the Company, transfer to
an Armstrong affiliate, or under circumstances which the Committee determines
to warrant such action.
Section 5. Awards Under the Plan
---------------------
5.1 Target Investment Award
-----------------------
For each year of the Performance Period, a Participant shall be assigned a
target Investment Award. The amount of the Investment Award shall vary
depending on the Participant's level of responsibility. Each Participant shall
receive a written document indicating the target Investment Award amount for
each year of the Performance Period.
<PAGE>
- 3 -
5.2 Performance Goals
-----------------
At any time before or during a Performance Period, the Committee shall
establish one or more performance goals for such Performance Period. In
establishing the performance goals, the Committee shall determine both a
minimum performance level, below which no Investment Award shall be earned, and
a performance schedule under which the amount of the Investment Award earned
may be less than, equal to, or greater than the target amount.
5.3 Determination of Investment Award Amount and Conversion to
----------------------------------------------------------
Thomasville Phantom Shares
-------------------------
At the conclusion of each year of the Performance Period, the amount of the
Investment Award earned, if any, shall be determined as specified in the
performance schedule. The Investment Award amount earned shall be converted to
Thomasville Phantom Shares in accordance with a method specified by the
Committee. The Thomasville Phantom Shares earned shall be credited to an
account to be maintained for each such Participant for the duration of the
Investment Period or such longer period as specified by the Participant.
5.4 Investment Period
-----------------
The Committee shall establish an Investment Period which shall be a period of
four consecutive years, beginning at the end of the year in which an Investment
Award is earned. During the Investment Period, Thomasville Phantom Shares
shall be subject to the risk of forfeiture. Further, during such Investment
Period, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, transfer,
pledge or otherwise dispose of Thomasville Phantom Shares that have been
earned. The Committee may provide for the lapse of such restrictions in
installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions, in whole or in
part, based on such factors as the Committee may determine.
5.5 Payment of Awards
-----------------
Following the lapse of the Investment Period, a Participant shall have the
right to receive payment in cash or in shares of Armstrong Common Stock, or may
elect to continue to hold Thomasville Phantom Shares. The President of
Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc. shall not be permitted to receive
payment in Armstrong Common Stock. The value of the Thomasville Phantom Shares
shall be determined in accordance with a method specified by the Committee.
The number of shares of Armstrong Common Stock awarded shall be based on the
Fair Market Value on the date of conversion.
<PAGE>
- 4 -
If a Participant elects to continue to hold Thomasville Phantom Shares beyond
the Investment Period not subject to a deferral agreement, the Participant
shall be permitted to receive payment in cash or in shares of Armstrong Common
Stock at the beginning of each subsequent year based on the current value of
the Thomasville Phantom Shares. The President of Thomasville shall not be
permitted to receive payment in Armstrong Common Stock.
A Participant may elect to defer receipt of the awards pursuant to Section 8
hereof.
Section 6. Transfer to an Armstrong Affiliate
----------------------------------
In the event a Participant transfers to an Armstrong affiliate:
(a) The Committee shall determine if the Participant shall be entitled
to receive an Investment Award for the year in which such transfer
occurs.
(b) All restrictions shall remain in effect on all Thomasville Phantom
Shares earned under the Plan unless otherwise provided for by the
Committee.
(c) At the conclusion of any Investment Period following such transfer,
the Committee has the right to require the Participant to take
payment in cash or in shares of Armstrong Common Stock. Any
Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, shall not have the option to receive
Armstrong Common Stock.
Section 7. Termination of Employment
-------------------------
(a) In the event a Participant terminates employment with Armstrong on
or after July 1 by reason of death, Disability, or Retirement, the
Participant or the Participant's designated beneficiary, shall be
entitled to receive payment with regard to an outstanding
Investment Award prorated for the number of months of employment
during the year in which such termination occurs. In the event a
Participant terminates employment with Armstrong prior to July 1,
the Participant shall not be entitled to receive an Investment
Award.
(b) In the event a Participant terminates employment with Armstrong by
reason of death or Disability, restrictions shall lapse on all
Thomasville Phantom Shares earned which are subject to restriction
at the time of termination. If termination of employment is by
reason of death, the Participant's designated beneficiary shall be
entitled to receive the Participant's award payment under the Plan.
If termination of employment is by reason of retirement, any
applicable Investment Period shall continue in effect, but in no
event beyond the end of the calendar year of the three-year period
following the Participant's Retirement.
<PAGE>
- 5 -
(c) In the event a Participant terminates employment with Armstrong for
any reason other than death, Disability or Retirement, the
Participant shall forfeit all rights to earn an Investment Award
and Thomasville Phantom Shares not held for the full duration of
the Investment Period unless otherwise provided for by the
Committee.
(d) Notwithstanding Sections 7(a) and 7(b), in the event a
Participant's employment with Armstrong is terminated under special
circumstances, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, continue
a Participant's rights to earn any or all Investment Awards in the
year of termination and waive in whole or in part any or all
remaining restrictions applicable to outstanding Thomasville
Phantom Shares.
Section 8. Deferral of Payment
-------------------
At the discretion of the Committee, a Participant may be offered the right to
defer the receipt of all or any portion of an award payment beyond the
conclusion of the Investment Period. Such right shall be exercised by
execution of a written agreement by the Participant at least one year in
advance of the end of the Investment Period. Award payments may be deferred in
the form of (1) Thomasville Phantom Shares or (2) shares of Armstrong Common
Stock based on the Fair Market Value at the end of the Investment Period. The
President of Thomasville shall not be permitted to defer payment in the form of
Armstrong Common Stock.
If a Participant elects to defer in the form of Armstrong Common Stock, the
shares of Common Stock subject to the deferral shall remain in the custody of
Armstrong. Cash dividends paid with respect to these shares shall be
reinvested to purchase additional shares of Common Stock that shall be subject
to the same deferral provisions.
If a Participant elects to defer in the form of Thomasville Phantom Shares, at
the conclusion of the deferral period the Participant may elect to receive
payment in cash or in shares of Armstrong Common Stock. The value of the
Thomasville Phantom Shares shall be determined in accordance with a method
specified by the Committee. The number of shares of Armstrong Common Stock
paid shall be based on the Fair Market Value at the end of the deferral period.
Section 9. Changes to Method of Thomasville Phantom Share Valuation
--------------------------------------------------------
The Committee reserves the right to adjust the method by which Thomasville
Phantom Shares are valued. Such changes may be triggered by investments,
acquisitions, divestitures, distributions, changes in tax or accounting
policies, or other unusual or extraordinary events.
<PAGE>
- 6 -
Section 10. Miscellaneous
-------------
10.1 No Right to Employment
----------------------
Nothing contained in the Plan, nor in any grant pursuant to the Plan,
shall confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuance
of employment by the Company or Armstrong, nor interfere in any way with
the right of the Company or Armstrong to terminate the employment or
change the compensation of any employee at any time.
10.2 Nontransferability
------------------
A Participant's rights under the Plan, including the right to any
amounts or shares payable, may not be assigned, pledged or otherwise
transferred except, in the event of a Participant's death, to the
Participant's designed beneficiary or, in the absence of such a
designation, by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
10.3 Designation of Beneficiary
--------------------------
A Participant may designate, in writing delivered to the Company before
the Participant's death, a person or persons to receive, in the event of
the Participant's death, any rights to which the Participant would be
entitled under the Plan. If a Participant fails to designate a
beneficiary, then the Participant's estate shall be deemed to be the
beneficiary.
10.4 Withholding
-----------
Armstrong shall have the right to require the Participant to satisfy any
federal, state, local or other tax withholding requirements unless the
Participant elects to defer receipt of award payments pursuant to
Section 8 hereof.
10.5 Governing Law
-------------
The Plan shall be construed and its provisions enforced and administered
in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
applicable to contracts entered into and performed entirely in such
State.
10.6 Rights as a Shareholder
-----------------------
The recipient of any grant under the Plan shall have no rights as a
shareholder with respect thereto unless and until certificates for
shares of Common Stock are issued to such recipient.
<PAGE>
- 7 -
10.7 Unfunded Plan
-------------
Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Plan shall be
unfunded and shall not create (or be construed to create) a trust or
separate funds. With respect to any payment not yet made to a
Participant, nothing contained herein shall give any Participant any
rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of Armstrong.
10.8 Other Compensation Plans
------------------------
No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any
benefits under any retirement, group insurance, or other employee
benefit plan of Armstrong. Nothing contained in this Plan shall
prevent the Company from adopting other or additional compensation
arrangements, subject to Armstrong shareholder approval if such approval
is required.
10.9 Termination of Employment - Certain Forfeitures
-----------------------------------------------
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan and except for
Thomasville Phantom Shares held for the duration of the Investment
Period or Armstrong Common Stock which would otherwise be free of
restrictions and the receipt of which has been deferred pursuant to
Section 8, a Participant shall have no right to earn an Investment Award
or receive payment of the value of any Thomasville Phantom Shares if:
(1) the Participant is discharged for willful, deliberate, or gross
misconduct as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion or (2)
if following the Participant's termination of employment with
Armstrong, and within a period of three years thereafter, the
Participant engages in any business or enters into any employment which
the Committee in its sole discretion determines to be (a) directly or
indirectly competitive with the business of Armstrong or (b)
substantially injurious to Armstrong's financial interest. A
Participant may request the Committee in writing to determine whether
any proposed business or employment activity would justify such a
forfeiture. Such a request shall fully describe the proposed activity
and the Committee's determination shall be limited to the specific
activity so described.
Section 11 Amendment and Termination
-------------------------
The Board may modify, amend, discontinue or terminate the Plan without the
consent of Armstrong shareholders or Participants, except that, without the
approval of the shareholders of Armstrong, no amendment, discontinuation or
termination shall be made if Armstrong shareholder approval is required by any
federal or state law or regulation.
<PAGE>
- 8 -
Section 12. Shares Subject to the Plan
--------------------------
The total number of shares of Armstrong Common Stock that may be distributed
under the Plan shall be 100,000. Shares of Armstrong Common Stock distributed
under the Plan may be treasury shares or authorized but unissued shares. No
fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan.
Section 13. Effective Date and Duration of Plan
-----------------------------------
The Plan shall become effective on January 1, 1993 and remain in effect until
terminated by the Board.
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. 10(iii)(k)
THOMASVILLE FURNITURE INDUSTRIES
--------------------------------
THOMASVILLE ACHIEVEMENT PLAN
----------------------------
January 1993
<PAGE>
PURPOSE
-------
The Thomasville Achievement Plan is intended to promote the company's financial
success by recognizing the significant contributions key managers can make to
the achievement of company goals. The plan's objective is to motivate key
Thomasville managers to produce outstanding results by providing to them the
opportunity to earn additional financial rewards based on the attainment of
corporate and business unit goals.
CONCEPT
-------
At the beginning of the year, an annual Target Achievement Award is established
for each key manager based on the achievement of specific financial goals. When
the year is over, the results actually achieved will be evaluated against these
goals to determine the specific amount, if any, of additional compensation
earned.
ADMINISTRATION
--------------
Subject to the final approval of the Compensation Committee, the plan will be
administered by the President, Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc., with the
advice and counsel of Thomasville's key executives.
ELIGIBILITY
-----------
Participation in the Plan will be limited to key managers whose duties and
responsibilities permit them to make a continuing material impact on the
achievement of organization goals. The President of TFI will annually determine
participants based upon recommendations of the company's key management.
To be a participant, a manager must have been in an eligible position at least
for the period July 1 through December 31 of the year in which awards are to be
paid.
AWARD DETERMINATION
-------------------
Target Awards
- -------------
A Target Achievement Award, expressed as a percentage of the participant's base
salary earnings, is established for each eligible manager. Target awards vary
with levels and types of responsibility, as reflected in position grades for
each eligible manager. Refer to Exhibit I for the current Achievement groups
and Award percentages.
Timing of Payment
- -----------------
Awards are to be paid on or around March 1 following the close of the plan year.
<PAGE>
- 2 -
Target Award Allocation
- -----------------------
Target awards for eligible participants will be based on the achievement of a
TFI "PAR" ROA Target, TFI Business Unit Budget ROA, and TFI Business Unit "PAR"
ROA. The following is the allocation of target awards for all managers:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Line Staff
Manager Manager
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
TFI "PAR" ROA Target 20% 40%
TFI Business Unit "PAR" ROA 30% --
TFI Business Unit Budget ROA 50% --
TFI Budget ROA -- 60%
</TABLE>
Example
-------
John Doe, Line Manager
Annual Base Salary: $48,000
Target Award Percent: 15%
Annual Salary x Target Percentage = Target Award
$48,000 15% $7,200
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Target Award Allocation
-----------------------
<S> <C>
TFI "PAR" ROA 20% x $7,200 = $1,440
TFI Business Unit "PAR" ROA 30% x $7,200 = $2,160
TFI Business Unit Budget ROA 50% x $7,200 = $3,600
Total Target Award $7,200
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
- 3 -
TFI "PAR" ROA Segment
- ---------------------
As a measure of the long-term corporate results, the President of Thomasville,
in consultation with senior management, establishes a "PAR" target based on
return on assets for the company. This goal needs to be fixed over a period in
time as a long-term objective for the company. The goal includes a threshold
below which no award will be made, and a maximum level above which no additional
award is earned. The amount earned at each level of achievement is determined
by the award earnings Schedule A attached.
TFI Budget ROA Segment
- ----------------------
As a measure of the annual efforts, the President of Thomasville, in
consultation with senior management, establishes an annual budget based on
return on assets. This budget includes a threshold level below which no awards
are made, and a maximum level above which no additional award is earned. The
amount earned at each level of achievement is determined by the award earnings
Schedule B attached.
TFI Business Unit "PAR" ROA
- ---------------------------
As a measure of the long-term business unit results, the President of
Thomasville in consultation with senior management of the business unit,
establishes a "PAR" target based on return on assets for the business unit.
This goal needs to be fixed over a period of time as a long-term objective for
the business unit. The goal includes a threshold below which no award will be
made, and a maximum level above which no additional award is earned. The amount
earned at each level of achievement is determined by the awards earnings
schedules attached.
TFI Business Unit Budget ROA
- ----------------------------
As a measure of the annual efforts, the President of Thomasville in consultation
with the business unit senior management, establishes an annual budget based on
return on assets. This budget includes a threshold level below which no awards
are made, and a maximum level above which no additional award is earned. The
amount earned at each level of achievement is determined by the award earnings
schedules attached.
<PAGE>
- 4 -
Determining Actual Awards
- -------------------------
The actual award payable is determined by multiplying each segment of the target
award by the appropriate percentage of the award earned. The sum of these
calculations represents the participant's recommended award. The calculation is
illustrated in the examples which follow.
If actual TFI "PAR" ROA results are less than the threshold, there will be no
award under this segment of the plan. In this situation, payments under the
business unit or TFI Budget ROA segment of the plan will only be made if the
business unit or TFI Budget ROA reaches or exceeds 100% of its goal.
Benefit Plans
- -------------
Individual Achievement Awards are included in total compensation for the purpose
of computing pensions, Savings Investment Plan contributions, and Share-in-
Success Plan contributions. Such awards, however, are not used in calculating
group life insurance or long-term disability payments.
<PAGE>
- 5 -
Example 1
---------
THOMASVILLE FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC.
--------------------------------------
THOMASVILLE ACHIEVEMENT PLAN
----------------------------
Name: John Doe Title:
---------------------------- ----------------------------
Unit: Line Unit B
----------------------------
Target Award
- ------------
Base Salary x Target Percentage = Target Award
----------- ----------------- ------------
$48,000 15% $7,200
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Award Allocation
- ----------------
<S> <C>
TFI "PAR" Target 20% x $7,200 = $1,440
TFI Business Unit "PAR" 30% x $7,200 = $2,160
TFI Business Unit Budget 50% x $7,200 = $3,600
------
Target Award $7,200
<CAPTION>
Award Calculation - Example
- ---------------------------
Achievement Award
Segment Factor Allocation Award
- ------- ------ ---------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
TFI "PAR" ROA 108.0% x $1,440 = $3,110
TFI Business Unit "PAR" 125.0% x $2,160 = $2,700
TFI Business Unit Budget ROA 150.0% x $3,600 = $5,400
------
Recommended Award $11,210
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT NO. 22
(as of January 1994)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Jurisdiction of
Domestic Subsidiaries Incorporation
- --------------------- -----------------
<S> <C>
American Olean Tile Company, Inc. New York
ArmStar (50%-owned-unincorporated affiliate)
Armstrong Cork Finance Corporation Delaware
Armstrong Realty Group, Inc. Pennsylvania
Armstrong Ventures, Inc. Delaware
Armstrong World Industries (Delaware) Inc. Delaware
A W I (NEVADA), INC. Nevada
BEGA/US, Inc. California
Charleswater Products, Inc. Delaware
Chemline Industries, Inc. Delaware
Design Ideas Incorporated Pennsylvania
Fayette Enterprises, Inc. Mississippi
Gordon's, Inc. Delaware
I.W. Insurance Company Vermont
IWF, Inc. Nevada
The W. W. Henry Company California
The Worthington Armstrong Venture (50%-owned-
unincorporated affiliate)
Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc. Delaware
Thomasville Upholstery, Inc. Delaware
WAVE International, Inc. (owned by WAVE) Delaware
Foreign Subsidiaries
- --------------------
Alphacoustic (UK) Ltd. England
Armstrong-ABC Co., Ltd. Japan
Armstrong Cork (Ireland) Limited Ireland
Armstrong Europe Services England
Armstrong FSC, Ltd. Bermuda
Armstrong Insulation Products (Korea) Co. Ltd. Korea
Armstrong Insulation Rus. Russia
Armstrong (Japan) K.K. Japan
Armstrong-Nylex Pty. Ltd. Australia
Armstrong (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Singapore
Armstrong Textile Rubber Products Company People's Republic of
Shanghai Ltd. China
Armstrong World Industries - A.C.I. B.V. Netherlands
Armstrong World Industries - Belgium S.A. Belgium
Armstrong World Industries Canada Ltd. Canada
Armstrong World Industries (China) Ltd. People's Republic of
China
Armstrong World Industries de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. Mexico
Armstrong World Industries - France, S.A. France
Armstrong World Industries, G.m.b.H. Germany
Armstrong World Industries (H.K.) Limited Hong Kong
Armstrong World Industries Italia S.r.l. Italy
Armstrong World Industries Korea, Ltd. Korea
Armstrong World Industries Ltd. England
Armstrong World Industries Netherlands B.V. Netherlands
Armstrong World Industries - Pontarlier S.A. France
Armstrong World Industries Pty. Ltd. Australia
Armstrong World Industries, S.A. Spain
Armstrong World Industries (Schweiz) A.G. Switzerland
Armstrong World Industries (Thailand) Ltd. Thailand
Inarco Limited (40%-owned affiliate) India
ISA Co., Ltd. (25%-owned affiliate) Japan
ISO Holding, A.G. Switzerland
Liberty Commercial Services Ltd. Bermuda
Recubrimientos Interceramic S.A. de C.V. Mexico
(49%-owned affiliate)
Worthington Armstrong Venture Europe S.A. France
(owned by WAVE)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. 24
Consent of Independent Auditors
-------------------------------
The Board of Directors
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.:
We consent to incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No.
33-38837 on Form S-3 and the Registration Statement Nos. 2-50942, 2-77936,
2-91890, 33-18996, 33-18997, 33-18998, 33-29768 and 33-60070 on Form S-8 of
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. of our report dated February 14, 1994,
relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Armstrong World Industries,
Inc., and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1993 and 1992 and the related
consolidated statements of earnings and cash flows and related supplementary
information on depreciation rates and schedules for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1993, which report appears in the
December 31, 1993 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Armstrong World Industries,
Inc.
The audit report on the consolidated financial statements of Armstrong World
Industries, Inc. referred to above contains an explanatory paragraph that
states that the company is involved in antitrust litigation, the outcome of
which cannot presently be determined. Accordingly, no provision for any
liability that may result has been made in the consolidated financial
statements. Also, as discussed in the Financial Review section, effective
January 1, 1992, the company changed its methods of accounting to adopt the
provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes", No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement Benefits
Other than Pensions" and No. 112, "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment
Benefits."
KPMG Peat Marwick
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 22, 1994
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. 25
POWER OF ATTORNEY
-----------------
Re: 1993 Annual Report on Form 10-K
I, James E. Marley, as a Director of Armstrong World Industries, Inc., do
hereby constitute and appoint, GEORGE A. LORCH or, in the case of his absence or
inability to act as such, E. ALLEN DEAVER, my agent, to sign in my name and in
my behalf the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 1993, and any amendments thereto, to be filed by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, with the same effect as if such signature were made by me personally.
-----------------------------------
James E. Marley
Dated February 22, 1994
-------------------
<PAGE>
- 2 -
(Exhibit No. 25)
All powers of attorney required to be filed are substantially identical in all
material respects. Therefore, in accordance with SEC Regulation 229.601(a)
Instruction 2, only the foregoing copy is being included except, however, that
the manually signed copy filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
includes a complete set of powers of attorney.
All powers of attorney differ only from the form of the foregoing in that they
are executed by the following parties in the capacities indicated on or about
February 22, 1994, and the power by E. Allen Deaver appoints George A. Lorch
only as his agent:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
William J. Wimer Senior Vice-President, Finance, and
Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Bruce A. Leech, Jr. Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
William W. Adams Chairman of the Board
Wm. Wallace Abbott Director
Van C. Campbell Director
E. Allen Deaver Director
Ursula F. Fairbairn Director
Michael C. Jensen Director
James E. Marley Director
Robert F. Patton Director
J. Phillip Samper Director
Jerre L. Stead Director
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
- 3 -
(Exhibit No. 25)
I, L. A. Pulkrabek, Senior Vice-President and Secretary of Armstrong World
Industries, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, do hereby certify that, at a meeting of the Board
of Directors of said corporation duly held on the 22nd day of February, 1994, at
which a quorum was present and acting throughout, the following resolutions were
adopted and are now in full force and effect:
RESOLVED That the 1993 annual report on Form 10-K in the form presented to
this meeting has been reviewed by the Board of Directors; and the execution
thereof on behalf of the Company by George A. Lorch or E. Allen Deaver,
with such changes therein and additions or deletions thereto as either of
them and the legal counsel to the Company may approve, and the filing
thereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission after being so executed
by the requisite number of directors personally or by their respective
attorneys-in-fact, are hereby authorized.
FURTHER RESOLVED That the execution of the 1993 annual report on
Form 10-K by George A. Lorch, William J. Wimer and Bruce A. Leech, Jr.,
personally or by their respective attorneys-in-fact, as principal executive
officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer,
respectively, of the Company, is hereby authorized.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal of said corporation
this 28th day of March, 1994.
/s/ L. A. Pulkrabek
--------------------------------------
Sr. Vice-President & Secretary
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. 28(ii)(a)
FORM 11-K
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
(Mark One)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1993
---------------------------------------------------
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ____________________ to _______________________
Commission file number 1-2116
-------------------------------------------------------
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Full title of the Plan)
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Liberty and Charlotte Streets
Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17604
(Name of issuer of the securities held pursuant to
the Plan and the address of its principal executive office)
<PAGE>
Page No.
-------
Item 1. Statements of Net Assets 4
------------------------
September 30, 1993 and 1992
Item 2. Statements of Changes in Plan Equity 5-7
------------------------------------
(a) Year ended September 30, 1993
(b) Year ended September 30, 1992
(c) Year ended September 30, 1991
Notes to Financial Statements 8-11
- -----------------------------
Item 3. Independent Auditors' Report 12
----------------------------
Exhibits
- --------
24. Consent of Independent Auditors 14
- 2 -
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
members of the committee constituting the administrator which administers the
plan have duly caused this annual report to be signed by the undersigned
hereunto duly authorized.
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED
EMPLOYEES OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
March 25, 1994 By: /s/E. A. Deaver
------------------------------------------
E. Allen Deaver
Chairman of the Retirement Committee
- 3 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Statements of Net Assets
September 30, 1993 and 1992
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd.
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $21,907,057 $38,103,999 $2,664,691 $110,188,428 $7,121,870 $1,601,565
----------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ----------
Total assets $21,907,057 $38,103,999 $2,664,691 $110,188,428 $7,121,870 $1,601,565
----------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ----------
Plan equity $21,907,057 $38,103,999 $2,664,691 $110,188,428 $7,121,870 $1,601,565
=========== =========== ========== ============ ========== ==========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asset Asset Mgr. Asset Mgr. Loan
Manager Fund Income Fund Growth Fund Portfolio Fund Total
------------ ----------- ----------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $297,227 $85,542 $94,578 $3,512,435 $185,577,392
-------- ------- ------- ---------- ------------
Total assets $297,227 $85,542 $94,578 $3,512,435 $185,577,392
-------- ------- ------- ---------- ------------
Plan equity $297,227 $85,542 $94,578 $3,512,435 $185,577,392
======== ======= ======= ========== ============
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1992
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd.
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $19,886,879 $27,493,135 $2,800,063 $103,489,554 $4,960,888 $ --
----------- ----------- --------- ------------ ---------- -----
Total assets $19,886,879 $27,493,135 $2,800,063 $103,489,554 $4,960,888 $ --
----------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ---------- -----
Plan equity $19,886,879 $27,493,135 $2,800,063 $103,489,554 $4,960,888 $ --
=========== =========== ========== ============ ========== =====
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asset Asset Mgr. Asset Mgr. Loan
Manager Fund Income Fund Growth Fund Portfolio Fund Total
------------ ----------- ----------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $ -- $ -- $ -- $3,547,189 $162,177,708
----- ----- ----- ---------- ------------
Total assets $ -- $ -- $ -- $3,547,189 $162,177,708
----- ----- ----- ---------- ------------
Plan equity $ -- $ -- $ -- $3,547,189 $162,177,708
===== ===== ===== ========== ============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
- 4 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity
Years Ended September 30, 1993, 1992, and 1991
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd.
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1992 $19,886,879 $27,493,135 $2,800,063 $103,489,554 $4,960,888 $ --
----------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ----------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 1,384,117 2,551,576 171,760 4,044,086 164,903 230,659
Dividends 679,115 3,697,160 83,909 -- 203,773 122,231
Interest 60,943 80,967 27,305 8,412,031 5,793 4,072
Realized gain(loss) on
investments (note 3) 573,187 319,808 -- -- (23,113) (363)
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) of investments 1,269,718 4,787,209 -- -- 2,081,543 (19,487)
Transfers (to) from other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. (9,500) (96,958) (7,156) 259,981 7,437 (11,638)
Loan (advances) and
repayments, net (183,935) (57,356) (6,215) 181,848 16,858 23,420
-------- ------- ------ ------- ------ ------
3,773,645 11,282,406 269,603 12,897,946 2,457,194 348,894
--------- ---------- ------- ---------- --------- -------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (note 4) (719,211) (1,188,862) (249,513) (5,282,177) (162,630) --
Interfund transfers (1,034,256) 517,320 (155,462) (916,895) (133,582) 1,252,671
---------- ------- -------- ---------- -------- ---------
(1,753,467) (671,542) (404,975) (6,199,072) (296,212) 1,252,671
---------- -------- -------- ---------- -------- ---------
Plan equity at September 30, 1993 $21,907,057 $38,103,999 $2,664,691 $110,188,428 $7,121,870 $1,601,565
=========== =========== ========== ============ ========== ==========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asset Asset Mgr. Asset Mgr. Loan
Manager Fund Income Fund Growth Fund Portfolio Fund Total
------------ ----------- ----------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1992 $ -- $ -- $ -- $3,547,189 $162,177,708
-------- ------- ------- ---------- ------------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 1,055 770 2,970 -- 8,551,896
Dividends 458 -- -- -- 4,786,646
Interest 19 20 22 -- 8,591,172
Realized gain (loss) on
investments (note 3) -- -- -- -- 869,519
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) of investments 205 595 825 -- 8,120,608
Transfers (to) from other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. -- -- -- (59,707) 82,459
Loan (advances) and
repayments, net 128 124 175 24,953 --
--- --- --- ------ --
1,865 1,509 3,992 (34,754) 31,002,300
----- ----- ----- ------- ----------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (note 4) -- -- (223) -- (7,602,616)
Interfund transfers 295,362 84,033 90,809 -- --
------- ------ ------ -- --
295,362 84,033 90,586 -- (7,602,616)
------- ------ ------ -- ----------
Plan equity at September 30, 1993 $297,227 $85,542 $94,578 $3,512,435 $185,577,392
======== ======= ======= ========== ============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
(Continued)
- 5 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity, Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1992
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong Loan
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fund Total
----------- ----------- ----------- ---- ---------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, $18,728,412 $22,868,411 $2,518,571 $ 94,446,481 $4,978,681 $3,318,457 $146,859,013
1991 ----------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ---------- ------------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 1,368,039 2,156,761 177,318 4,156,871 161,102 -- 8,020,091
Dividends 736,870 3,312,128 106,509 -- 191,137 -- 4,346,644
Interest 68,311 77,739 40,178 8,799,164 7,040 -- 8,992,432
Realized gain (loss) on
investments (note 3) 547,755 412,818 -- -- (15,536) -- 945,037
Loan (advances) and
repayments, net (311,423) (119,816) 31,222 102,779 25,620 271,618 --
----------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ---------- ------------
2,409,552 5,839,630 355,227 13,058,814 369,363 271,618 22,304,204
----------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ---------- ------------
Decreases in plan equity:
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) of 683,621 (1,511,517) -- -- (539,308) -- (1,367,204)
investments
Transfers to other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World
Industries, Inc. (74,230) (3,661) (26,147) (44,044) (21,214) -- (169,296)
Benefits paid (note 4) (823,104) (894,803) (59,799) (3,558,349) (70,068) (42,886) (5,449,009)
Interfund transfers (1,037,372) 1,195,075 12,211 (413,348) 243,434 -- --
----------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ---------- ------------
(1,251,085) (1,214,906) (73,735) (4,015,741) (387,156) (42,886) (6,985,509)
----------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ---------- ---------- ------------
Plan equity at September 30,
1992 $19,886,879 $27,493,135 $2,800,063 $103,489,554 $4,960,888 $3,547,189 $162,177,708
=========== =========== ========== ============ ========== ========== ============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
(Continued)
- 6 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity, Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1991
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong Loan
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fund Total
----------- ----------- ----------- ---- ---------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1990 $15,106,558 $14,691,212 $1,868,301 $84,759,859 $3,546,766 $3,360,414 $123,333,110
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ------------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 1,427,771 1,721,034 198,435 4,309,574 189,116 -- 7,845,930
Dividends 553,494 908,918 149,413 -- 169,492 -- 1,781,317
Interest 49,401 49,797 56,472 8,456,577 6,045 -- 8,618,292
Realized gain (loss) on
investments (note 3) 2,901,808 3,969,221 -- -- (150,653) -- 6,720,376
Net unrealized appreciation
of investments 556,987 1,137,826 -- -- 1,261,444 -- 2,956,257
Loan (advances) and
repayments, net (352,458) (95,195) 160,205 (100,610) 20,084 367,974 --
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ------------
5,137,003 7,691,601 564,525 12,665,541 1,495,528 367,974 27,922,172
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ------------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (note 4) (621,496) (448,433) (153,330) (2,587,036) (56,316) (380,324) (4,246,935)
Transfers from (to) other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. (10,696) (20,517) (4,814) (88,363) 4,663 (29,607) (149,334)
Interfund transfers (882,957) 954,548 243,889 (303,520) (11,960) -- --
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ------------
(1,515,149) 485,598 85,745 (2,978,919) (63,613) (409,931) (4,396,269)
----------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ------------
Plan equity at September 30,
1991 $18,728,412 $22,868,411 $2,518,571 $94,446,481 $4,978,681 $3,318,457 $146,859,013
=========== =========== ========== =========== ========== ========== ============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
- 7 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
------------------------------------------
(a) Basis of Presentation
---------------------
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the
accrual basis.
(b) Investments in Master Trust
---------------------------
The fair value of the commingled equity, specialized equity, over-
the-counter portfolio, and Asset Manager funds is based on the
underlying market value of the investments. The money market fund is
stated at cost which approximates fair value. The fixed income fund
is stated at contract value which represents contributions plus
interest at the contract rate, less benefits paid. The value of the
Armstrong stock fund is based on quoted market price. The value of
the loan portfolio fund represents the unpaid principal of employee
loans.
Securities transactions are recognized on the settlement date (the
date on which payment for a buy or sell order is made or received),
since adjustment to a trade-date basis would not be material.
Dividend income is recorded on the ex-dividend date.
Realized gains and losses on investments are determined by the
average cost method.
(c) Expenses
--------
All legal, accounting and administrative expenses associated with Plan
operations are paid by the Company.
(2) Plan Description
----------------
The Plan was established on August 1, 1983, under the name the Savings
Investment Plan for Salaried Employees of Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. On November 30, 1987, the Board of Directors of Armstrong amended
the Plan effective February 1, 1988, to permit investments by
participants in an Armstrong Common Stock Fund and to change its name to
the Retirement Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of Armstrong World
Industries, Inc.
During the Plan year ended September 30, 1993, four investment options
were added to the Plan. Effective January 1, 1993, an over-the-counter
portfolio mutual fund was made available for participant investment and,
effective September 1, 1993, three Asset Manager mutual funds became
investment options.
The plan is a defined contribution plan established for the purpose of
providing to eligible salaried employees of Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. (the Company) a means for long-term savings intended for the
accumulation of retirement income in addition to that provided under
other retirement plans maintained for the benefit of employees.
Participants may elect to make contributions to the Plan in each of the
following methods:
1. Up to 15% of their before-tax compensation, as deferred compensation
as permitted under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.
2. Up to 10% of their after-tax compensation.
Separate accounts are maintained for contributions made by or on behalf
of a participant. The accounts in each fund reflect the participants'
contributions together with dividends, interest, other income, and
realized and unrealized gains and losses allocated thereon.
Participants have an immediate 100 percent vested interest with respect
to their contributions and are fully vested with regard to matching
company contributions made through October 1, 1989, the date of
discontinuance of the matching feature.
- 8 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
(3) Investments in Master Trust
---------------------------
Through the Plan year ended September 30, 1990, assets of the Plan were
held in a Master Trust administered by Wachovia Bank and Trust Co., N.A.,
as Trustee. Effective October 1, 1990, the Company appointed the Fidelity
Management Trust Co. as the new Trustee of the Plan. The investment
options offered to Plan participants by Fidelity are comparable to those
which were made available by Wachovia.
Assets in the Master Trust, administered by Fidelity, are segregated into
nine investment options: a commingled equity mutual fund (Fidelity U.S.
Equity Index Portfolio), a specialized equity mutual fund (Fidelity
Magellan), a money market mutual fund (Fidelity Return Money Market
Portfolio), three Asset Manager mutual funds, an over-the-counter mutual
fund (OTC Portfolio Fund), a fixed income fund, and an Armstrong stock
fund. The Plan utilizes the Trustee and associated investment managers to
direct investment activity. The Plan participates in all nine investment
alternatives.
The following is a description of the investment funds to which Plan
participants can elect to allocate their contributions.
1. Commingled Equity Fund - This fund is principally a portfolio of common
stocks constructed and maintained with the objective of providing
investment results which approximate the overall performance of the common
stocks included in the Standard & Poor's Composite Index of 500 stocks. At
September 30, 1993, there were 1,557 active participants in this investment
fund.
2. Specialized Equity Fund - This fund invests in common stocks of companies
having substantial growth prospects as determined by independent investment
managers. At September 30, 1993, there were 2,024 active participants in
this investment fund.
3. Money Market Fund - This fund invests in short-term (less than one year
maturity) fixed income instruments such as U.S. Treasury Bills, bank
certificates of deposit, and high grade commercial paper. At September 30,
1993, there were 544 active participants in this investment fund.
4. Fixed Income Fund - Contributions to this fund are invested in the general
accounts of insurance companies and are credited at contracted interest
rates. At September 30, 1993, the interest rates ranged between 5.69% and
16.00%. Invested principal and accumulated interest amounts are guaranteed
against loss by the insurance company. At September 30, 1993, there were
3,278 active participants in this investment fund.
5. Asset Manager Fund - An asset allocation fund which invests in a portfolio
of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The fund has a balanced
investment strategy with a goal of high total return with reduced risk over
the long term. At September 30, 1993, there were 15 active participants in
this investment fund.
6. Asset Manager Growth Fund - An asset allocation fund invested in a
diversified mix of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The fund's
investment strategy is an aggressive one emphasizing stocks with the goal
of maximum total return over the long term. At September 30, 1993, there
were 20 active participants in this investment fund.
7. Asset Manager Income Fund - An asset allocation fund which invests in a
diversified portfolio of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The
fund has a conservative investment strategy focusing on bonds and short-
term instruments to achieve a high level of current income and capital
preservation. At September 30, 1993, there were nine active participants
in this investment fund.
8. OTC Portfolio Fund - This fund invests in securities traded in the over-
the-counter securities market with the objective of maximizing capital
appreciation. Over-the counter securities include common and preferred
stocks, securities convertible into common stock, warrants, and debt
instruments. At September 30, 1993, there were 187 active participants in
the investment fund.
- 9 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
9. Armstrong Stock Fund - Amounts invested in this fund, along with dividend
earnings thereon, are invested in Armstrong common stock. At September 30,
1993, there were 2,113 active participants in this investment fund. Common
stock shares held by the fund at September 30, 1993 and 1992 were 171,096
and 167,456, respectively.
10. Loan Portfolio Fund - The amount in this fund represents the unpaid
principal balances of loans made by Plan participants in accordance with
established loan provision guidelines. At September 30, 1993, there were
1,383 loans outstanding.
The following table presents the cost and fair values of the investments in
securities of the Master Trust at September 30, 1993 and 1992:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, 1993 September 30, 1992
------------------ ------------------
Investment Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value
---------- ---- ---------- ---- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Commingled equity $ 16,777,849 $ 21,907,057 $ 16,027,389 $ 19,886,879
Specialized equity 29,954,229 38,103,999 24,130,574 27,493,135
Money market 2,664,691 2,664,691 2,800,063 2,800,063
Fixed income 110,188,428 110,188,428 103,489,554 103,489,554
Armstrong stock 5,943,263 7,121,870 5,863,824 4,960,888
OTC portfolio 1,621,052 1,601,565 -- --
Asset manager 297,022 297,227 -- --
Asset manager income 84,947 85,542 -- --
Asset manager growth 93,753 94,578 -- --
Loan portfolio 3,512,435 3,512,435 3,547,189 3,547,189
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
$171,137,669 $185,577,392 $155,858,593 $162,177,708
============ ============ ============ ============
</TABLE>
The amounts of realized gain (loss) on investments in securities of the Master
Trust for the years ended September 30, 1993, 1992, and 1991 are presented
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate Aggregate Realized
--------- --------- --------
1993 Proceeds Cost Gain (Loss)
---- -------- ---- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Commingled equity $ 3,120,551 $ 2,547,364 $ 573,187
Specialized equity 3,914,772 3,594,964 319,808
Armstrong stock 432,085 455,198 (23,113)
OTC portfolio 604,721 605,084 (363)
----------- ----------- ----------
$ 8,072,129 $ 7,202,610 $ 869,519
=========== =========== ==========
1992
----
Commingled equity $ 2,463,737 $ 1,915,982 $ 547,755
Specialized equity 2,348,309 1,935,491 412,818
Armstrong stock 147,651 163,187 (15,536)
----------- ----------- ----------
$ 4,959,697 $ 4,014,660 $ 945,037
=========== =========== ==========
</TABLE>
- 10 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate Aggregate Realized
--------- --------- --------
1991 Proceeds Cost Gain (Loss)
---- -------- ---- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Commingled equity $16,927,565 $14,025,757 $2,901,808
Specialized equity 16,166,560 12,197,339 3,969,221
Armstrong stock 113,470 264,123 (150,653)
----------- ----------- ----------
$33,207,595 $26,487,219 $6,720,376
=========== =========== ==========
</TABLE>
(4) Benefits
--------
Under terms of the Plan, a participant (or a beneficiary) is eligible for
benefits upon retirement, termination of employment, or death before
retirement. Disbursement of the total amount credited to a participant's
account is payable (i) in a lump sum or (ii) in the case of retirement,
in such other manner as requested by the participant and approved by the
Plan Administrator. In addition, a participant may elect to withdraw all
or any part of his account attributable to his contributions.
If the amount of a withdrawal exceeds the amount of contributions made by
the participant and not previously withdrawn, the participant shall be
ineligible to make contributions for a specified period, except that a
participant may elect to withdraw all or any portion of his account
attributable to tax deductible contributions.
Under the rules of the Plan, the participant may borrow up to 90 percent
of his account, other than amounts attributable to tax deductible
contributions or amounts invested in the Armstrong Stock Fund, with the
approval of the Plan Administrator. The amount of the loan is transferred
to a Loan Reserve pledged as security for the loan and is evidenced by a
promissory note payable to the Plan. Interest rates are determined
periodically by the Retirement Savings Plan Committee in accordance with
prevailing interest rates. The loans are reflected in the Loan Portfolio
investment fund. Loan repayments are made by payroll deductions or in a
manner agreed to by the employee and the Plan Administrator.
(5) Obligation for Benefits
-----------------------
All the funds of the Plan are held by investing institutions appointed by
the Company under a trust agreement or insurance contract. Benefits under
the Plan are payable only out of these funds. The Company has no legal
obligation to make any direct payment of benefits accrued under the Plan.
Except as may be provided in an insurance contract, neither the Company
nor any investing institution guarantees the funds of the Plan against
any loss or depreciation or guarantees the payment of any benefit
hereunder. Although the Company has not expressed any intent to terminate
the Plan, it may do so at any time. In case of termination or partial
termination, the total amount in each employee's account will be
distributed as the Plan Administrator directs.
(6) Federal Income Taxes
--------------------
The Internal Revenue Service issued its latest determination letter on
November 14, 1989, which stated that the Plan qualifies under the
applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and therefore is
exempt from federal income taxes. The Plan has been amended to conform
with current tax law changes. The amended Plan instruments will be
submitted to the Internal Revenue Service for a letter of determination
that the Plan continues to qualify as exempt from federal taxes. In the
opinion of the Plan administrator, the Plan remains qualified under the
applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.
- 11 -
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
----------------------------
The Retirement Committee
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets of the Retirement
Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. as of
September 30, 1993 and 1992 and the related statements of changes in plan equity
for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1993. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Plan's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Retirement Savings Plan for
Salaried Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. as of September 30, 1993
and 1992 and the changes in its plan equity for each of the years in the three-
year period ended September 30, 1993, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 25, 1994
- 12 -
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
24 Consent of Independent Auditors
- 13 -
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. 24
Consent of Independent Auditors
-------------------------------
The Retirement Committee
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.:
We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement No. 33-
18996 on Form S-8 of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. of our report dated
February 25, 1994, relating to the statements of net assets of the Retirement
Savings Plan for Salaried Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. as of
September 30, 1993 and 1992 and the related statements of changes in plan equity
for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1993, which
report is included herein.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 22, 1994
- 14 -
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. 28(ii)(b)
FORM 11-K
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
(Mark One)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1993
--------------------------------------------------
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ____________________ to _______________________
Commission file number 1-2116
-------------------------------------------------------
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Full title of the Plan)
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Liberty and Charlotte Streets
Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17604
(Name of issuer of the securities held pursuant to
the Plan and the address of its principal executive office)
<PAGE>
Page No.
-------
Item 1. Statements of Net Assets 4
------------------------
September 30, 1993 and 1992
Item 2. Statements of Changes in Plan Equity 5-7
------------------------------------
(a) Year ended September 30, 1993
(b) Year ended September 30, 1992
(c) Year ended September 30, 1991
Notes to Financial Statements 8-11
- -----------------------------
Item 3. Independent Auditors' Report 12
----------------------------
Exhibits
- --------
24. Consent of Independent Auditors 14
- 2 -
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
members of the committee constituting the administrator which administers the
plan have duly caused this annual report to be signed by the undersigned
hereunto duly authorized.
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID
EMPLOYEES OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
March 25, 1994 By: /s/ E. Allen Deaver
-----------------------------------------
E. Allen Deaver
Chairman of the Retirement Committee
- 3 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Statements of Net Assets
September 30, 1993 and 1992
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd.
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $4,608,160 $6,627,445 $346,871 $43,948,437 $7,788,330 $134,271
---------- ---------- -------- ----------- ---------- ---------
Total assets $4,608,160 $6,627,445 $346,871 $43,948,437 $7,788,330 $134,271
---------- ---------- -------- ----------- ---------- ---------
Plan equity $4,608,160 $6,627,445 $346,871 $43,948,437 $7,788,330 $134,271
========== ========== ======== =========== ========== ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------
Asset Asset Mgr. Loan
Manager Fund Growth Fund Portfolio Fund Total
------------ ----------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $190 $97 $1,539,245 $64,993,046
---- --- ---------- -----------
Total assets $190 $97 $1,539,245 $64,993,046
---- --- ---------- -----------
Plan equity $190 $97 $1,539,245 $64,993,046
==== === ========== ===========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd.
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $4,386,260 $4,477,432 $294,327 $39,221,724 $5,092,760 $ --
---------- ---------- -------- ----------- ---------- -----
Total assets $4,386,260 $4,477,432 $294,327 $39,221,724 $5,092,760 $ --
---------- ---------- -------- ----------- ---------- -----
Plan equity $4,386,260 $4,477,432 $294,327 $39,221,724 $5,092,760 $ --
========== ========== ======== =========== ========== =====
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------
Asset Asset Mgr. Loan
Manager Fund Growth Fund Portfolio Fund Total
------------ ----------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $ -- $ -- $1,103,257 $54,575,760
----- ----- ---------- -----------
Total assets $ -- $ -- $1,103,257 $54,575,760
----- ----- ---------- -----------
Plan equity $ -- $ -- $1,103,257 $54,575,760
===== ===== ========== ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
- 4 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity
Years Ended September 30, 1993, 1992, and 1991
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd.
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1992 $4,386,260 $4,477,432 $294,327 $39,221,724 $5,092,760 $ --
---------- ---------- -------- ----------- ---------- ---------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 432,882 796,749 81,475 4,030,031 702,836 29,497
Dividends 142,358 617,693 10,820 -- 214,445 9,814
Interest 7,356 11,427 3,128 3,318,955 13,284 374
Realized gain (loss) on
investments (note 3) 158,379 48,725 -- -- (1,959) (310)
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) of investments 224,275 814,731 -- -- 2,214,920 (1,656)
Loan (advances) and
repayments, net (79,125) (92,389) (16,984) (236,907) (22,946) 1,707
------- ------- ------- -------- ------- -----
886,125 2,196,936 78,439 7,112,079 3,120,580 39,426
------- --------- ------ --------- --------- ------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (note 4) (308,376) (107,764) (40,716) (2,749,830) (216,767) (331)
Transfers (to) from other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World Industries, (1,181) (3,817) -- (13,784) (10,008) --
Inc.
Interfund transfers (354,668) 64,658 14,821 378,248 (198,235) 95,176
-------- ------ ------ ------- -------- ------
(664,225) (46,923) (25,895) (2,385,366) (425,010) 94,845
-------- ------- ------- ---------- -------- ------
Plan equity at September 30, 1993 $4,608,160 $6,627,445 $346,871 $43,948,437 $7,788,330 $134,271
========== ========== ======== =========== ========== ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------
Asset Asset Mgr. Loan
Manager Fund Growth Fund Portfolio Fund Total
------------ ----------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1992 $ -- $ -- $1,103,257 $54,575,760
--------- --------- ---------- -----------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 190 97 -- 6,073,757
Dividends -- -- -- 995,130
Interest -- -- -- 3,354,524
Realized gain (loss) on
investments (note 3) -- -- -- 204,835
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) of investments -- -- -- 3,252,270
Loan (advances) and
repayments, net -- -- 446,644 --
------- ------- ------- ---------
190 97 446,644 13,880,516
------- ------- ------- ----------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (note 4) -- -- -- (3,423,784)
Transfers (to) from other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World Industries, --
Inc.
Interfund transfers -- -- (10,656) (39,446)
------- ------- ------- -------
-- -- (10,656) (3,463,230)
------- ------- ------- ----------
Plan equity at September 30, 1993 $190 $97 $1,539,245 $64,993,046
==== === ========== ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
(Continued)
- 5 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity, Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1992
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong Loan
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fund Total
----------- ----------- ----------- ---- ---------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1991 $3,758,041 $3,502,807 $ 352,878 $34,293,818 $5,107,265 $ 761,699 $47,776,508
---------- ---------- --------- ----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 429,830 640,502 63,402 3,779,889 748,535 -- 5,662,158
Dividends 157,950 515,922 14,162 -- 190,073 -- 878,107
Interest 5,164 8,723 2,845 3,275,530 13,178 -- 3,305,440
Realized gain on
investments (note 3) 57,980 81,125 -- -- 5,813 -- 144,918
Loan (advances) and
repayments, net (62,676) (74,436) (13,006) (186,602) (25,410) 362,130 --
Transfers from other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. -- -- 700 818 -- -- 1,518
---------- ---------- --------- ----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
588,248 1,171,836 68,103 6,869,635 932,189 362,130 9,992,141
---------- ---------- --------- ----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Decreases in plan equity:
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) of
investments 203,794 (238,412) -- -- (566,379) -- (600,997)
Benefits paid (note 4) (162,993) (176,350) (24,291) (2,080,111) (127,575) (20,572) (2,591,892)
Interfund transfers (830) 217,551 (102,363) 138,382 (252,740) -- --
---------- ---------- --------- ----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
39,971 (197,211) (126,654) (1,941,729) (946,694) (20,572) (3,192,889)
---------- ---------- --------- ----------- ---------- ---------- -----------
Plan equity at September 30,
1992 $4,386,260 $4,477,432 $ 294,327 $39,221,724 $5,092,760 $1,103,257 $54,575,760
========== ========== ========= =========== ========== ========== ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
(Continued)
- 6 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity, Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1991
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong Loan
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fund Total
----------- ----------- ----------- ---- ---------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1990 $3,037,670 $2,129,534 $195,022 $30,122,339 $3,091,039 $522,591 $39,098,195
---------- ---------- -------- ----------- ---------- -------- -----------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 445,194 516,834 51,645 3,641,394 878,406 -- 5,533,473
Dividends 111,230 132,294 19,415 -- 163,511 -- 426,450
Interest 4,302 5,652 3,143 3,041,576 6,399 -- 3,061,072
Realized gain (loss) on
investments (note 3) 577,668 (209,257) -- -- (119,317) -- 249,094
Net unrealized appreciation
of investments 109,572 948,112 -- -- 1,264,500 -- 2,322,184
Loan (advances) and
repayments, net (40,523) (22,263) 12,398 (171,387) (30,813) 252,588 --
Transfers from (to) other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. 21,913 (2,383) 1,178 3,283 (6,119) 2,677 20,549
---------- ---------- -------- ----------- ---------- -------- -----------
1,229,356 1,368,989 87,779 6,514,866 2,156,567 255,265 11,612,822
---------- ---------- -------- ----------- ---------- -------- -----------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (note 4) (297,082) (148,122) (13,671) (2,349,041) (110,436) (16,157) (2,934,509)
Interfund transfers (211,903) 152,406 83,748 5,654 (29,905) -- --
---------- ---------- -------- ----------- ---------- -------- -----------
(508,985) 4,284 70,077 (2,343,387) (140,341) (16,157) (2,934,509)
---------- ---------- -------- ----------- ---------- -------- -----------
Plan equity at September 30,
1991 $3,758,041 $3,502,807 $352,878 $34,293,818 $5,107,265 $761,699 $47,776,508
========== ========== ======== =========== ========== ======== ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
- 7 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
------------------------------------------
(a) Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the
accrual basis.
(b) Investments in Master Trust
---------------------------
The fair value of the commingled equity, specialized equity, over-
the-counter portfolio, and Asset Manager funds is based on the
underlying market value of the investments. The money market fund is
stated at cost which approximates fair value. The fixed income fund
is stated at contract value which represents contributions plus
interest at the contract rate, less benefits paid. The value of the
Armstrong stock fund is based on quoted market price. The value of
the loan portfolio fund represents the unpaid principal of employee
loans.
Securities transactions are recognized on the settlement date (the
date on which payment for a buy or sell order is made or received),
since adjustment to a trade-date basis would not be material.
Dividend income is recorded on the ex-dividend date.
Realized gains and losses on investments are determined by the
average cost method.
(c) Expenses
--------
All legal, accounting and administrative expenses associated with Plan
operations are paid by the Company.
(2) Plan Description
----------------
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (the Company) has adopted the Retirement
Savings Plan for Hourly-Paid Employees of Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. (the Plan). The Plan is a defined contribution plan established for
the purpose of providing to eligible hourly-paid employees a means for
long-term savings intended for the accumulation of retirement income in
addition to that provided under other retirement plans maintained for the
benefit of employees.
During the Plan year ended September 30, 1993, four investment options
were added to the Plan. Effective January 1, 1993, an over-the-counter
portfolio mutual fund was made available for participant investment and,
effective September 1, 1993, three Asset Manager mutual funds became
investment options.
Participants may elect to make contributions to the Plan in each of the
following methods:
1. Up to 15% of their before-tax compensation, as deferred compensation
as permitted under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.
2. Up to 10% of their after-tax compensation.
Effective October 1, 1989, unless specifically provided for under a
collective bargaining agreement between the Company and a bargaining
unit, the matching Company contribution feature was discontinued.
Employer contributions amounted to $50,611 and $294,259 for the years
ended September 30, 1991 and 1990, respectively. No employer contributions
were required for the year ended September 30, 1992.
Separate accounts are maintained for contributions made by or on behalf
of a participant. The accounts in each fund reflect the participants'
contributions together with dividends, interest, other income, and
realized and unrealized gains and losses allocated thereon.
Participants have an immediate 100 percent vested interest with respect
to their contributions and are fully vested with regard to matching
company contributions made in the years ended September 30, 1991 and
1990.
- 8 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
(3) Investments in Master Trust
---------------------------
Through the Plan year ended September 30, 1990, assets of the Plan were
held in a Master Trust administered by Wachovia Bank and Trust Co., N.A.,
as Trustee. Effective October 1, 1990, the Company appointed the Fidelity
Management Trust Co. as the new Trustee of the Plan. The investment
options offered to Plan participants by Fidelity are comparable to those
which were made available by Wachovia.
Assets in the Master Trust, administered by Fidelity, are segregated into
nine investment options: a commingled equity mutual fund (Fidelity U.S.
Equity Index Portfolio), a specialized equity mutual fund (Fidelity
Magellan), a money market mutual fund (Fidelity Return Money Market
Portfolio), three Asset Manager mutual funds, an over-the-counter mutual
fund (OTC Portfolio Fund), a fixed income fund, and an Armstrong stock
fund. The Plan utilizes the Trustee and associated investment managers to
direct investment activity. At September 30, 1993, Plan participants had
funds invested in eight of the investment alternatives.
The following is a description of the investment funds to which Plan
participants can elect to allocate their contributions.
1. Commingled Equity Fund - This fund is principally a portfolio of common
stocks constructed and maintained with the objective of providing
investment results which approximate the overall performance of the common
stocks included in the Standard & Poor's Composite Index of 500 stocks. At
September 30, 1993, there were 520 active participants in this investment
fund.
2. Specialized Equity Fund - This fund invests in common stocks of companies
having substantial growth prospects as determined by independent investment
managers. At September 30, 1993, there were 719 active participants in
this investment fund.
3. Money Market Fund - This fund invests in short-term (less than one year
maturity) fixed income instruments such as U.S. Treasury Bills, bank
certificates of deposit, and high grade commercial paper. At September 30,
1993, there were 153 active participants in this investment fund.
4. Fixed Income Fund - Contributions to this fund are invested in the general
accounts of insurance companies and are credited at contracted interest
rates. At September 30, 1993, the interest rates ranged between 5.69% and
16.00%. Invested principal and accumulated interest amounts are guaranteed
against loss by the insurance company. At September 30, 1993, there were
2,519 active participants in this investment fund.
5. Asset Manager Fund - An asset allocation fund which invests in a portfolio
of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The fund has a balanced
investment strategy with a goal of high total return with reduced risk over
the long term. At September 30, 1993, there were 2 active participants in
this investment fund.
6. Asset Manager Growth Fund - An asset allocation fund invested in a
diversified mix of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The fund's
investment strategy is an aggressive one emphasizing stocks with the goal
of maximum total return over the long term. At September 30, 1993, there
were 3 active participants in this investment fund.
7. Asset Manager Income Fund - An asset allocation fund which invests in a
diversified portfolio of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The
fund has a conservative investment strategy focusing on bonds and short-
term instruments to achieve a high level of current income and capital
preservation. At September 30, 1993, there were no active participants in
this investment fund.
8. OTC Portfolio Fund - This fund invests in securities traded in the over-
the-counter securities market with the objective of maximizing capital
appreciation. Over-the-counter securities include common and preferred
stocks, securities convertible into common stock, warrants, and debt
instruments. At September 30, 1993, there were 38 active participants in
the investment fund.
- 9 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
9. Armstrong Stock Fund - Amounts invested in this fund, along with dividend
earnings thereon, are invested in Armstrong common stock. At September 30,
1993, there were 1,754 active participants in this investment fund. Common
stock shares held by the fund at September 30, 1993 and 1992 were 187,107
and 171,908, respectively.
10. Loan Portfolio Fund - The amount in this fund represents the unpaid
principal balances of loans made by Plan participants in accordance with
established loan provision guidelines. At September 30, 1993, there were
778 loans outstanding.
The following table presents the cost and fair values of the investments in
securities of the Master Trust at September 30, 1993 and 1992:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, 1993 September 30, 1992
------------------ ------------------
Investment Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value
---------- ---- ---------- ---- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Commingled equity $ 3,545,332 $ 4,608,160 $ 3,547,707 $ 4,386,260
Specialized equity 5,349,154 6,627,445 4,013,872 4,477,432
Money market 346,871 346,871 294,327 294,327
Fixed income 43,948,437 43,948,437 39,221,724 39,221,724
Armstrong stock 6,218,563 7,788,330 5,737,913 5,092,760
OTC portfolio 135,927 134,271 -- --
Asset manager 190 190 -- --
Asset manager growth 97 97 -- --
Loan portfolio 1,539,245 1,539,245 1,103,257 1,103,257
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
$61,083,816 $64,993,046 $53,918,800 $54,575,760
=========== =========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
The amounts of realized gain (loss) on investments in securities of the Master
Trust for the years ended September 30, 1993, 1992, and 1991 are presented
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate Aggregate Realized
--------- --------- --------
1993 Proceeds Cost Gain (Loss)
---- -------- ---- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Commingled equity $ 813,795 $ 655,416 $ 158,379
Specialized equity 2,026,637 1,977,912 48,725
Armstrong stock 577,975 579,934 (1,959)
OTC portfolio 74,147 74,457 (310)
---------- ---------- ---------
$3,492,554 $3,287,719 $ 204,835
========== ========== =========
1992
----
Commingled equity $ 261,808 $ 203,828 $ 57,980
Specialized equity 1,604,311 1,523,186 81,125
Armstrong stock 408,429 402,616 5,813
---------- ---------- ---------
$2,274,548 $2,129,630 $ 144,918
========== ========== =========
</TABLE>
- 10 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate Aggregate Realized
--------- --------- --------
1991 Proceeds Cost Gain (Loss)
---- -------- ---- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Commingled equity $3,532,737 $2,955,069 $ 577,668
Specialized equity 2,427,507 2,636,764 (209,257)
Armstrong stock 222,062 341,379 (119,317)
---------- ---------- ---------
$6,182,306 $5,933,212 $ 249,094
========== ========== =========
</TABLE>
(4) Benefits
--------
Under terms of the Plan, a participant (or a beneficiary) is eligible for
benefits upon retirement, termination of employment, or death before
retirement. Disbursement of the total amount credited to a participant's
account is payable (i) in a lump sum or (ii) in the case of retirement,
in such other manner as requested by the participant and approved by the
Plan Administrator. In addition, a participant may elect to withdraw all
or any part of his account attributable to his contributions.
If the amount of a withdrawal exceeds the amount of contributions made by
the participant and not previously withdrawn, the participant shall be
ineligible to make contributions for a specified period, except that a
participant may elect to withdraw all or any portion of his account
attributable to tax deductible contributions.
Under the rules of the Plan, the participant may borrow up to 90 percent
of his account, other than amounts attributable to tax deductible
contributions or amounts invested in the Armstrong Stock Fund, with the
approval of the Plan Administrator. The amount of the loan is transferred
to a Loan Reserve pledged as security for the loan and is evidenced by a
promissory note payable to the Plan. Interest rates are determined
periodically by the Retirement Savings Plan Committee in accordance with
prevailing interest rates. The loans are reflected in the Loan Portfolio
investment fund. Loan repayments are made by payroll deductions or in a
manner agreed to by the employee and the Plan Administrator.
(5) Obligation for Benefits
-----------------------
All the funds of the Plan are held by investing institutions appointed by
the Company under a trust agreement or insurance contract. Benefits under
the Plan are payable only out of these funds. The Company has no legal
obligation to make any direct payment of benefits accrued under the Plan.
Except as may be provided in an insurance contract, neither the Company
nor any investing institution guarantees the funds of the Plan against
any loss or depreciation or guarantees the payment of any benefit
hereunder. Although the Company has not expressed any intent to terminate
the Plan, it may do so at any time. In case of termination or partial
termination, the total amount in each employee's account will be
distributed as the Plan Administrator directs.
(6) Federal Income Taxes
--------------------
The Internal Revenue Service issued its latest determination letter on
November 14, 1989, which stated that the Plan qualifies under the
applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and therefore is
exempt from federal income taxes. The Plan has been amended to conform
with current tax law changes. The amended Plan instruments will be
submitted to the Internal Revenue Service for a letter of determination
that the Plan continues to qualify as exempt from federal taxes. In the
opinion of the Plan administrator, the Plan remains qualified under the
applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.
- 11 -
<PAGE>
Independent Auditors' Report
----------------------------
The Retirement Committee
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets of the Retirement
Savings Plan for Hourly-Paid Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. as of
September 30, 1993 and 1992 and the related statements of changes in plan equity
for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1993. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Plan's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Retirement Savings Plan for
Hourly-Paid Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. as of September 30,
1993 and 1992 and the changes in its plan equity for each of the years in the
three-year period ended September 30, 1993, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 25, 1994
- 12 -
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
24 Consent of Independent Auditors
- 13 -
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. 24
Consent of Independent Auditors
-------------------------------
The Retirement Committee
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.:
We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement No. 33-
18997 on Form S-8 of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. of our report dated
February 25, 1994, relating to the statements of net assets of the Retirement
Savings Plan for Hourly-Paid Employees of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. as of
September 30, 1993 and 1992 and the related statements of changes in plan equity
for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1993, which
report is included herein.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 22, 1994
- 14 -
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. 28(ii)(c)
FORM 11-K
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
(Mark One)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1993
--------------------------------------------------
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ____________________ to _______________________
Commission file number 1-2116
-------------------------------------------------------
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF THOMASVILLE FURNITURE, INC.
401 East Main Street
Thomasville, N.C. 27360
(Full title and address of the Plan)
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Liberty and Charlotte Streets
Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17604
(Name of issuer of the securities held pursuant to
the Plan and the address of its principal executive office)
<PAGE>
Page No.
-------
Item 1. Statements of Net Assets 4
------------------------
September 30, 1993 and 1992
Item 2. Statements of Changes in Plan Equity 5-7
------------------------------------
(a) Year ended September 30, 1993
(b) Year ended September 30, 1992
(c) Year ended September 30, 1991
Notes to Financial Statements 8-11
- -----------------------------
Item 3. Independent Auditors' Report 12
----------------------------
Exhibits
- --------
24. Consent of Independent Auditors 14
- 2 -
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
members of the committee constituting the administrator which administers the
plan have duly caused this annual report to be signed by the undersigned
hereunto duly authorized.
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID
EMPLOYEES OF THOMASVILLE FURNITURE
INDUSTRIES, INC.
March 25, 1994 By: /s/ Richard O. Millen
------------------------------------
Richard O. Millen
Secretary of Thomasville Hourly-Paid
Retirement Committee
- 3 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF THOMASVILLE FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC.
Statements of Net Assets
September 30, 1993 and 1992
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd.
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $499,160 $1,803,185 $13,805 $5,900,380 $828,332 $53,964
-------- ---------- ------- ---------- -------- -------
Total assets $499,160 $1,803,185 $13,805 $5,900,380 $828,332 $53,964
-------- ---------- ------- ---------- -------- -------
Plan equity $499,160 $1,803,185 $13,805 $5,900,380 $828,332 $53,964
======== ========== ======= ========== ======== =======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------------------------------------------
Asset Loan
Manager Fund Portfolio Fund Total
------------ -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $313 $178,401 $9,277,540
---- -------- ----------
Total assets $313 $178,401 $9,277,540
---- -------- ----------
Plan equity $313 $178,401 $9,277,540
==== ======== ==========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1992
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd.
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $ 12,302 $ 52,039 $ 7,626 $1,565,638 $582,701 $ --
-------- ---------- ------- ---------- -------- -----
Total assets $ 12,302 $ 52,039 $ 7,626 $1,565,638 $582,701 $ --
-------- ---------- ------- ---------- -------- -----
Plan equity $ 12,302 $ 52,039 $ 7,626 $1,565,638 $582,701 $ --
======== ========== ======= ========== ======== =====
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------------------------------------------
Asset Loan
Manager Fund Portfolio Fund Total
------------ -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $ -- $ 98,931 $2,319,237
----- -------- ----------
Total assets $ -- $ 98,931 $2,319,237
----- -------- ----------
Plan equity $ -- $ 98,931 $2,319,237
===== ======== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
- 4 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF THOMASVILLE FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity
Years Ended September 30, 1993, 1992, and 1991
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd.
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1992 $12,302 $52,039 $7,626 $1,565,638 $582,701 $ --
------- ------- ------ ---------- -------- -------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 8,195 24,213 5,157 331,489 48,934 372
Dividends 16,872 141,129 286 -- 23,698 4,081
Interest 938 2,958 34 423,048 595 6
Realized gain (loss) on
investments (note 3) 7,012 2,555 -- -- (5,799) 782
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) of investments 26,902 236,224 -- -- 241,799 (594)
Transfers (to) from other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. (note 2) 490,254 1,208,043 7,584 3,971,275 9,155 --
Loan (advances) and
repayments, net (32,520) (68,478) (2,493) 11,809 (1,013) 90
------- ------- ------ ------ ------ --
517,653 1,546,644 10,568 4,737,621 317,369 4,737
------- --------- ------ --------- ------- -----
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (note 4) (2,093) (3,363) (3,225) (179,542) (67,091) (483)
Interfund transfers (28,702) 207,865 (1,164) (223,337) (4,647) 49,710
------- ------- ------ -------- ------ ------
(30,795) 204,502 (4,389) (402,879) (71,738) 49,227
------- ------- ------ -------- ------- ------
Plan equity at September 30, 1993 $499,160 $1,803,185 $13,805 $5,900,380 $828,332 $53,964
======== ========== ======= ========== ======== =======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------------------------------------------
Asset Loan
Manager Fund Portfolio Fund Total
------------ -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1992 $ -- $98,931 $2,319,237
---- ------- ----------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 12 -- 418,372
Dividends -- -- 186,066
Interest 1 -- 427,580
Realized gain(loss) on
investments (note 3) -- -- 4,550
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) of investments 5 -- 504,336
Transfers (to) from other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. (note 2) -- (13,115) 5,673,196
Loan (advances) and
repayments, net 20 92,585 --
---- ------ --
38 79,470 7,214,100
---- ------ ---------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (note 4) -- -- (255,797)
Interfund transfers 275 -- --
--- ------ --
275 -- (255,797)
--- ------ --------
Plan equity at September 30, 1993 $313 $178,401 $9,277,540
==== ======== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
(Continued)
- 5 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF THOMASVILLE FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity, Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1992
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong Loan
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fund Total
----------- ----------- ----------- ---- ---------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1991 $ 6,883 $16,499 $1,741 $1,291,147 $603,178 $ -- $1,919,448
------- ------- ------ ---------- -------- ------- ----------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 4,262 20,402 6,209 335,869 52,555 -- 419,297
Dividends 341 4,266 149 -- 22,669 -- 27,425
Interest 49 61 25 128,452 284 -- 128,871
Loan (advances) and
repayments, net (535) (2,372) (200) (91,545) (3,521) 98,173 --
Transfers (to) from other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. -- -- (700) 10,767 2,414 758 13,239
------- ------- ------ ---------- -------- ------- ----------
4,117 22,357 5,483 383,543 74,401 98,931 588,832
------- ------- ------ ---------- -------- ------- ----------
Decreases in plan equity:
Realized gain (loss) on
investments (note 3) 3 809 -- -- (5,305) -- (4,493)
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) of investments 521 (2,518) -- -- (61,619) -- (63,616)
Benefits paid (note 4) -- (619) -- (97,882) (22,433) -- (120,934)
Interfund transfers 778 15,511 402 (11,170) (5,521) -- --
------- ------- ------ ---------- -------- -------- ----------
1,302 13,183 402 (109,052) (94,878) -- (189,043)
------- ------- ------ ---------- -------- -------- ----------
Plan equity at September 30,
1992 $12,302 $52,039 $7,626 $1,565,638 $582,701 $98,931 $2,319,237
======= ======= ====== ========== ======== ======== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
(Continued)
- 6 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF THOMASVILLE FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity, Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1991
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Total
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1990 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 868,708 $416,341 $1,285,049
----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- -------- ----------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 236 884 478 291,467 52,033 345,098
Dividends 133 425 59 -- 20,389 21,006
Interest -- -- -- 104,181 -- 104,181
Net unrealized appreciation
of investments 1,218 3,794 -- -- 145,303 150,315
Transfers from (to) other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. 5,296 11,396 1,204 59,244 1,458 78,598
----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- -------- ----------
6,883 16,499 1,741 454,892 219,183 699,198
----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- -------- ----------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (note 4) -- -- -- (32,535) (23,002) (55,537)
Realized loss on investments
(note 3) -- -- -- -- (9,262) (9,262)
Interfund transfers -- -- -- 82 (82) --
----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- -------- ----------
-- -- -- (32,453) (32,346) (64,799)
----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- -------- ----------
Plan equity at September 30, 1991 $ 6,883 $ 16,499 $ 1,741 $1,291,147 $603,178 $1,919,448
=========== ========== =========== ========== ======== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
- 7 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF THOMASVILLE FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
------------------------------------------
(a) Basis of Presentation
---------------------
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the
accrual basis.
(b) Investments in Master Trust
---------------------------
The fair value of the commingled equity, specialized equity, over-
the-counter portfolio, and Asset Manager funds is based on the
underlying market value of the investments. The money market fund is
stated at cost which approximates fair value. The fixed income fund
is stated at contract value which represents contributions plus
interest at the contract rate, less benefits paid. The value of the
Armstrong stock fund is based on quoted market price. The value of
the loan portfolio fund represents the unpaid principal of employee
loans.
Securities transactions are recognized on the settlement date (the
date on which payment for a buy or sell order is made or received),
since adjustment to a trade-date basis would not be material.
Dividend income is recorded on the ex-dividend date.
Realized gains and losses on investments are determined by the
average cost method.
(c) Expenses
--------
All legal, accounting and administrative expenses associated with Plan
operations are paid by the Company.
(2) Plan Description
----------------
Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc. (the Company), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Armstrong World Industries, Inc., adopted on February 1,
1988, the Retirement Savings Plan for Hourly-Paid Employees of
Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc. (the Plan). The Plan is a defined
contribution plan established for the purpose of providing to eligible
hourly-paid employees a means for long-term savings intended for the
accumulation of retirement income in addition to that provided under
other retirement plans maintained for the benefit of employees. Effective
January 1, 1992, the Plan was amended to provide for a participant loan
feature.
The Company's Board of Directors amended the Plan, effective October 1,
1992, to permit former participants of the Capital Accumulation Plan for
Commissioned Sales Representatives of Thomasville Furniture Industries,
Inc. (the CAP Plan) to make a rollover contribution into the Plan of
their CAP Plan account balances. During the Plan year ended September 30,
1993, rollover contributions made to the Plan totaled $5.9 million. The
CAP Plan participants are fully vested with regard to their rollover
amounts, but are ineligible to make further contributions to the Plan.
CAP Plan participants are treated as members of the Plan with regard to
provisions addressing investment, distribution, withdrawal, and loan
eligibility.
During the Plan year ended September 30, 1993, four investment options
were added to the Plan. Effective January 1, 1993, an over-the-counter
portfolio mutual fund was made available for participant investment and,
effective September 1, 1993, three Asset Manager mutual funds became
investment options.
Participants may elect to make contributions to the Plan, up to 15
percent of their before-tax compensation, as deferred compensation as
permitted under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Separate accounts are maintained for contributions made by or on behalf
of a participant. The accounts in each fund reflect the participants'
contributions together with dividends, interest, other income, and
realized and unrealized gains and losses allocated thereon.
- 8 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF THOMASVILLE FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
Participants have an immediate 100 percent vested interest with respect
to their contributions and are fully vested with regard to matching
company contributions made through October 1, 1989, the date of
discontinuance of the matching feature.
(3) Investments in Master Trust
---------------------------
Through the Plan year ended September 30, 1990, assets of the Plan were
held in a Master Trust administered by Wachovia Bank and Trust Co., N.A.,
as Trustee. Effective October 1, 1990, the Company appointed the Fidelity
Management Trust Co. as the new Trustee of the Plan. The investment
options offered to Plan participants by Fidelity are comparable to those
which were made available by Wachovia.
Assets in the Master Trust, administered by Fidelity, are segregated into
nine investment options: a commingled equity mutual fund (Fidelity U.S.
Equity Index Portfolio), a specialized equity mutual fund (Fidelity
Magellan), a money market mutual fund (Fidelity Return Money Market
Portfolio), three Asset Manager mutual funds, an over-the-counter mutual
fund (OTC Portfolio Fund), a fixed income fund, and an Armstrong stock
fund. The Plan utilizes the Trustee and associated investment managers to
direct investment activity. At September 30, 1993, Plan participants had
funds invested in seven investment alternatives.
The following is a description of the investment funds to which Plan
participants can elect to allocate their contributions.
1. Commingled Equity Fund - This fund is principally a portfolio of common
stocks constructed and maintained with the objective of providing
investment results which approximate the overall performance of the common
stocks included in the Standard & Poor's Composite Index of 500 stocks. At
September 30, 1993, there were 38 active participants in this investment
fund.
2. Specialized Equity Fund - This fund invests in common stocks of companies
having substantial growth prospects as determined by independent investment
managers. At September 30, 1993, there were 81 active participants in this
investment fund.
3. Money Market Fund - This fund invests in short-term (less than one year
maturity) fixed income instruments such as U.S. Treasury Bills, bank
certificates of deposit, and high grade commercial paper. At September 30,
1993, there were 13 active participants in this investment fund.
4. Fixed Income Fund - Contributions to this fund are invested in the general
accounts of insurance companies and are credited at contracted interest
rates. At September 30, 1993, the interest rates ranged between 5.69% and
16.00%. Invested principal and accumulated interest amounts are guaranteed
against loss by the insurance company. At September 30, 1993, there were
537 active participants in this investment fund.
5. Asset Manager Fund - An asset allocation fund which invests in a portfolio
of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The fund has a balanced
investment strategy with a goal of high total return with reduced risk over
the long term. At September 30, 1993, there was one active participant in
this investment fund.
6. Asset Manager Growth Fund - An asset allocation fund invested in a
diversified mix of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The fund's
investment strategy is an aggressive one emphasizing stocks with the goal
of maximum total return over the long term. At September 30, 1993, there
were no active participants in this investment fund.
7. Asset Manager Income Fund - An asset allocation fund which invests in a
diversified portfolio of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The
fund has a conservative investment strategy focusing on bonds and short-
term instruments to achieve a high level of current income and capital
preservation. At September 30, 1993, there were no active participants in
this investment fund.
- 9 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF THOMASVILLE FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
8. OTC Portfolio Fund - This fund invests in securities traded in the over-
the-counter securities market with the objective of maximizing capital
appreciation. Over-the counter securities include common and preferred
stocks, securities convertible into common stock, warrants, and debt
instruments. At September 30, 1993, there was one active participant in
the investment fund.
9. Armstrong Stock Fund - Amounts invested in this fund, along with dividend
earnings thereon, are invested in Armstrong common sto ck. At September
30, 1993, there were 478 active participants in this investment fund.
Common stock shares held by the fund at September 30, 1993 and 1992 were
19,900 and 19,669, respectively.
10. Loan Portfolio Fund - The amount in this fund represents the unpaid
principal balances of loans made by Plan participants in accordance with
established loan provision guidelines. At September 30, 1993, there were
96 loans outstanding.
The following table presents the cost and fair values of the investments in
securities of the Master Trust at September 30, 1993 and 1992:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, 1993 September 30, 1992
------------------ ------------------
Investment Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value
---------- ---- ---------- ---- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Commingled equity $ 470,519 $ 499,160 $ 10,563 $ 12,302
Specialized equity 1,565,685 1,803,185 50,763 52,039
Money market 13,805 13,805 7,626 7,626
Fixed income 5,900,380 5,900,380 1,565,638 1,565,638
Armstrong stock 687,685 828,332 683,853 582,701
OTC protfolio 54,558 53,964 -- --
Asset manager 308 313 -- --
Loan portfolio 178,401 178,401 98,931 93,931
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
$8,871,341 $9,277,540 $2,417,374 $2,319,237
========== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
The amounts of realized gain (loss) on investments in securities of the Master
Trust for the years ended September 30, 1993, 1992, and 1991 are presented
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate Aggregate Realized
--------- --------- --------
Proceeds Cost Gain (Loss)
-------- ---- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1993
----
Commingled equity $220,464 $213,452 $ 7,012
Specialized equity 238,812 236,257 2,555
Armstrong stock 76,506 82,305 (5,799)
OTC portfolio 104,846 104,064 782
-------- -------- -------
$640,628 $636,078 $ 4,550
======== ======== =======
1992
----
Commingled equity $ 402 $ 399 $ 3
Specialized equity 3,619 2,810 809
Armstrong stock 36,505 41,810 (5,305)
-------- -------- -------
$ 40,526 $ 45,019 $(4,493)
======== ======== =======
</TABLE>
- 10 -
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN FOR HOURLY-PAID EMPLOYEES
OF THOMASVILLE FURNITURE INDUSTRIES, INC.
Notes to Financial Statements
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate Aggregate Realized
--------- --------- --------
1991 Proceeds Cost Gain (Loss)
---- -------- ---- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Armstrong stock $ 23,083 $ 32,345 $(9,262)
======== ======== =======
</TABLE>
(4) Benefits
--------
Under terms of the Plan, a participant (or a beneficiary) is eligible for
benefits upon retirement, termination of employment, or death before
retirement. Disbursement of the total amount credited to a participant's
account is payable (i) in a lump sum or (ii) in the case of retirement,
in such other manner as requested by the participant and approved by the
Plan Administrator.
If the amount of a withdrawal exceeds the amount of contributions made by
the participant and not previously withdrawn, the participant shall be
ineligible to make contributions for a specified period, except that a
participant may elect to withdraw all or any portion of his account
attributable to tax deductible contributions.
Under the rules of the Plan, the participant may borrow up to 90 percent
of his account, other than amounts attributable to tax deductible
contributions or amounts invested in the Armstrong Stock Fund, with the
approval of the Plan Administrator. The amount of the loan is transferred
to a Loan Reserve pledged as security for the loan and is evidenced by a
promissory note payable to the Plan. Interest rates are determined
periodically by the Retirement Savings Plan Committee in accordance with
prevailing interest rates. The loans are reflected in the Loan Portfolio
investment fund. Loan repayments are made by payroll deductions or in a
manner agreed to by the employee and the Plan Administrator.
(5) Obligation for Benefits
-----------------------
All the funds of the Plan are held by investing institutions appointed by
the Company under a trust agreement or insurance contract. Benefits under
the Plan are payable only out of these funds. The Company has no legal
obligation to make any direct payment of benefits accrued under the Plan.
Except as may be provided in an insurance contract, neither the Company
nor any investing institution guarantees the funds of the Plan against
any loss or depreciation or guarantees the payment of any benefit
hereunder. Although the Company has not expressed any intent to terminate
the Plan, it may do so at any time. In case of termination or partial
termination, the total amount in each employee's account will be
distributed as the Plan Administrator directs.
(6) Federal Income Taxes
--------------------
The Internal Revenue Service issued its latest determination letter on
April 13, 1990, which stated that the Plan qualifies under the applicable
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and therefore is exempt from
federal income taxes. The Plan has been amended to conform with current
tax law changes. The amended Plan instruments will be submitted to the
Internal Revenue Service for a letter of determination that the Plan
continues to qualify as exempt from federal taxes. In the opinion of the
Plan administrator, the Plan remains qualified under the applicable
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.
- 11 -
<PAGE>
Independent Auditors' Report
----------------------------
The Retirement Committee
Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets of the Retirement
Savings Plan for Hourly-Paid Employees of Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc.
as of September 30, 1993 and 1992 and the related statements of changes in plan
equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1993.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Plan's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Retirement Savings Plan for
Hourly-Paid Employees of Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc. as of September
30, 1993 and 1992 and the changes in its plan equity for each of the years in
the three-year period ended September 30, 1993, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 25, 1994
- 12 -
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
24 Consent of Independent Auditors
- 13 -
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. 24
Consent of Independent Auditors
-------------------------------
The Retirement Committee
Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc.:
We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement No. 33-
18998 on Form S-8 of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. of our report dated
February 25, 1994, relating to the statements of net assets of the Retirement
Savings Plan for Hourly-Paid Employees of Thomasville Furniture Industries, Inc.
as of September 30, 1993 and 1992 and the related statements of changes in plan
equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1993,
which report is included herein.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 22, 1994
- 14 -
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. 28(ii)(d)
FORM 11-K
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
(Mark One)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1993
--------------------------------------------------
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ____________________ to _______________________
Commission file number 1-2116
-------------------------------------------------------
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
("SHARE IN SUCCESS PLAN")
(Full title of the Plan)
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Liberty and Charlotte Streets
Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17604
(Name of issuer of the securities held pursuant to
the Plan and the address of its principal executive office)
<PAGE>
Page No.
-------
Item 1. Statements of Net Assets Available for Plan Benefits
----------------------------------------------------
September 30, 1993 and 1992 4
Item 2. Statements of Changes in Net Assets Available for Plan
------------------------------------------------------
Benefits 5
--------
(a) Year ended September 30, 1993
(b) Year ended September 30, 1992
(c) Year ended September 30, 1991
Notes to Financial Statements 6-8
- -----------------------------
Item 3. Independent Auditors' Report 9
----------------------------
Exhibits
- --------
24. Consent of Independent Auditors 11
- 2 -
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
members of the committee constituting the administrator which administers the
plan have duly caused this annual report to be signed by the undersigned
hereunto duly authorized.
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
("SHARE IN SUCCESS PLAN")
March 25, 1994 By: /s/ E. Allen Deaver
-----------------------------------------
E. Allen Deaver
Chairman of the Retirement Committee
- 3 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Statements of Net Assets Available for Plan Benefits
September 30, 1993 and 1992
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------
Allocated Unallocated Total Allocated Unallocated Total
--------- ----------- ----- --------- ----------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets
- ------
Investment in Armstrong World
Industries, Inc. Preferred
Stock (note 2) $ 47,543,551 $ 216,483,904 $ 264,027,455 $ 35,521,083 $ 230,841,088 $ 266,362,171
Cash and short-term investments 3,261 972,034 975,295 54 1,006,462 1,006,516
Employee contributions receivable -- 505,921 505,921 -- 478,460 478,460
Employer contributions receivable -- 1,134,655 1,134,655 -- 733,683 733,683
Dividends receivable 1,007,039 4,587,620 5,594,659 752,909 4,892,935 5,645,844
Interest receivable 2 659 661 -- 190 190
------------ ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------- -------------
Total assets 48,553,853 223,684,793 272,238,646 36,274,046 237,952,818 274,226,864
------------ ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------- -------------
Liabilities
- -----------
Guaranteed ESOP notes (note 5) -- 257,303,403 257,303,403 -- 262,701,403 262,701,403
Accrued interest -- 6,425,906 6,425,906 -- 6,674,337 6,674,337
------------ ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------- -------------
Total liabilities -- 263,729,309 263,729,309 -- 269,375,740 269,375,740
------------ ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------- -------------
Net assets available for plan benefits $ 48,553,853 $ (40,044,516) $ 8,509,337 $ 36,274,046 $ (31,422,922) $ 4,851,124
- -------------------------------------- ============ ============= ============= ============ ============= =============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
- 4 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Statements of Changes in Net Assets Available for Plan Benefits
Years Ended September 30, 1993, 1992 and 1991
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993 1992
------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------
Allocated Unallocated Total Allocated Unallocated Total
--------- ----------- ----- --------- ----------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Increases:
Employee contributions (note 1) $ -- $5,956,851 $5,956,851 $ -- $5,836,465 $5,836,465
Employer contributions -- 3,274,572 3,274,572 -- 2,338,248 2,338,248
Dividends (note 2) 3,043,702 16,174,289 19,217,991 2,170,867 17,192,736 19,363,603
Interest income -- 20,905 20,905 -- 28,843 28,843
Allocation of preferred stock of
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 11,570,821 -- 11,570,821 11,743,418 -- 11,743,418
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
14,614,523 25,426,617 40,041,140 13,914,285 25,396,292 39,310,577
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Decreases:
Interest expense -- (22,477,390) (22,477,390) -- (22,980,291 (22,980,291)
Benefits paid (note 3) (2,334,716) -- (2,334,716) (1,303,347) -- (1,303,347)
Allocation of preferred stock of
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. -- (11,570,821) (11,570,821) -- (11,743,418) (11,743,418)
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(2,334,716) (34,048,211) (36,382,927) (1,303,347) (34,723,709) (36,027,056)
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net increase (decrease) 12,279,807 (8,621,594) 3,658,213 12,610,938 (9,327,417) 3,283,521
Net assets available for
plan benefits:
Beginning of period 36,274,046 (31,422,922) 4,851,124 23,663,108 (22,095,505) 1,567,603
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
End of period $48,553,853 ($40,044,516) $8,509,337 $36,274,046 ($31,422,922) $4,851,124
========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1991
------------------------------------------
Allocated Unallocated Total
--------- ----------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Increases:
Employee contributions (note 1) $ -- $5,611,128 $5,611,128
Employer contributions -- -- --
Dividends (note 2) 1,267,706 18,160,336 19,428,042
Interest income -- 64,148 64,148
Allocation of preferred stock of
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 11,981,706 -- 11,981,706
---------- ---------- ----------
13,249,412 23,835,612 37,085,024
---------- ---------- ----------
Decreases:
Interest expense -- (23,230,439) (23,230,439)
Benefits paid (note 3) (615,373) -- (615,373)
Allocation of preferred stock of
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. -- (11,981,706) (11,981,706)
---------- ---------- ----------
(615,373) (35,212,145) (35,827,518)
---------- ---------- ----------
Net increase (decrease) 12,634,039 (11,376,533) 1,257,506
Net assets available for
plan benefits:
Beginning of period 11,029,069 (10,718,972) 310,097
---------- ---------- ----------
End of period $23,663,108 ($22,095,505) $1,567,603
=========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
- 5 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Notes to Financial Statements
1. Plan Description
----------------
Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (the Company) established the Armstrong
World Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the Plan) in 1989.
The Plan, which is both a stock bonus plan with a cash or deferred
arrangement and an employee stock ownership plan, is designed to attract
and keep employees possessing the qualities required for future growth of
the Company. The Plan intends to provide such employees with additional
incentive for enhanced performance by permitting eligible employees to
acquire a proprietary interest in the Company and to accumulate capital for
future economic security.
All employees of the Company and of certain domestic subsidiaries, who are at
least twenty-one years of age and have completed one year of service, are
eligible to participate in the Plan except for foreign nationals, leased
employees, and those employees in a collective bargaining unit unless the
collective bargaining agent for that unit agrees to coverage under the Plan.
Under the Plan, participants receive interest in shares of Company
preferred stock held by the trust established under the Plan. The shares of
Company preferred stock held by the trust were purchased from the Company
from the proceeds of the sale of the Guaranteed ESOP notes in a total
principal amount of $270,000,000 in 1989. All shares of preferred stock
acquired with the proceeds of the notes are held in a suspense account and
released to members' accounts as the notes are repaid. The shares are
released in proportion to the ratio of the proportion of principal and
interest paid down by any debt payment to the total principal and interest
to be paid over the life of the notes.
The Plan maintains three accounts for each member for contributions and
allocations of shares from the suspense account. Participants who elect to
reduce their before-tax compensation in amounts ranging from one percent to
four percent (exchange contributions) will have such amounts credited to an
exchange contribution account. Shares released from the suspense account
will be first allocated to members' exchange contribution accounts with a
value as of the allocation date equal to the amount of their exchange
contributions.
Shares released from the suspense account not used for the purpose of
exchange allocations will be allocated to members' equity accounts (equity
allocations) based on an established shares released schedule. The equity
account is intended to provide a source of funds to replace certain retiree
medical benefits which were phased-out in conjunction with the adoption of
this Plan. The allocation schedule, therefore, is designed to provide
greater allocation of shares to older employees.
If any shares released from the suspense account remain unallocated after
the exchange and equity allocations, such shares will be allocated to
members' bonus accounts in proportion to the ratio of exchange
contributions made by a member to the exchange contributions made by all
members.
Participants have an immediate 100 percent vested interest with respect to
their exchange contributions. Interest in the Equity and Bonus Accounts
vest after five years of service.
- 6 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
------------------------------------------
(a) Basis of Presentation
---------------------
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on an
accrual basis.
(b) Investment in Armstrong World Industries, Inc., Preferred Stock
---------------------------------------------------------------
According to the terms of the trust agreement between Mellon Bank,
N.A., the Trustee, and Armstrong World Industries, Inc., the Trustee
manages a trust fund that has been created under the Plan and has been
granted authority to purchase and sell stock of the Company as is
necessary to administer the Plan in accordance with its terms.
The investment in Company preferred stock at September 30, 1993 and
1992, represents 5,529,371 and 5,578,265 shares, respectively,
purchased at a cost per share of $47.75. Each share of preferred stock
is convertible into one share of Company common stock. A dividend of
$3.462 per share per annum is payable semi-annually on the preferred
stock held in the trust. The preferred stock is redeemable at the
option of the holder at a redemption price of $47.75 per share plus
accrued but unpaid dividends.
(c) Expenses
--------
All costs and expenses incurred in administering the Trust and the
Plan are paid by the Company.
3. Benefits
--------
Upon death or any other separation from service from the Company,
participants are entitled to receive a distribution of their vested ESOP
account. Distributions are in the form of a lump sum cash payment or, upon
request, Company common stock. Participants entitled to a distribution can
direct the Trustee to either sell their ESOP Preferred Shares to the
Company at a per share price of $47.75 or convert the shares into shares of
Company common stock on a one-for-one basis. Participants then may elect to
receive their entire ESOP account balance in cash or Company common stock.
During the years ended September 30, 1993 and 1992, distributions were made
to participants of $2,334,716, representing 48,894 shares, and $1,303,347
representing 27,296 shares, respectively.
- 7 -
<PAGE>
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
4. Plan Termination
----------------
While it is intended to be permanent, the Plan may be terminated at anytime
by the Company's Board of Directors. Upon Plan termination, all
participants become fully vested in their entire ESOP account balance. Any
unallocated shares held by the Trust will be either sold to the Company or
converted to Company common stock and then sold to the Company or sold on
the open market, whichever produces the greatest cash proceeds. The cash
proceeds will be used to satisfy any outstanding Guaranteed ESOP notes,
with the balance of any excess proceeds being allocated to individual ESOP
account balances on a pro-rated basis.
5. Guaranteed ESOP Notes
---------------------
The Company has guaranteed the payment of principal and interest on the
notes. The notes must be repaid in semi-annual installments with interest
per annum at 8.43% on the Series A Guaranteed Serial ESOP Notes due 1989-
2001 ($137,260,403 and $142,658,403 at September 30, 1993 and 1992,
respectively) and 9.0% on the Series B Guaranteed Serial ESOP Notes due
2001-2004 ($120,043,000 at September 30, 1993 and 1992). The scheduled
amortization of the notes for the next five fiscal years is as follows:
1994 - $7,349,000; 1995 - $9,549,000; 1996 - $12,023,000; 1997 -
$14,801,000; 1998 - $17,908,000.
6. Company Contributions
---------------------
The Company is obligated to make semi-annual contributions in cash or
Company stock to the Plan, on June 15 and December 15 of each year, which
when aggregated with all exchange contributions, dividends received by the
Trustee on the preferred stock held by the Trust, and trust earnings, is at
least equal to the amount necessary to enable the Trustee to pay currently
maturing obligations under the Guaranteed ESOP notes.
7. Federal Income Taxes
--------------------
The Plan has received a letter of favorable determination for tax
qualifications from the Internal Revenue Service on August 20, 1991.
Accordingly, the Plan qualifies under the provisions of Sections 401(a),
401(k), and 4975(e)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code and is exempt from
federal income taxes.
- 8 -
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
----------------------------
The Retirement Committee
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets available for plan
benefits of the Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
as of September 30, 1993 and 1992 and the related statements of changes in net
assets available for plan benefits for each of the years in the three-year
period ended September 30, 1993. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the plan's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan as of September 30, 1993 and 1992 and the
changes in its net assets available for plan benefits for each of the years in
the three-year period ended September 30, 1993, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 25, 1994
- 9 -
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
24 Consent of Independent Auditors
- 10 -
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. 24
Consent of Independent Auditors
-------------------------------
The Retirement Committee
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.:
We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement No. 33-
29768 on Form S-8 of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. of our report dated
February 25, 1994, relating to the statements of net assets available for plan
benefits of the Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan
as of September 30, 1993 and 1992 and the related statements of changes in net
assets available for plan benefits for each of the years in the three-year
period ended September 30, 1993, which report is included herein.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 22, 1994
- 11 -
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. 28(ii)(e)
FORM 11-K
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
(Mark One)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1993
--------------------------------------------------
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ____________________ to _______________________
Commission file number 1-2116
-------------------------------------------------------
SAVINGS PLAN FOR PRODUCTION AND MAINTENANCE
EMPLOYEES OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY, INC.
1000 Cannon Avenue
Lansdale, PA 19446
(Full title of the Plan)
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Liberty and Charlotte Streets
Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17604
(Name of issuer of the securities held pursuant to
the Plan and the address of its principal executive office)
<PAGE>
Page No.
--------
Item 1. Statements of Net Assets 4
------------------------
September 30, 1993 and 1992
Item 2. Statements of Changes in Plan Equity 5-7
------------------------------------
(a) Year ended September 30, 1993
(b) Year ended September 30, 1992
(c) Year ended September 30, 1991
Notes to Financial Statements 8-11
- -----------------------------
Item 3. Independent Auditors' Report 12
----------------------------
Exhibits
- --------
24. Consent of Independent Auditors 14
- 2 -
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
members of the committee constituting the administrator which administers the
plan have duly caused this annual report to be signed by the undersigned
hereunto duly authorized.
AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY, INC.
SAVINGS PLAN FOR PRODUCTION &
MAINTENANCE EMPLOYEES
March 25, 1994 By: /s/ Michael J. Farley
-----------------------------------
Michael J. Farley
Chairperson, Employee Benefits
Administrative Authority for the
American Olean Tile Company, Inc.,
Savings Plan for Production &
Maintenance Employees
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR PRODUCTION AND MAINTENANCE EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY
Statements of Net Assets
September 30, 1993 and 1992
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd. Total
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- ------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $257,638 $668,079 $86,435 $3,122,566 $10,111 $24,959 $4,169,788
-------- -------- ------- ---------- ------- ------- ----------
Total assets $257,638 $668,079 $86,435 $3,122,566 $10,111 $24,959 $4,169,788
-------- -------- ------- ---------- ------- ------- ----------
Plan equity $257,638 $668,079 $86,435 $3,122,566 $10,111 $24,959 $4,169,788
======== ======== ======= ========== ======= ======= ==========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1992
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd. Total
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- ------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $252,326 $459,743 $72,228 $3,104,287 $18,800 $ -- $3,907,384
-------- -------- ------- ---------- ------- ----- ----------
Total assets $252,326 $459,743 $72,228 $3,104,287 $18,800 $ -- $3,907,384
-------- -------- ------- ---------- ------- ----- ----------
Plan equity $252,326 $459,743 $72,228 $3,104,287 $18,800 $ -- $3,907,384
======== ======== ======= ========== ======= ===== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
- 4 -
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR PRODUCTION AND MAINTENANCE EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity
Years Ended September 30, 1993, 1992, and 1991
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd. Total
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- ------------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1992 $252,326 $459,743 $72,228 $3,104,287 $ 18,800 $-- $3,907,384
-------- -------- ------- ---------- -------- ------ ----------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 17,894 60,637 16,039 261,081 1,290 1,769 358,710
Dividends 7,827 62,000 2,373 -- 524 1,866 74,590
Interest -- -- -- 235,754 -- -- 235,754
Realized gain (loss) on
investments (note 3) 2,706 (1,609) -- -- 1,485 -- 2,582
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) of investments 18,395 90,417 -- -- 2,946 (496) 111,262
------ ------ ------ ------- ----- ---- -------
46,822 211,445 18,412 496,835 6,245 3,139 782,898
------ ------- ------ ------- ----- ----- -------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (30,004) (26,158) (9,669) (454,479) (184) -- (520,494)
Interfund transfers (11,506) 23,049 5,464 (24,077) (14,750) 21,820 --
------- ------ ----- ------- ------- ------ --------
(41,510) (3,109) (4,205) (478,556) (14,934) 21,820 (520,494)
------- ------ ------ -------- ------- ------ --------
Plan equity at September 30, 1993 $257,638 $668,079 $86,435 $3,122,566 $10,111 $24,959 $4,169,788
======== ======== ======= ========== ======= ======= ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
(Continued)
- 5 -
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR PRODUCTION AND MAINTENANCE EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity, Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1992
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Total
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1991 $221,922 $415,299 $ 72,626 $2,818,105 -- $3,527,952
-------- -------- -------- ---------- -- ----------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 20,322 60,042 18,321 306,690 263 405,638
Dividends 8,967 58,102 2,931 -- 357 70,357
Interest 271 3,026 45 257,703 -- 261,045
-------- -------- -------- ---------- -- -------
29,560 121,170 21,297 564,393 620 737,040
-------- -------- -------- ---------- --- -------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (16,534) (44,845) (9,228) (225,615) -- (296,222)
Fees -- -- (6) (14) -- (20)
Realized gain (loss) on investments
(note 3) 1,004 (1,094) -- -- -- (90)
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) of investments 13,178 (18,940) -- -- (220) (5,982)
Transfers from (to) other employee
benefit plans of (4,122) (16,970) (1,683) (32,519) -- (55,294)
Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
Interfund transfers 7,318 5,123 (10,778) (20,063) 18,400 --
----- ----- ------- ------- ------ --
844 (76,726) (21,695) (278,211) 18,180 (357,608)
--- ------- ------- -------- ------ --------
Plan equity at September 30, 1992 $252,326 $459,743 $ 72,228 $3,104,287 $18,800 $3,907,384
======== ======== ======== ========== ======= ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements
(Continued)
- 6 -
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR PRODUCTION AND MAINTENANCE EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity, Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1991
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Total
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1990 $233,836 $296,652 $85,295 $2,619,739 $3,235,522
-------- -------- ------- ---------- ----------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 19,837 34,596 10,483 322,350 387,266
Dividends 17,445 2,529 -- -- 19,974
Interest 16 27 5,504 256,787 262,334
Unrealized appreciation of
investments 50,134 90,978 -- -- 141,112
------ ------ ------ ------- -------
87,432 128,130 15,987 579,137 810,686
------ ------- ------ ------- -------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (36,289) (27,457) (20,046) (425,973) (509,765)
Fees -- -- (72) -- (72)
Realized gain (loss) on (10,771) 2,352 -- -- (8,419)
investments (note 3)
Interfund transfers (52,286) 15,622 (8,538) 45,202 --
------- ------ ------ ------ -------
(99,346) (9,483) (28,656) (380,771) (518,256)
------- ------ ------- -------- --------
Plan equity at September 30, 1991 $221,922 $415,299 $72,626 $2,818,105 $3,527,952
======== ======== ======= ========== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
- 7 -
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR PRODUCTION AND MAINTENANCE EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
------------------------------------------
(a) Basis of Presentation
---------------------
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the
accrual basis.
(b) Investments in Master Trust
---------------------------
The fair value of the commingled equity, specialized equity, over-
the-counter portfolio, and Asset Manager funds is based on the
underlying market value of the investments. The money market fund is
stated at cost which approximates fair value. The fixed income fund
is stated at contract value which represents contributions plus
interest at the contract rate, less benefits paid. The value of the
Armstrong stock fund is based on quoted market price. The value of
the loan portfolio fund represents the unpaid principal of employee
loans.
Securities transactions are recognized on the settlement date (the
date on which payment for a buy or sell order is made or received),
since adjustment to a trade-date basis would not be material.
Dividend income is recorded on the ex-dividend date.
Realized gains and losses on investments are determined by the
average cost method.
(c) Expenses
--------
All legal, accounting and administrative expenses associated with Plan
operations are paid by the Company.
(2) Plan Description
----------------
The Plan is a defined contribution plan, the purpose of which is to
provide a means for long-term savings intended for the accumulation of
retirement income in addition to that provided under other retirement
plans maintained for the benefit of employees of American Olean Tile
Company, Inc. (the Company), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Armstrong World
Industries, Inc. (Armstrong). The Plan is subject to the provisions of
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).
Participants may contribute to the Plan by electing an amount up to 10%,
but not less than 2% of their compensation.
Until December 31, 1989, the Company made a matching contribution to the
Plan in an amount equal to 50% of a participant's contribution, up to
$400 per calendar year. Effective January 1, 1990, the matching Company
contribution feature was discontinued.
In the event of a withdrawal during employment, a participant will not be
permitted to resume making contributions until the first day of the
following January, April, July, or October.
Separate accounts are maintained for contributions made by or on behalf
of a participant. The accounts in each fund reflect the participants' and
Company-matching contributions together with allocated dividends,
interest, realized gains (losses) on investments, and unrealized
appreciation (depreciation) of investments.
Participants have an immediate 100 percent vested interest with respect
to their contributions and are fully vested with regard to matching
company contributions made through January 1, 1990, the date of
discontinuance of the matching feature.
- 8 -
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR PRODUCTION AND MAINTENANCE EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
(3) Investments in Master Trust
---------------------------
Through the Plan year ended September 30, 1991, assets of the Plan were
held in a Master Trust administered by Wachovia Bank and Trust Co., N.A.,
as Trustee. Effective October 1, 1991, the Company appointed the Fidelity
Management Trust Co. as the new Trustee of the Plan. The investment
options offered to Plan participants by Fidelity are comparable to those
which were made available by Wachovia, except that the Plan permitted an
investment option in Armstrong common stock effective October 1, 1991.
Assets in the Master Trust, administered by Fidelity, are segregated into
nine investment options: a commingled equity mutual fund (Fidelity U.S.
Equity Index Portfolio), a specialized equity mutual fund (Fidelity
Magellan), a money market mutual fund (Fidelity Return Money Market
Portfolio), three Asset Manager mutual funds, an over-the-counter mutual
fund (OTC Portfolio Fund), a fixed income fund, and an Armstrong stock
fund. The Plan utilizes the Trustee and associated investment managers to
direct investment activity. At September 30, 1993, Plan participants had
funds invested in six of the investment alternatives.
The following is a description of the investment funds to which Plan
participants can elect to allocate their contributions.
1. Commingled Equity Fund - This fund is principally a portfolio of common
stocks constructed and maintained with the objective of providing
investment results which approximate the overall performance of the common
stocks included in the Standard & Poor's Composite Index of 500 stocks. At
September 30, 1993, there were 105 active participants in this investment
fund.
2. Specialized Equity Fund - This fund invests in common stocks of companies
having substantial growth prospects as determined by independent investment
managers. At September 30, 1993, there were 167 active participants in
this investment fund.
3. Money Market Fund - This fund invests in short-term (less than one year
maturity) fixed income instruments such as U.S. Treasury Bills, bank
certificates of deposit, and high grade commercial paper. At September 30,
1993, there were 63 active participants in this investment fund.
4. Fixed Income Fund - Contributions to this fund are invested in the general
accounts of insurance companies and are credited at contracted interest
rates. At September 30, 1993, the interest rates ranged between 5.69% and
16.00%. Invested principal and accumulated interest amounts are guaranteed
against loss by the insurance company. At September 30,1993, there were
519 active participants in this investment fund.
5. Asset Manager Fund - An asset allocation fund which invests in a portfolio
of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The fund has a balanced
investment strategy with a goal of high total return with reduced risk
over the long term. At September 30, 1993, there were no active
participants in this investment fund.
6. Asset Manager Growth Fund - An asset allocation fund invested in a
diversified mix of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The fund's
investment strategy is an aggressive one emphasizing stocks with the goal
of maximum total return over the long term. At September 30, 1993, there
were no active participants in this investment fund.
7. Asset Manager Income Fund - An asset allocation fund which invests in a
diversified portfolio of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The
fund has a conservative investment strategy focusing on bonds and short-
term instruments to achieve a high level of current income and capital
preservation. At September 30, 1993, there were no active participants in
this investment fund.
8. OTC Portfolio Fund - This fund invests in securities traded in the over-
the-counter securities market with the objective of maximizing capital
appreciation. Over-the counter securities include common and preferred
stocks, securities convertible into common stock, warrants, and debt
instruments. At September 30, 1993, there were 7 active participants in
the investment fund.
- 9 -
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR PRODUCTION AND MAINTENANCE EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
9. Armstrong Stock Fund - Amounts invested in this fund, along with dividend
earnings thereon, are invested in Armstrong common stock. At September 30,
1993, there were 8 active participants in this investment fund. Common
stock shares held by the fund at September 30, 1993 and 1992 were 243 and
635, respectively.
The following table presents the cost and fair values of the investments in
securities of the Master Trust at September 30, 1993 and 1992:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, 1993 September 30, 1992
------------------ ------------------
Investment Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value
---------- ---- ---------- ---- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Commingled equity $ 226,065 $ 257,638 $ 239,148 $ 252,326
Specialized equity 596,602 668,079 478,683 459,743
Money market 86,435 86,435 72,228 72,228
Fixed income 3,122,566 3,122,566 3,104,287 3,104,287
Armstrong stock 7,385 10,111 19,020 18,800
OTC portfolio 25,455 24,959 -- --
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
$4,064,508 $4,169,788 $3,913,366 $3,907,384
========== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
The amounts of realized gain (loss) on investments in securities of the Master
Trust for the years ended September 30, 1993, 1992, and 1991 are presented
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate Aggregate Realized
--------- --------- --------
1993 Proceeds Cost Gain (Loss)
---- -------- ---- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Commingled equity $ 42,010 $ 39,304 $ 2,706
Specialized equity 65,167 66,776 (1,609)
Armstrong stock 14,934 13,449 1,485
-------- -------- --------
$122,111 $119,529 $ 2,582
======== ======== ========
1992
----
Commingled equity $ 18,838 $ 17,834 $ 1,004
Specialized equity 65,798 66,892 (1,094)
-------- -------- --------
$ 84,636 $ 84,726 $ (90)
======== ======== ========
1991
----
Commingled equity $116,477 $127,248 $(10,771)
Specialized equity 86,317 83,965 2,352
-------- -------- --------
$202,794 $211,213 $ (8,419)
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
- 10 -
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR PRODUCTION AND MAINTENANCE EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
(4) Benefits
--------
Under terms of the Plan, a participant (or a beneficiary) is eligible for
benefits upon retirement, termination of employment, or death before
retirement. Disbursement of the total amount credited to a participant's
account is payable (i) in a lump sum or (ii) in the case of retirement,
in such other manner as requested by the participant and approved by the
Plan Administrator. In addition, a participant may elect to withdraw all
or any part of his account attributable to his contributions.
If the amount of a withdrawal exceeds the amount of contributions made by
the participant and not previously withdrawn, the participant shall be
ineligible to make contributions for a specified period, except that a
participant may elect to withdraw all or any portion of his account
attributable to tax deductible contributions.
(5) Obligation for Benefits
-----------------------
All the funds of the Plan are held by investing institutions appointed by
the Company under a trust agreement or insurance contract. Benefits under
the Plan are payable only out of these funds. The Company has no legal
obligation to make any direct payment of benefits accrued under the Plan.
Except as may be provided in an insurance contract, neither the Company
nor any investing institution guarantees the funds of the Plan against
any loss or depreciation or guarantees the payment of any benefit
hereunder. Although the Company has not expressed any intent to terminate
the Plan, it may do so at any time. In case of termination or partial
termination, the total amount in each employee's account will be
distributed as the Plan Administrator directs.
(6) Federal Income Taxes
--------------------
The Internal Revenue Service has made a determination that the Plan has
complied with the requirements of ERISA and, therefore, is qualified under
the provisions of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and is
exempt from federal income tax.
- 11 -
<PAGE>
Independent Auditors' Report
The Executive Committee
American Olean Tile Company, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets of the Savings Plan
for Production and Maintenance Employees of American Olean Tile Company, Inc.
(the Plan) as of September 30, 1993 and 1992, and the related statements of
changes in plan equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended
September 30, 1993. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Plan's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Plan as of September 30,
1993 and 1992, and the changes in plan equity for each of the years in the
three-year period ended September 30, 1993, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 16, 1994
- 12 -
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
24 Consent of Independent Auditors
- 13 -
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. 24
Consent of Independent Auditors
-------------------------------
The Executive Committee
American Olean Tile Company, Inc.:
We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement No. 33-
60070 on Form S-8 of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. of our report dated March
16, 1994 relating to the statements of net assets of the Savings Plan for
Production and Maintenance Employees of American Olean Tile Company, Inc. as of
September 30, 1993 and 1992 and the related statements of changes in plan equity
for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1993, which
report is included herein.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 22, 1994
- 14 -
<PAGE>
Exhibit 28(ii)(f)
FORM 11-K
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D. C. 20549
(Mark One)
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1993
--------------------------------------------------
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ____________________ to _______________________
Commission file number 1-2116
-------------------------------------------------------
SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES OF
AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY, INC.
1000 Cannon Avenue
Lansdale, PA 19446
(Full title of the Plan)
ARMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC.
Liberty and Charlotte Streets
Lancaster, Pennsylvania 17604
(Name of issuer of the securities held pursuant to
the Plan and the address of its principal executive office)
<PAGE>
Page No.
--------
Item 1. Statements of Net Assets 4
------------------------
September 30, 1993 and 1992
Item 2. Statements of Changes in Plan Equity 5-7
------------------------------------
(a) Year ended September 30, 1993
(b) Year ended September 30, 1992
(c) Year ended September 30, 1991
Notes to Financial Statements 8-11
- -----------------------------
Item 3. Independent Auditors' Report 12
----------------------------
Exhibits
- --------
24. Consent of Independent Auditors 14
- 2 -
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
members of the committee constituting the administrator which administers the
plan have duly caused this annual report to be signed by the undersigned
hereunto duly authorized.
AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY, INC.
SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
March 25, 1994 By: /s/ Michael J. Farley
-------------------------------------
Michael J. Farley
Chairperson, Employee Benefits
Administrative Authority for the
American Olean Tile Company, Inc.,
Savings Plan for Salaried Employees
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY
Statements of Net Assets
September 30, 1993 and 1992
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd.
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $1,344,427 $2,250,245 $379,911 $10,423,771 $47,845 $175,265
---------- ---------- -------- ----------- ------- --------
Total assets $1,344,427 $2,250,245 $379,911 $10,423,771 $47,845 $175,265
---------- ---------- -------- ----------- ------- --------
Plan equity $1,344,427 $2,250,245 $379,911 $10,423,771 $47,845 $175,265
========== ========== ======== =========== ======= ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------
Asset Asset Mgr. Loan
Manager Fund Growth Fund Portfolio Fund Total
------------ ----------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $80 $17,153 $423,830 $15,062,527
--- ------- -------- -----------
Total assets $80 $17,153 $423,830 $15,062,527
--- ------- -------- -----------
Plan equity $80 $17,153 $423,830 $15,062,527
=== ======= ======== ===========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1992
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd.
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $1,205,383 $ 1,397,522 $461,412 $10,144,449 $21,271 $--
---------- ----------- -------- ----------- ------- ---
Total assets $1,205,383 $ 1,397,522 $461,412 $10,144,449 $21,271 $--
---------- ----------- -------- ----------- ------- ---
Plan equity $1,205,383 $ 1,397,522 $461,412 $10,144,449 $21,271 $--
========== =========== ======== =========== ======= ===
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------
Asset Asset Mgr. Loan
Manager Fund Growth Fund Portfolio Fund Total
------------ ----------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Investments in master trust
at fair value (note 3) $-- $-- $275,100 $13,505,137
--- --- -------- -----------
Total assets $-- $-- $275,100 $13,505,137
--- --- -------- -----------
Plan equity $-- $-- $275,100 $13,505,137
=== === ======== ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
- 4 -
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity
Years Ended September 30, 1993, 1992, and 1991
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1993
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong "OTC"
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fd.
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1992 $1,205,383 $1,397,522 $ 461,412 $10,144,449 $21,271 $ --
---------- ---------- --------- ----------- ------- ----------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 157,397 268,666 76,458 623,188 12,670 27,550
Dividends 39,894 194,534 12,385 -- 1,054 13,252
Interest 4,374 8,879 2,992 828,198 21 915
Realized gain(loss) on
investments (note 3) 20,198 919 -- -- (52) 162
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) of investments 90,326 296,726 -- -- 12,140 (3,087)
Loan (advances) and
repayments, net (26,357) (18,752) (25,237) (71,144) 311 2,548
Transfers (to) from other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. 1,478 76,216 -- 8,930 2,576 11,638
------- ------- ------ --------- ------ ------
287,310 827,188 66,598 1,389,172 28,720 52,978
------- ------- ------ --------- ------ ------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (114,149) (124,922) (72,439) (924,027) (1,051) (7,670)
Interfund transfers (34,117) 150,457 (75,660) (185,823) (1,095) 129,957
------- ------- ------- -------- ------ -------
(148,266) 25,535 (148,099) (1,109,850) (2,146) 122,287
-------- ------ -------- ---------- ------ -------
Plan equity at September 30, 1993 $1,344,427 $2,250,245 $ 379,911 $10,423,771 $47,845 $175,265
========== ========== ========= =========== ======= ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------
Asset Asset Mgr. Loan
Manager Fund Growth Fund Portfolio Fund Total
------------ ----------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1992 $-- $ -- $275,100 $13,505,137
--- ------ -------- -----------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 80 591 -- 1,166,600
Dividends -- -- -- 261,119
Interest -- 46 -- 845,425
Realized gain(loss) on
investments (note 3) -- -- -- 21,227
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) of investments -- 164 -- 369,269
Loan (advances) and
repayments, net -- 71 138,560 --
Transfers (to) from other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. -- -- 10,170 111,008
-- -- ------ -------
80 872 148,730 2,801,648
-- --- ------- ---------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid -- -- -- (1,244,258)
Interfund transfers -- 16,281 -- --
-- ------ -- ----------
-- 16,281 -- (1,244,258)
-- ------ -- ----------
Plan equity at September 30, 1993 $80 $17,153 $423,830 $15,062,527
=== ======= ======== ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
(Continued)
- 5 -
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity, Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1992
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Armstrong Loan
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Stock Fund Portfolio Fund Total
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1,
1991 $897,517 $1,079,119 $437,425 $9,247,970 $-- $230,494 $11,892,525
-------- ---------- -------- ---------- --- -------- -----------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 144,238 205,304 82,848 708,363 5,387 -- 1,146,140
Dividends 39,528 160,851 17,977 -- 436 -- 218,792
Interest 780 8,144 -- 851,354 -- 42,349 902,627
Realized gain (loss) on
investments (note 3) 6,188 (319) -- -- (3) -- 5,866
Unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) of
investments 60,139 (50,625) -- -- (3,582) -- 5,932
Transfers from (to) other
employee benefit plans of
Armstrong World Industries,
Inc. 78,421 20,620 27,440 58,510 18,779 6,380 210,150
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ----- -------
329,294 343,975 128,265 1,618,227 21,017 48,729 2,489,507
------- ------- ------- --------- ------ ------ ---------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (76,406) (72,564) (11,693) (716,136) (41) -- (876,840)
Fees -- -- (35) (20) -- -- (55)
Interfund transfers 54,978 46,992 (92,550) (5,592) 295 (4,123) --
------ ------ ------- ------ --- ------ --
(21,428) (25,572) (104,278) (721,748) 254 (4,123) (876,895)
------- ------- -------- -------- --- ------ --------
Plan equity at September $1,205,383 $1,397,522 $ 461,412 $10,144,449 $21,271 $275,100 $13,505,137
30, 1992 ========== ========== ========= =========== ======= ======== ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
(Continued)
- 6 -
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY, INC.
Statements of Changes in Plan Equity, Continued
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1991
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commingled Specialized Money Fixed Income Loan
Equity Fund Equity Fund Market Fund Fund Portfolio Fund Total
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------ -------------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Plan equity at October 1, 1990 $859,037 $691,650 $339,210 $8,211,379 $206,563 $10,307,839
-------- -------- -------- ---------- -------- -----------
Increases in plan equity:
Contributions 106,910 87,527 78,574 883,023 -- 1,156,034
Dividends 66,715 6,042 -- -- -- 72,757
Interest 65 63 26,733 807,835 25,720 860,416
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
of investments 200,622 230,098 -- -- -- 430,720
------- ------- -- -- -- -------
374,312 323,730 105,307 1,690,858 25,720 2,519,927
------- ------- ------- --------- ------ ---------
Decreases in plan equity:
Benefits paid (113,710) (73,137) (40,429) (660,526) (6,061) (893,863)
Fees -- -- (358) -- -- (358)
Realized gain (loss) on investments
(note 3) (42,262) 6,082 -- -- -- (36,180)
Transfers from (to) other employee benefit
plans of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. (5,665) (13,142) (1,673) 7,114 8,526 (4,840)
Interfund transfers (174,195) 143,936 35,368 (855) (4,254) --
-------- ------- ------ ---- ------ --
(335,832) 63,739 (7,092) (654,267) (1,789) (935,241)
-------- ------ ------ -------- ------ --------
Plan equity at September 30, 1991 $ 897,517 $1,079,119 $437,425 $9,247,970 $230,494 $11,892,525
========= ========== ======== ========== ======== ===========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
- 7 -
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
-------------------------------------------
(a) Basis of Presentation
---------------------
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the
accrual basis.
(b) Investments in Master Trust
---------------------------
The fair value of the commingled equity, specialized equity, over-
the-counter portfolio, and Asset Manager funds is based on the
underlying market value of the investments. The money market fund is
stated at cost which approximates fair value. The fixed income fund
is stated at contract value which represents contributions plus
interest at the contract rate, less benefits paid. The value of the
Armstrong stock fund is based on quoted market price. The value of
the loan portfolio fund represents the unpaid principal of employee
loans.
Securities transactions are recognized on the settlement date (the
date on which payment for a buy or sell order is made or received),
since adjustment to a trade-date basis would not be material.
Dividend income is recorded on the ex-dividend date.
Realized gains and losses on investments are determined by the
average cost method.
(c) Expenses
---------
All legal, accounting and administrative expenses associated with Plan
operations are paid by the Company.
(2) Plan Description
----------------
The Plan is a defined contribution plan, the purpose of which is to
provide a means for long-term savings intended for the accumulation of
retirement income in addition to that provided under other retirement
plans maintained for the benefit of employees of American Olean Tile
Company, Inc. (the Company), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Armstrong World
Industries, Inc. (Armstrong). The Plan is subject to the provisions of
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).
Participants may contribute to the Plan in each of the following methods:
1. Up to 15%, but not less than 2%, of their compensation as deferred
compensation as permitted under Section 401(k) of the Internal
Revenue Code.
2. Up to 10%, but not less than 2%, of their compensation.
Until December 31, 1989, the Company made a matching contribution to the
Plan in an amount equal to 50% of a participant's contribution, up to
$400 per calendar year. Effective January 1, 1990, the matching Company
contribution feature was discontinued.
In the event of a withdrawal during employment of amounts attributable to
before-tax contributions, a participant will not be permitted to resume
making contributions until the first day of January, April, July, or
October which follows twelve months from the date of the withdrawal.
In the event of a withdrawal during employment of amounts attributable to
after-tax contributions, a participant will not be permitted to resume
making contributions until the first day of the following January, April,
July, or October.
Separate accounts are maintained for contributions made by or on behalf
of a participant. The accounts in each fund reflect the participants' and
Company-matching contributions together with allocated dividends,
interest, realized gains (losses) on investments, and unrealized
appreciation (depreciation) of investments.
- 8 -
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
Participants have an immediate 100 percent vested interest with respect
to their contributions and are fully vested with regard to matching
company contributions made through January 1, 1990, the date of
discontinuance of the matching feature.
Under the rules of the Plan, a participant may borrow up to 50% of his or
her account other than amounts attributable to after-tax contributions or
amounts invested in the Armstrong Stock Fund attributable to Company-
matching contributions, subject to a $50,000 maximum, with the approval
of the Plan Administrator. The amount of the loan is transferred to a
loan portfolio fund pledged as security for the loan and is evidenced by
a promissory note payable to the Plan. Interest rates are determined
periodically by the Company in accordance with prevailing interest rates.
Loan repayments are made by payroll deductions or in a manner agreed to
by the participant and the Plan Administrator.
(3) Investments in Master Trust
---------------------------
Through the Plan year ended September 30, 1991, assets of the Plan were
held in a Master Trust administered by Wachovia Bank and Trust Co., N.A.,
as Trustee. Effective October 1, 1991, the Company appointed the Fidelity
Management Trust Co. as the new Trustee of the Plan. The investment
options offered to Plan participants by Fidelity are comparable to those
which were made available by Wachovia, except that the Plan permitted an
investment option in Armstrong common stock effective October 1, 1991.
Assets in the Master Trust, administered by Fidelity, are segregated into
nine investment options: a commingled equity mutual fund (Fidelity U.S.
Equity Index Portfolio), a specialized equity mutual fund (Fidelity
Magellan), a money market mutual fund (Fidelity Return Money Market
Portfolio), three Asset Manager mutual funds, an over-the-counter mutual
fund (OTC Portfolio Fund), a fixed income fund, and an Armstrong stock
fund. The Plan utilizes the Trustee and associated investment managers to
direct investment activity. At September 30, 1993, Plan participants had
funds invested in eight of the investment alternatives.
The following is a description of the investment funds to which Plan
participants can elect to allocate their contributions.
1. Commingled Equity Fund - This fund is principally a portfolio of common
stocks constructed and maintained with the objective of providing
investment results which approximate the overall performance of the common
stocks included in the Standard & Poor's Composite Index of 500 stocks. At
September 30, 1993, there were 236 active participants in this investment
fund.
2. Specialized Equity Fund - This fund invests in common stocks of companies
having substantial growth prospects as determined by independent investment
managers. At September 30, 1993, there were 290 active participants in
this investment fund.
3. Money Market Fund - This fund invests in short-term (less than one year
maturity) fixed income instruments such as U.S. Treasury Bills, bank
certificates of deposit, and high grade commercial paper. At September 30,
1993, there were 140 active participants in this investment fund.
4. Fixed Income Fund - Contributions to this fund are invested in the general
accounts of insurance companies and are credited at contracted interest
rates. At September 30, 1993, the interest rates ranged between 5.69% and
16.00%. Invested principal and accumulated interest amounts are guaranteed
against loss by the insurance company. At September 30, 1993, there were
569 active participants in this investment fund.
5. Asset Manager Fund - An asset allocation fund which invests in a portfolio
of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The fund has a balanced
investment strategy with a goal of high total return with reduced risk over
the long term. At September 30, 1993, there was one active participant in
this investment fund.
6. Asset Manager Growth Fund - An asset allocation fund invested in a
diversified mix of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The fund's
investment strategy is an aggressive one emphasizing stocks with the goal
of maximum total return over the long term. At September 30, 1993, there
were 7 active participants in this investment fund.
- 9 -
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
7. Asset Manager Income Fund - An asset allocation fund which invests in a
diversified portfolio of stocks, bonds, and short-term instruments. The
fund has a conservative investment strategy focusing on bonds and short-
term instruments to achieve a high level of current income and capital
preservation. At September 30, 1993, there were no active participants
in this investment fund.
8. OTC Portfolio Fund - This fund invests in securities traded in the over-
the-counter securities market with the objective of maximizing capital
appreciation. Over-the counter securities include common and preferred
stocks, securities convertible into common stock, warrants, and debt
instruments. At September 30, 1993, there were 37 active participants in
the investment fund.
9. Armstrong Stock Fund - Amounts invested in this fund, along with dividend
earnings thereon, are invested in Armstrong common stock. At September 30,
1993, there were 49 active participants in this investment fund. Common
stock shares held by the fund at September 30, 1993 and 1992 were 1,149 and
718, respectively.
10. Loan Portfolio Fund - The amount in this fund represents the unpaid
principal balances of loans made by Plan participants in accordance with
established loan provision guidelines. At September 30, 1993, there were
105 loans outstanding.
The following table presents the cost and fair values of the investments in
securities of the Master Trust at September 30, 1993 and 1992:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 30, 1993 September 30, 1992
------------------ ------------------
Investment Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value
---------- ---- ---------- ---- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Commingled equity $ 1,193,962 $ 1,344,427 $ 1,145,244 $ 1,205,383
Specialized equity 2,004,144 2,250,245 1,448,147 1,397,522
Money market 379,911 379,911 461,412 461,412
Fixed income 10,423,771 10,423,771 10,144,449 10,144,449
Armstrong stock 39,287 47,845 24,853 21,271
OTC portfolio 178,352 175,265 -- --
Asset manager 80 80 -- --
Asset manager growth 16,989 17,153 -- --
Loan portfolio 423,830 423,830 275,100 275,100
----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
$14,660,326 $15,062,527 $13,499,205 $13,505,137
=========== =========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>
The amounts of realized gain (loss) on investments in securities of the Master
Trust for the years ended September 30, 1993, 1992, and 1991 are presented
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate Aggregate Realized
--------- --------- --------
1993 Proceeds Cost Gain (Loss)
---- -------- ---- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Commingled equity $233,149 $212,951 $ 20,198
Specialized equity 252,641 251,722 919
Armstrong stock 2,396 2,448 (52)
OTC portfolio 16,404 16,242 162
-------- -------- --------
$504,590 $483,363 $ 21,227
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
- 10 -
<PAGE>
SAVINGS PLAN FOR SALARIED EMPLOYEES
OF AMERICAN OLEAN TILE COMPANY
Notes to Financial Statements, (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Aggregate Aggregate Realized
--------- --------- --------
1992 Proceeds Cost Gain (Loss)
---- -------- ---- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Commingled equity $ 93,842 $ 87,654 $ 6,188
Specialized equity 77,944 78,263 (319)
Armstrong stock 41 44 (3)
-------- -------- --------
$171,827 $165,961 $ 5,866
======== ======== ========
1991
----
Commingled equity $457,017 $499,279 $(42,262)
Specialized equity 223,206 217,124 6,082
-------- -------- --------
$680,223 $716,403 $(36,180)
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
(4) Benefits
--------
Under terms of the Plan, a participant (or a beneficiary) is eligible for
benefits upon retirement, termination of employment, or death before
retirement. Disbursement of the total amount credited to a participant's
account is payable (i) in a lump sum or (ii) in the case of retirement,
in such other manner as requested by the participant and approved by the
Plan Administrator. In addition, a participant may elect to withdraw all
or any part of his account attributable to his contributions.
If the amount of a withdrawal exceeds the amount of contributions made by
the participant and not previously withdrawn, the participant shall be
ineligible to make contributions for a specified period, except that a
participant may elect to withdraw all or any portion of his account
attributable to tax deductible contributions.
(5) Obligation for Benefits
------------------------
All the funds of the Plan are held by investing institutions appointed by
the Company under a trust agreement or insurance contract. Benefits under
the Plan are payable only out of these funds. The Company has no legal
obligation to make any direct payment of benefits accrued under the Plan.
Except as may be provided in an insurance contract, neither the Company
nor any investing institution guarantees the funds of the Plan against
any loss or depreciation or guarantees the payment of any benefit
hereunder. Although the Company has not expressed any intent to terminate
the Plan, it may do so at any time. In case of termination or partial
termination, the total amount in each employee's account will be
distributed as the Plan Administrator directs.
(6) Federal Income Taxes
--------------------
The Internal Revenue Service has made a determination that the Plan has
complied with the requirements of ERISA and, therefore, is qualified under
the provisions of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and is
exempt from federal income tax.
- 11 -
<PAGE>
Independent Auditors' Report
The Executive Committee
American Olean Tile Company, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying statements of net assets of the Savings Plan
for Salaried Employees of American Olean Tile Company, Inc. (the Plan) as of
September 30, 1993 and 1992, and the related statements of changes in plan
equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30,
1993. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Plan's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the Plan as of September 30,
1993 and 1992, and the changes in its plan equity for each of the years in the
three-year period ended September 30, 1993, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles
KPMG PEAT MARWICK
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 16, 1994
- 12 -
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
24 Consent of Independent Auditors
- 13 -
<PAGE>
Exhibit No. 24
Consent of Independent Auditors
-------------------------------
The Executive Committee
American Olean Tile Company, Inc.:
We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement No. 33-
60070 on Form S-8 of Armstrong World Industries, Inc. of our report dated
March 16, 1994 relating to the statements of net assets of the Savings Plan for
Salaried Employees of American Olean Tile Copmany, Inc. as of September 30, 1993
and 1992 and the statement of related changes in plan equity for each of the
years in the three-year period ended September 30, 1993, which report is
included herein.
KPMG PEAT MARWICK
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 22, 1994
- 14 -
